Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout16200 SW DURHAM ROAD STE J-2-1 .. 16200 SW PACIFIC HIGHWAY s WASHINGTON MUTUAL/TIGARD TOWN SQUAREto / a � n �r H �5 H H H (.j •FT'a 7Qy3 K L I 1 IV, C'7Y7'0A CU-R7xricAi-E OF OF RD OCCUPANCY COMMJNrTY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT 4�7 PERM I I it. . . . . . . BUP92-0137 13125 SW Hell Blvd. P.O.P"23397,Tigaml,Oregon 97?23.16O3163041 Y5 GITE' (ADDRESS. . . 16200 EjW PACIFIC HWY OD-J--2 PORCELt SUBL,I V I S I ON. . . . : I CON 11461 BLOCK. . . . . . . . . . 1 LOI.. . . . . . . . . .. . . . 3 CLASS OF WORK. sNEW i,YPE or LIL;F-',. :COM *: i:)CCI.:PANCY GRP ,Ba 'JCC1;wANCY LOAD 26 j r HAN V NFIME. WASH INGTON MUTUAL 1jewarl(ist Convtruct new t:,arik hvAnch bAclu- Owner,i Wi-ISHINGTON MILITLIVIL I IN0\K- 1t41- GROUP 1191 s'--"NI) AVE. Sul 0, 400 SEATTLE WA 98L@1 -,pvjcvne tt- WESTWOOD C0NbT12i.IU1T01%l 3030 SW MOODY AVENUE PORr[.ANV OR 97201 F."hovie #m 22-24-201210 F2eq ft. . - (63339 ("Irc upaknc.-y of the AbOve v-'a fet-enc-ed Im j I d i nq j V1 i ven, and cev t I f.1 e's thcompl. iance with the State Of Oregmi Spel.,talty L-ries fov• the group. oe t c: tA anc-.-y, end Qvidet- which the r"fet-Onced iv)et-Mit WOE, ISSIA(Ad. L V L T D R FIRE, Dt7-.PARTMT11TLt [WITIDINC4 posr IN LONSPICUOUS PLOCIF r.• INS $9TU2�Dl; City of Tlgaad Building 13125 SH Ball Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 97223 Inspection Line (Rep-O-Phone): 639-4175 Business Phona: 639-4171 Inspect ion:_ —__-._ -- -- -- Footing Plbq. Underalab Mech. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Found. Plbg. Top out Gas LineFINAL. Poet/Beam Struct. San. Sewer Framing -Bldg. Post/Ream Mech. Rain Drain Insulation -Plumb. Plbg. Underfloor Water Line Gyp. Bd. -Mech Dater Requested s 111:�) i.�t' -----.---_--_-__- Time- AM _PH Addreses Y - Permit. Builders THE FOLLOWING CORRECTIONS ARM RMQUIRMDs Inspector.:, _..__ Dater PPROVFD _ - DISAPPROVED - APPROVED SUB NCT TO ABOVM — -Call For Reinsp. n wa r 1j1SFECT ON NOTICE City of Tigard Building Department 15125 g11 Hail Bl Tigard, Oregon 977.23 Inspection Line c-0-Phone : 39-41755 Business Phone: 639-4171 Inspection:_ — _ !J _A Footing Plbg. Unr,`lah Mech. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Found. Plbg. Top Out Gas Line FINALS Poet/Peam Strucr_. San. Sewer Framing -Bldg. Poet/Beam Mech. Rain Drain Insulation -Plumb. Plbg. Underfloor Water Line Gyp. Bd. (�-Mach. Date Requested: ��` J /�/T�iima�s ` C _PH Address: /V 'tiermi: //� C/ Builder: / ;r 7 , I -) t-'— THE FOLLOIIINO CORRECTIONS ARE REQUIRED: inspector,: _ J -_ Date: APPROVED -__ DISAPPROVED APPROVED SUBJECT TO ABOVE Call For Relnap. i S R F f; ar[ w ws C1 rfOF TIVAwRD ' COMMUNrrY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTCt�F116.ARQ '3125 SW FII RW. MENT P.O.Bor 233fl7,T' — -- _-_- _ N7ard,Or�,p7223(609)6 39-4176 — onloo" I F'L.U1JBIIVG PERMIT 639--4171 F'ERMII" #. . . . . . F'LM9 '- 0162 SITE ADDRE_SS. . . : 16 2- DATE ISSUED: 10/19/();? SUBDIVISION OO 5W PAC:IFIC HWY #S BLOCK. . . . . LOT . . PARCEL: 25115OA-03101 -•- '. . . . . . . . ZONING: CLASS OF WORK. . :ADD TYPE OF USE. . . . B` GARBAGE DISPOSALS. . OCCUPANCY GRF', . .COM WASHING NIACH. . . . . . . . 11OBIl_E HOME SPACES. : STORIES. , . . . . FLOOR DRAINS. , . , , . BACKFLOW P . . : 1 RE VIV TRS. , : 1 l .tXTURES----..-___._____. WATL-R HEATERS. , . . TRAP'S. SINKS. . . . L.AU14DRY TRAYS, . CATCH BASINS. . LAVATORIES. . , ' . . URINALS. . . . , , . , . SF RAIN DRAINS. . . . . . TUB/SHOWERS. . . . OTHER FIXTURFS. . . , . GREASE TRAP;;, , . . . . . , WATER CLOSETS„ : SEWER LINE (ft ) . , . „ . . DISHWASF-IERS. . . . : WATER L.114E (ft) . . . . : RAIN DRAIN (ft) . . , , Remarl�s : Owner: --------- WASHINGTON MUTUALFINANCIAL-`---V--_-_ - - GROUv' _-_- FEES type Amo,,-rnt - -----_- -- 1191 2ND AVE. SUITE 400 P'RM► i by date SEATTLE WA 96101 `�5. 00 JH r sept 5F'C'1 9, 1O/19/9c - Phone #: '206-461-24I1. 25 JH 10/19/9, - Cont Tact a►•'I LANDGRAPHICS, INC 5,409--D SE INTERNATIONAL WAY MIl-WAUKIE OR 97222 Phone #.- Ray :Reg #. . �10;:,7 ___-- 26. 25 TOTAL --------•_ This permit is issued subject to the regulations contained in the _ -�- iigar•d Nu,icipal Code, State of Ore. Specialty Codes and all o+,her, _ RE'C�U.IRED INSPECTIONS applicable laws. Iop-or.rt Insp "` --~- All work Mill be done in accordance with FirTal InspectlOn ----- - --- approved plans. This permit will eNpire if work is not started ` within 19e days of issuance, �� ----than 180 days. or if work is suspended for more Permittee Siglnatur,e C a l l f'o r' inspection _—_— —.------ _ -• 639-417 i CITY OF T I GAF D — RECEIPT OF PAYMENT RECEIPT NO. 192—P32842 I CHECK AMOUNT s 26.213 NAME LANDGRAPHICS, INC CASH AMOUNT s 0.00 ADDRESS s PAYMENT DATE 10/19/92 8UUDIVISION s f PURPOSE OF PAYMENT AMOUNT PAID PURPOSE OF PAYMENT AMOUNT PAID Pl_UMBINS PERM 2 .X10 ST. GUILD PER 1.cP5 I I WASHINGTON MUTUAL. BANK 16200 SW PACIFIC HWY TOTAL_ AMOUNTPAID — — 26.L?;5 I INSPECTION L tying City of Tigard Buil. 11 ding DRi:artmeat. 13125 bM -r-- Hall Bl,d. Tigard, IOregon g J ,tapectio�n^Line (Rec-O-Phone): 639-4175 Huai.... Phones ti� Inspect Lon: /. Footing Plbg. Underalab ' Mech. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Found, Plbg. Top out Gas Line FINAL: Poet/Beam St.ruct• San. Sewer Framing -Bldg. Poet/Ream Mach. Rain Drain Inaular.is,n -Plumb. Plhg. Underfloor Nater Line GYP. Bd. -Mach. Date Requested: — — _Ti ale: AM _PM Builder: TML FOLLOWING CORRR"PIONS ARE REQUIRED: Inspector: Date: e _APPROVED DISAPPROVED APPROVED SUBJECT TO ABOVE ______Call For Reinap. SIGN PERMIT PERMIT #: SGN92-0141 DATE ISSUED. . . . : 10/06/92 EXPIRATION DATE: PARCEI.. . . . .. . . . : 2SI15RA-00101 BUSINESS NAME. . : WASHINGTON MUTUAL BANK ZONE. . . . . . . . . . . : C-G SIGN LOCATION. . : 16200 SW PACIFIC HWY APPLICANT/AGENT: PAM COMBS BUSINESS TAX NO: SIGN: PER14ANENT (X) FREESTANDING, -____-- TEMPORARY ( ) WALL ( ) FREEWAY ( ) OTHER ( ) BILLBOARD (X) ELECTROUIC ( ) SIGN D1MRtISIONS. . . . . . : 7' X 8.9, TOTAL SIGtf ARIA. . . . . . : WALL AREA. . . . . . . . . 61 sq-ft. WALL FACE (DIRECTION• 1114 sq,ft. ) : N SIGN HEIGHT. . . . . . . . . . : 16 ft. PROJECTION FROM WALL. : 5 in. ILLUMINATION. . . . . . . . . : INT DESCRIPT:CON OF SIGN: PERMANENT WALL SIGN. 7' X 8.9, = 61.25 SQ.FT MATERIALS. . . . . . . . . . . . : STEEL EXISTING SIGNS. . . . . . . = 0 ELECTRICAL PERMIT REQUIRED: YES BUILDING PERMIT REQUIRED. . : NO ADMINISTRATIVE EXCEPTIONS. : N/A PERMIT FEE: $ 25.00 APPROVED BY: _ . 1 DATE: 10/06/92 --—_- f 4itu��.,• UUP ,, x.111 iii 11� :UcU 3 r�ir No. �9 CTTY OF TIGAPD SIGN 1'M'r APPLLC AT N for a �-mi.t for the work i rtc ci ated or as Sha.rri in L'w— .n.� l j�gnt hexeby aPP ica tiorrs- Jng plans and specs r SX(;N LoC-.!M N4 ADDRESS: j - ij- •"' S,lZ� T-�,d�i.�%G. �lyy7AN][NC= G"�- gjAt OF BUSINESS: - APPL[CAN'r/fir= nt at all ,• i an ann�-1- tlusltti?ss '� wtiidt m�'t tx� kept OA-re Iax� Mle Gi.ty of: 7.igard � xou pr�uY have i! CtJL7C�7� bt�it>e� pets dn- busirwsm in fire C.it- - _L- Label- 0---- l - ----_' YES W pRppps�p SIGN: (Check as "v1rly as apF'lY) Pfd'&"r ( I- FREEgr►NDUC T t ) spm t ) BALur" ( l rr(MRMJM700 DATE: SJGV ( ) per: _ ,4 WME, SICK ARIA (S3- M- WALL A ( — ------ RECEIVED PIANNINC t USM PM: l t (FQ �Z FROM U,! 14—zao( 1 � A - SEP 4 - copy: - HATFRtIAf s F]CC�F[`CClN- v/A (q API4'NM ( ) Eic7W l7UCf1_'- j pl�tlN_LS14tATNE ]1Rt_A ( ) tic`�ft7' ( ) - —---- `� , n_nits mist. be aoouWan ed by a Sea-" ryt ANNT_ GG DID RI _ Plat plan• If wot a�xtho>17� �Ir der _ leted within Hitch' permit_Fee: e15 a sign pexmi-t has not beell t Re to i K►t No r D- days after tt" of the perm�.t, the permit AM! _Bim' —✓1�` — bcz�ne ntiL,1�ar�d�vo id. x cvn'MY 'nwT IM!Am •I1tE F1,8-MCAL PEAT Pip . Ar A(ILl-I WZEO By 111E R UL1tFD: YTS (✓) t ) � OU17 DJ%G PVZ d:1' NO A i ieanY.'s;Si. rata e 1'1/x. c_ SIGN PERMIT PERMIT #: SGN92-0142 DATE ISSUED. . . . : 10/06/92 EXPIRATION DATE: l.110C19L_ PARCEL. . . . . . . . . : 2S1158A-00101 ZONE. . . . . . . . . . . . C-G BUSINESS NAME. . . WASHINGTON 14UTUAL BANK SIGN LOCATION. . : 16200 SW PACIFIC HWY APPLICANT/.AGENT: PAM COMBS BUSINESS TAX NO: SIGN. PERMANENT (X) FREESTANDING ( ) FREEWAY ( ) TEMPORARY ( ) WALL (X) ELECTRONIC ( ) OTHER ( ) BILLBOARD ( ) BALLOON ( ) SIGN DIMENSIONS. . . . . . : 2.2' X 2' TOTAL. SIGN AREA. . . . . . : 4 sq.ft. WALL AREA. . . . . . . . . . . . . 778 Aq.f.t. WALL. FACE (DIRECTION) : E SIGN HEIGHT. . . . . . . . . . : 16 ft. PROJECTION FROM WALL. : 5 in. ILLUMINATION. . . . . . . . .. : INT DESCRIPTION OF SIGN: PER24ANENT WALL SIGN. 2.2' X 2' - 4.36 SQ.FT MATERIALS. . . . . . . . . . . . . STEEL EXISTING SIGNS. . . . . . . : 0 ELECTRICAL PERMIT REQUIRED: YES BUILDING PERMIT REQUIRED. . : NO ADMINISTRATIVE EXCEPTIONS. : N/A PERMIT FEE: $ 1.0.00 APPROVED BY• "'✓' DATE: 10/06/92 U-1I �ai (.111 CJI lll•.�I(h pun. uui Pexmit NO_ SCSI MY OF TIGARD --- --- SIGN PE Rfrr APPUCA110N ZYic vwl icant hereby applies for a pe-1-mit for the w)i ic. S nr i.9 .rated or as shown► in We aQzx'tiany.i.ng pLans and specifications. SXGN wCATION ADORE SS: / ?��� /�' ' '��/� ,''•rtxslNc:- C API'I,'t 71NX'/AGQIP: 7'� � ✓�l __ COMPANY: XC', r ��� E'Ft ` � � "��•f�' The Ca ty of Tigard i"poses an anrn:al Susiav s Tdx which oust be kept current on all Ems. do' business in the Casty. ib you presently have a current business tax? YES NO ( ) U.t_ i_,aj)e l 0. MMSSW STG[E- (Check as bnrry as 4-jply) P1R4ANrMr 1 REESIMNVIM T*CRAW ( ) WArr, Oen tit ( ) BMI30AM ( ) RAIlt7c)tt t ) sxcN Dxt xtsxass: ��"� r� _ L�rnurMON tie: TOM SIGN AREA (Sq- E't-) ~` WPI,LL AREA (_Sq_ Ft.) : — MfL FACE: &d MIMM ) ONF" WKTX: /� RECEIVED PLANNING -UxJU.`4Irs wCW YES ( )'NO ( ) xSCPE: . safe-- COPY: .cCJOPY: `� ' SEP 4 - 1992 Evxlm1"r S: ERISTlNG SIGNS: _ _ ell AMJ.tXSI'IZAMEs" MUTTON: N/A (x) APPPDVFD ( ) 1"q ARFA PILAW to DEP 1kil sign permits must be acoxrpanied by a scale peerutit Fie ,: dtawing arra plat- p1w.• If wade authorized under Reeipt No:1a- 7� a sicRi permit has riot been completed within ninety APp_ vim: days atter the 5ssuancae of ttte pPsmit. We permit 0,1 to: _ rp-�(. —!f-0, --J%aU bauinva null wxl void. EI R-MUCAL PE RMrr X CERTIFY 'll t WE MEMO) otVM of IME �ttx�umm: YTS (1� NO ( ) PMPF�Y-OR AN AUM"TIM BY ;HE OWNER. ar, I AG PUZ.-tri* pmMim- Yes ( ) NO nature SIGN PERMIT PERMIT #: SGN92-0143 DATE ISSUED. . . . : 10/06/92 EXPIRATION DATE: /,2 /o(•/ 72- PARCEL. . . . . . . . . : 2- PARCEL. . . . . . . . . . 8115BA-00101 ZONE. . . . . . . . . . . . C-G BUSINESS NAME. . : WASHINGTON MUTUAL BANK SIGN LOCATION. . : 16200 SW PACIFIC HWY APPLICANT/AGENT: PAM COMBS BUSINESS TAX NO: SIGN: PERMANENT (X) FREESTANDING ( ) FREEWAY ( ) TEMPORARY ( ) WALL (X) ELECTRONIC ( ) OTHER ( ) BILLBOARD ( ) BALLOON ( ) SIGN DIMENSIONS. . . . . . : 7' X 8.9' TOTAL SIGN AREA. . . . . . : 61 sq.ft. WALL AREA. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1114 sq.ft. WALL FACE (DIRECTION) : S SIGN HEIGHT. . . . . . . . . . . 16 ft. PROJECTION FROM WALL. : 5 in. ILLUMINATION. . . . . . . . . : INT DESCRIPTION OF SIGN: PERMANENT WALL SIGN. 7' X 8.9' = 61.25 SQ.FT MATERIALS. . . . . . . . . . . . . STEEI. EXISTING SIGNS. . . . . . . : 0 ELECTRICAL PERMIT REQUIRED: YES BUILDING PERMIT REQUIRED. . : NO ADMINISTRATIVE EXCEPTIONS. : N/A PERMIT FEF.: $ 25.00 APPROVED BY: DATE: .10/06/92 i Por Mi t. No -IS—A] C-.17rY OF TIGAM) SIGN PM_ttT APP1lfcAll.cW 71w, af1pUclMit llex'Pby at_-V"es for a pex-niLt for the woric. St-dirnteAi or Ai -Jw_v.4n in the plans n1vi SP@r_J_ricati.01r;. sm-44 LOCATION AVORMSS: ZON M7- MW OF M)StNMS., ("PANY-.- Fl-r-Me The Clty of 71gard imposes wi atitnial. Bus.bkenm Tax f,46,cii tictst be kept clTrent on c-01 pexsr-ww doll hniness in the Cit)r_ Do you presently have is currmTt hmilvets tax? YES U.r,_ Label 0. as pm"wr FREEWAY TL IPORARY WAILL E:Fn-_T". 11C_ ( ) OTIM SALMON glc,w D)7 L51ORS: EXPOATICIV IMM IMM, S191 ARJ-:.*A (Sq- Fl:-) : WAMAPEA (Sq_ Ft-) : IMI, YACE: HEEGUr (Ft): rMTFx-'rJ.ON SM %TALL! RECEIVED PIANNN, tJXU.11TtrrM(M-. YtS NO TYPE- CIJPY: SEP 4 - 1992 M. .I;rTNG ArttT.M',ql*.VATTVE OCCEMON: 141A AVM- 7VFD M4 I.I(Xl( I APFA ftuQrc MAIUMS: P DEPARWW r All. sign permits uxt;t be acxxq ttiml by a "- -Ie MiL EM: PP fA draiq aro Pkat PD-Al. If wrek authonized urger. Reoeitit No: a sicpi permit has fyjt b-neti vxmipleted ultidii ninety days altzr the is-o-mrris- or the permit., Ute bate: TJl,-LU b?ccmvo- riti-LI w-d vuld. MA:X'lMCAT-. PEWrl' I cF_RrlrY Vvu- -r Att 11tC Mvpoo) cx4NFR or 'Ll[E ft"rMFY): Y'll-S (pf' M pwrmy OR/"' AGT1,'1' AUUMTZr.--D BY 711F OWr-R. uun_ol)JG nrwnttT.). Yrs P)l I el SIGN PERMIT PERMIT #: SGN92-0144 DATE ISSUED. . . . : 10/06/92 EXPIRATION DATE: /,tI06/9r PARCEL. . . . . . . . . : 251.15BA-00101 BUSINESS NAME. . : WASHINGTON MUTUAL BANK ZONE. . . . . . . . . . . . C-G SIGN LOCATION. . : 16200 SW PACIFIC HWY APPI.ICANT/AGENT: PAM COMBS BUSINESS TAX NO: PERMANENT (X) FREESTANDING ( ) FREEWAY TEMPORARY ( ) WALL (X) ELECTRONIC ( ) OTHER ( ) BILLBOARD ( ) BALLOON SIGN DIMENSIONS. . . . . . : 1.2' X 15' TOTAL SIGN AREA. . . . . . : 17 sq.ft. WALL AREA. . . . . . . . . . . . . '778 sq.ft. WALL FACE (DIRECTION) : E SIGN HEIGHT. . . . . . . . . . : 16 ft. PROJECTION FROM WALL. : 5 in. ILLUMINATION. . . . . . . . . s INT DESCRIPTION OF SIGN: PERMANENT WALL SIGN. 1.2' X 15' 17.7 SQ.FT MATERIALS. . . . . . . . . . . . . STEEL EXISTING SIGNS. . . . . . . : 0 ELECTRICAL PERMIT REQUIRED: YES BUILDING PERMIT REQUIRED. . : NO ADMINISTRATIVE EXCEPTIONS. : N/A PERMIT FEE: $ .10.00 APPROVED BY: \ / DATE: 10/06/92 , i I SIGN PEMJT Ai PUEC ATIW Ili applAmttt t>crrt�y applies for a permi.l. f=ir- llre ar,r_Ic irriit>11t or as --lx i .in Uwe afzYr�r�u-,ny.irx! plans mxI spew--Ificatiorr;. SIGN i-OCA rf(M ADf)R F5S: -- ttAt- OF r 1.1;UN At'7'i.YC7►N)/N:[kTC: ___: ' �lv CMPAMY: __ F1K7N �-/•}� ' <wi.l_y cif. 'I'ir rt1 i-rr�tc es :qtr �tnrnt�tl nusitv.,.-.qs '1<ix wlrirfir netct Iir )a3pt• c:-tri'ent-. cttr a1.1. pex*;c is ill the (JAY- ik) Ytxl present_l.y low! a ca_n runt txLsitrk!ms t.Jx? YES (✓) NO F'linFK)Sry (Mwlc as uvirry as apply) Pi7?[tMIF?7C ( '� FRF�•SlZ1NC)!7•G ( ) CF7rt1JA�l ( ) 7THMPAi Y C77f n i. ( ) f11J:I HC]l1Rf) ( ) nAt T" ( ) SIC44 n1Y rlS]rCRrs: �a•,� /r 'C°, 1 XP'C 2AnCxt I1111'E: 1. J'Al', SERI AR1*71 (.Sq- Ft_) ITALt. AM (Sq- Ft-) = RUG tr (Ft); _ _�— 1 -- > RECEIVED PLANNING C'Rc IMMION VIM WALL- 1_rxiTl:Irtm')ON' Yrs (,;j No ( ) TVR: .c.���_� p 4 1992 - nlTRItrI-1:7MAME EXC:1`P.1_IM: N/h ( ) At1r1 VF1) ( ) IV4 MMI . I crii-u lTNTS: PLAWYM UC,PARYMF A-U s3.gn permits wzt he accangwited by a stale v� t Fteq-- (j-_— dtawiura aryl plot 1,1mi. If tri& nttthnrizeA tnrisr I2eoet No: 92 3!1!•'7a s sicnt perrni-t Inas not lrr cxatq)letE+d vitl'Ititt n re►y Awim- days after i.hn issmnr_e of: the permit., tits lwctni.t Date: f�-_�-1�' =Jin1-t becxme mil-I and veld. ri- n-WICAL PERQ•r T. C*-Rrrry '"UVI' 'f NI 111tc MI—POEU CX*IM ar 17F'utiTRE1:'t: Yfs tk) ( ) i'RnPF- Y OR AN �-.a.'r AUDIORT7,R) i3Y WF. OWF-R Itft?lrntln M ( ) NO ( Applicant's Signabwe r�•\t�}:r11\ii'�;)-.'\ !rzr>1c1 At 0-, SIGN PERMIT PERMIT 6: SGN92-0145 DATE ISSUFD. . . . : 10/06/92 EXPIRATION DATE: /t/06/93• PARCEL. . . . . . . . . : 2S.I15BA-00101 BUSINESS NAME. . : W- ;iINGTON MUTUAL RANK ZONE. . . . . . . . . . . : C-G SIGN LOCATION. . : 16.100 SW PACIFIC HWY APPLICANT/AGENT: PAM COMBS BUSINESS TAX NO: ------- SIGN: PERMANENT !�) FREESTANDING ( ) FRtEWAY TEMPORARY ( ) WALL ( ) (X) ELEI:TRONIC OTHER ( ) ( ) BILLBOARD ( ) BALLOON ( ) SIGN DIMENSIONS. . . . . . : 1.2' X 15' TOTAL SIGN AREA. . . . . . : 17 sq.ft. WALL AREA. . . . . . . . . . . . . 778 sq.ft. WALL FACE (DIRECTION) : W SIGN HEIGHT. . . . . . . . . . : 16 ft. PROJECTION FROM WALL. : 5 ILLUMINATION. . . . . . . . . : INT DESCRIPTION OF SIGN: PERMANENT WALL SIGN. 1.2' X 15. 17.7 SQ.FT MATERIALS. . . . . . . . . . . . . STEEL EXISTING SIGNS. . . . . . . ; 0 ELECTRICAL PERMIT REQUIRED: YES BUILDING PERMIT REQUIRED. . : NO ADMINISTRATIVE EXCEPTIONS. : N/A PERMIT FEE: $ 10.00 i APPROVED BY.- DATE: Y:DATE: 10/06/92 CI-TY OF TIS Permit No. SG__�J 9j7=/ S1:C�J PUt11-1'r APPLIC71TRw Tire Liex+rrt -vm- attl s>y apple, icaEo►-ka p-.1-nat: for Ute wc U ti �r.nW i.orr:. of as soom inhn the rac*� -tnyirxl paar►s if 5xGrJ I-OCATTCx1 All)Jjp�: - �u.' NAME of* Bt1S:INms: ---- � MMPANY: The City of .TI.gaxd an �inrrtlal t3wiless 7�uc wlti.c-ti Iie)sl be ►cnp POM"s do i-q txLs�tt y i1� t C)l tb t cjLtrz-ent rxi al_l. /1/( �'- yar Etr+ enUY have a currelrt t ilrecs I�3x? YES ( ra Pool ct D STS_ (aterJc as Imtapply) -- - — ry as �_Y�,c� ls ,,• - ---._ b'1�2[1ANFN1' ( ✓ 1�72FI.'�17tNCt]7•)G rnWER ( ) tIII.I tgA[1p ( � Ci Ex n r ( ) _cbN ( ) SIGN �]MEIdSIOFIS: ' 7MAr, SIGN AREA (Sq_ Ft_J _ /ry -- CXI'ZI2A'1`IUY M7F,: au+>L ARQ► (� -) = z� itEfIVEO PLANNING 5 E P 4 - 1991 II.L[l caN= Y I S ( ✓] Fill t ) TYPE: mac- COPY: _ ArxtriJzsrnAa�s ��:cxa- to/A ( ) nrPtacrc!>:1, ---- 4 ----- AP ( j liCJfJ Mf1CT[ . z cx�ta ( ) CtitqCr 9N7L;;7 . sgnrertni.tsmursttr dra. 1 ruffed �y a scale x� arO ltlot piml. If %-Mjc authori_7.eci ved- _ daS �t pPrau.t has not ly err cuWI;!ted vitidit ninety Date: ... ---- Y- after the issirarx� or the pexmit. (Ile p;rrait I ?C� null. arti void. EUDIMUCAL PETtFgT nVkT TAFI -1"C-1"CBurwnJc PM, Fip'_x7c�JEJ7 C7trtJER CrF Ti(E r AUIVcMM BY 711E (7W M. zrr �x . Munun Yrs ( ) tNo FTATE OF OREGON NSTRUCTION CONTRACTORS BOARD THIS CERTIFIES THAT THE PERSOIJ NAMED HEREON IS REGISTRATION REGISTERED BY LAW AS A NUMBER: 70956 SPECIALTY CONTRACTOR CORPORATION EXPIRES: 01/03/93 EMPLOYER STATUS: NON-EXEMPT TUBE ART DISPLAYS INC 808 ALOHA STREET SEATTLE WA 98109-0000 SIGNATURE OF REGISTRANT iaee il=l iC===1 K====4" PLANNING r, ;_90PEGT:01!_N0TICE City of Tigard building Drpartmssnt 13125 BW Ball Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 9722 Inspection /1Line (Re/c_-OI-?honne)t 639-4175 Business Phone: 639-Tf-7l Footing Pl b9• Uhdarslab`, Mech. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Found. Plbg. Top Out b~Line FINAL: Poet/Beam St-uet. San. Sewer Framing -Bldg. Post/Beam Mech. Rain Drain Insulation -Pl:,nb. Plbg. Underfloor Water Line Gyp. Bd. _M,0ch. Date Requeetedl_ - / L� Timet _AM Mee Address: --� GGqI Pea7alt �t � Builder: � G THE FOLLOWING CORRECTIONS ARE REQUIREDt Inspector: APPROVED DISAPPROVED _-- APPROVED SUBJECT TO ABOVE __ Call For Reinsp. CITY OF TICARD RECEIPT OF PAYMr-ji-1' PECE I P-1 NO. x 92 1870 NAME s 1USE ART DIGPj AYS, INC. CHECK AMOUNT Bib. 00 PO BOX 343.33 CASH AMOUNT s 0. 00 SEATTLE, WA PAYMEN"l' DATF C;Ijpo I v I s I 01\1 11URPOSE OF PAYMENT AMC(AmT PAIL) PuRPOSF or r-nymu.Ni- AMOUNT PA I r) 92-141 251. 00 9J(3N PERMIT F 9-P-142 t`x:._00 !-.IGN PERMIT F 92-143 25. 00 SIGN PERMIT F 9--.'-144 10. 00 Pl---RMI'l- F-- 9P—A45 1 00 roi'At- AMOUNT PPTD RVA. 00 City of Tigard Building Department 13125 SW Hall Blvd. Tigard, ocogon 97223 Inspection kine (Rsc-4-Phone): 639-4175 DusirAas Phone: 639-4171 Inspection:._�� --- ---- -- _--- -- --- Footing Plbg. Underslab Mach. Rough-in Appr/Sdw).k ru;•nd• Plbg. Top Out Cao tine FINAL: Post Avam 5truct. San. Sewer Framing -Bldg. Post/Ream Mech. Rain Drain -Insula~tig .' -Plumb. Plbg. Underfloor Water Line Gyp. Bd. -Meeh. __A (_AM Requested: ---/s- � L Time: -- AM - pN Addresse Permit #: Builders_ —4 y LtiCJU i 7__ TBS FOLLOWING CORRECTIONS ARE RBQUIRSD: ��` i. .r _ 4 Inseector:_ Date: JZ� "_--- _APPRO DifiAPPROVSD APPROVED SU&Tr(7T PO AROVE Call For Reinsp. �lItiPSCTION NOT'LCE City of Tigard Building Department ', 13125 SN Hall Blvd. Tigard, Orse9'on WA2 Inspection Line (Rete-O--Phone): 639-4175 Business Ph e: 639-4171 Inspections— - -------- ._� ._— --- - Footin9 Plbg. Underslab Hoch. Rough-in Appr/Sdw1k Found. Plbg. Top Out Gas Line FINAL: Post/Beam Struct. San. Sewer Framing -Bldg. Poet/Ream Mech. Rain Drain nsulation -plumb. plbg. Underfloor Mater Line -M ch. _ _Times __.—PH Date Requeetod: AM - ----� / Address: CGl7ll � it 1: X17 Bul.lder: THE FOLLOWING CORRECTIONS ARE PYQUIF'ED:� Inspector ' __ _._ Date:/ APPROVED DISRPPROVb'!1 APPR(WEn SUBJECT TO ABOVE Call For Reinop. r N OM ICE City of Tlgard Build 13125 BM Bail Blvd. in4 �PartnK-nt :Inspection Line Tigardr Orw"n 9722X­� (Rec-O-Phone): 639-4175 Business Phone: 639- Inspection:__ l t � 4171 `�G- 4 ` Footing Plbg. Underelab Mach. Rough-in Found. APPr/Sdwlk Plbg. Top out Can Line Poet/Beam Struct. FINALt San. Sewer �y f ��� C Frami nc! Poet/Beam Mach. �'----- -Bldg. Rain Drain Insulation -Plumb Plbq. Underfloor Hater Line Data Requested: GYP. Ad. --Mach.n -/�"_'��-- X AM Addreea s ---Timet� `-- SCS n� pl{ Hui lde r t Permit ----=---� THE FOL[OWING cORRECTION3 ARE REQUIRED:------_` — -- Inepactor. - ------ ---,� - _ _ �t Data: - APPRc)VRD- _---- -- _ DISAPPROVED APPROVED BU "CT -Y) ARnVF _Call For Reinsp. W I[ JMSPECTION NOTICE City of Tigard Building Department 13125 IM Ball Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 97223 Inspection Lino (Roc-O-Phone)s 639-4175 Business Phones 639-44171 Inspection:_-,� -�'�C Footing Plbq. Ond lla�b Mech. Rough-in Appr/5dwlk Found. j fsibq, Top pit �, Gan Line FINAL: Post/CRam Struct. Ban. Sewer Framing -Bldg. Post/B.aam Hoch. Rain Drain Insulation -Plumb. Plbg. Un,:vrtloor Water Line Gyp. Rd. —Mach. Date Requesteds `//s � _Tim' PN Address: Bui.lder:_ TAE FOLLOWING CORRECTIONS ARE RBWZRMI r r. Inspector:T , --- ---- -- —_ Deta: ` APPROVED DISAPPROVED _ APPROVED SURJECT To ABOVE \ Call For Reinap. MffiEZ9-T ON NOTICE Clty of Tigard Building DAparttaent 13125 M gall Hlvd. Tigard, Oregon 97 _ /� Inspection Line (Rec-O-phone): 639-4175 Business Ption Y,3s_A.171 Inspect 10-1 /t/� L Foutino Plbg. U derslab Mech. Rou h-iu Li 9 APer/Sdwlk Found. Plbg. Top out One Line rsMALt Poet/Beam strict.. San. sewer cram ng -Bldg. Poet/Ream Mach. Rain Drain Insulation -ply, Plbq. Underfloor Mater Line Gyp. Bd. -Meeh. , Date Requested: AddrRas: �- 7 lrmit Builder: C THE FOLLOWING CORRNCTIONS ARE R&QUIREDt i InspMctort , D ,y atet� _APPROVED __ DISAPPROVED APPROVED SUBJECT TO ABOVB _Call For Reinap. fa mix IR r 1�1 I.iRp�i�QN NOTICP City of Tigard Building Departaent 13125 SA Ball Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 97223 Inspection Llne (Rec-o-Phone): 639-4175 Business Phone: 639-4171 Inspection:_.^ v Footing Plbg. Underslab Mech. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Found. Plbg. Top Out Gas Line FINAL: { Post/Ream Struct. San. Sewer Framing -Bldg. i I Post/Beam Mech. Rain Drain lnsulation -Plumb. Plbg. Underfloor Water Line Gyp. Bd. -Mech. Date Requested: ., __Time: AM - -_PM Address: /111 ,d_ Permit #1 g� Buiides ----- —� - THE FOLLOWING CORRECTIONS ARE RSQUIRSD: Inspectorrss — Date APPROVED DISAPPROVED -_ APPROVED SUBJECT TO ABOVE Call For Reinsp. MECHANICAL CITY OF TINA RD CrTYOFTM410 PF: 14111 1 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT ERM11 #. . . . . . . : MEC")C:'-0091 13126 SW HWI 9 hrd. P.O.Box 23397,Tig",Or"m 97223(6031630.4176 I�ITE ADV RESS. . . : 16200 SW PACIFIC HWY #VIAD D 2S1151ZIA-0310J SUBD I V1 'j ION. . . . : ZONING: BLOCK. . . . . . . . . . . LOT. . . . . . . . . . . . I CLASS OF WORK. . :NEW FLOOR TURN. . . . .. EVAP CDOLERSt ryPE OF* USE. . . .:CON UNIT HEATERS. . : VENT FANS. . . - ULCUPANCY GRP. . I B2 VENTS W/O nPPL: VENT' SYSTEIIS:e 3TORIES. . . . . . . . .. I BOIL.ERS/COMPRESSORS HOODS. . . . .. . . . F'-Ulzl- TYPES-.----_-_--__ 0-3 HP. . . . : DOMES. INCIN: mins/ 3-15 HP. . . . COM111— INCIN: MAX INPUT- 125000 BTU 15-30 HP. . . . PEPAIR UNITS: FIRC DAMPERS?. . :N 30-50 HP. . . . - WOODSTOVES. GAS PRESSURE. . . :L 50+ HP. . . . : CLO DRYERS.. NO. OF AIR HANDL)'NG UNITS OT14F-*R UNITS. FURN k 100K B40: 10000 cfmz GAS OUTLETS. FURN ) !=100K STU: > 10000 cfm: Remarks : Construct new bank branch bldg. Owner- ------------- ....... ------ WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINIINCIAL type amount by date t%et-,oi UROUP PRMT $ 3P. 00 JH 0B/Z-.4`/9;? 1191 RND AVE. SUIJE 400 PL CK $ 8. 00 JH 08/24/92 SEAT'I'LE WA 98101 $ 1. 60 JH 08/24/9c' Phone #: 206-461-2421 C"Ontractort - - MACDONALD-MILLER COMVIANY 2750! SW 915141 AYE, 9131-1E 965 i4lI.EiUNVILLE OR 97070 Phnne #z 682-4543 1; 41. 60 TOTAL Req 63593 REQUIRED INSPECTIONS, This pervit is issued subject to the reaulations contained in the Gas I. inp Inrp 'iyarO Municipal Code. State of Ore. Specialty Codes and all other Mecl,4Anical Insp applicable laws. All work will be done in accorilcice with Heating Unt Insp ioprnved olm. This oermit will expire if work is not started Cooling Unt Insp within 180 days of issuance, or if work is suspender) for iort Dtict Inspection than 180 days. Final Insper-tion . .. Sued Bv .- Ca-. ] for in-,oprtinn 639--4175 � 2-4 City of T;gard MECHANICAL PERMIT Planck/Rec. # J� -31 13125 sw Hail Blvd. APPLICATION Permit #44zc 4 PO Box 23397 Tigard, OR 97223 (503) 639-4171 i� osut lion" >N 7^V ruAt Table 3A Mechanical Code QTY PRICE AMT " Svi r .lob I��,or� 5, ,�% rr r-1 Vic M��- _ 1) Permit Fee -0• 0. 10.00 Address w. -TtC�Ai2�. C>QL�ON q-77-Z4 2) Supplemental Permit 3.00 Furnace to 100,000 N,^S tAl NC,7 " 1OU-70"44 rrN` 'C4 1) incl.ducts&vents 6.00 ro• «. Furnace 10 ,000 BT J + Owner (x)6 ^ ^'D AI/• 57..:1 3417 2) incl.ducts&vents 7.50 ckwsw. zip Floor Furnance S4 A'T���' ✓/4 �Q,1o4 3) incl. vent 6.00 -%IA « � r �o�,,,u r Suspended eater,wail heater k 2rWTr 4) or floor mounted heater 6.00 Miii%q « Vent not incl.In Occupant r.W.. -PA<-(FIC 44101y S I'"i-1, 5) appliance permit 3.00 .» EP Repair of heating,re ng. -r+E,o>zz>,ORL F,cKh 1-12-1-4 6) cooling,absorption unit 6,00 Via,^roNa�T -MI-U R Boiler or comp, heat pump,air con ^' 7) to 3 HP absorp unit to 100K BTU 6.00 «& Boiler or comp,heat pump,air cond. 7-15t�t S.VJ, `j 5T~ su rrtr 1(-S 8) 3-15 HP abrorp unit to 500K BTU 11.00 Contractor ,,. =o Boiler or comp,heat pump,air con r✓iis�,r��,�r-� 0 2-e . y 107p 9) 15 30 HP absorp unit.5 1 mil BTU 15.00 m,. ..~N. �ry ••/ Bo f I e or comp,7eat pump,air con . (< 3 UG -7 Sy3 10) 3050 HP ahsurp unit 1.1.75 mil BTU 22.50 ere y acknowledge that I have read this application,that the Boilar or comp, oat pump,air cond. information given is correct,that I am the owner or authorized agent 11) > 50!- nbsorp unit 1.75 mil BTU 31,50 of the owner,that plans submitted are in compliance with State Air haodling unit to laws,that I am registered with the Construction Contractor's Board, 12) 10,000 CFM 4.50 that the number given Is correct. (If exempt from State registration, Air htindling unit ulease give reason below.) 13) 10,000 CTM+ 7.50 Non portable 14) evaporate cooler 450 "- — Vent fin connected - 15) to a single duct 300 enti ation system not 16) included in appliance permit =' 4.50 ,,..••••w�• nw ood serve y 17) mechanical exhaust 450 Describe work new a itiori a t-- eT ratio repair Commercial or m ustn i to be done resid ntial O non-residentialq 1 N) type incinerator 30.00 Existing use of Other i.e.,woo stove,water building or property VQA1Z ___ 19) heater,solar, clothes dryers,etc. 4.50 Proposal use of 20) Gas piping one to four outlets 200 /, (N building or property 21) More than 4 per outlet Type of fuel -oil Q natural gris�< LPG Q electric C) NOTICE Minimum Fee$25 00 SUBTOTAL r(� PERMITS BECOME VOID IF WORK OR CONSTRUCTION L AUTHORIZED IS N01 COMMENCED WITHIN 180 DAYS,OR 5%SURCHARGE 1,60 IF CONSTRUCTION OR WORK IS SUSPENDED OR ABANDONED FOR A PERIOD OF 180 DAYS AT ANY TIME PLAN REVIEW 25%OF SUBTOTAL AFTER WORK IS COMMENCED 41 ,W���) TOTAL 7r�/ Special Conditions _—v_ --- ------l� —--- Date issued hY' CITY OF TIGARD OREGON August 19, 1992 Joseph J. Higgins Macdonald-Miller 27501 SW 95th Avenuo, Suite 965 Wilsonville, OR 97070 Project: Washington Mutual., HEC 92-0091 16200 SW Pticific Highway Dear Mr. Higgins: The plans for this project were reviewed for compliance with applicable codes and are approved. Structural supporta for the roof-top unit shall be in place and inspected prior to the unit being installed. All required insulation, flashing and roofing material shall be in place as per building plane and specifications. You may get the mechanical permit for this project at your convenience. If you have questions, or if we may be of assist&nce, please contact us, Sincerely, ( im Jaqua 111111 Plane Examiner FAX 503•-684-7297 13125 SW Nall Blvd., Tigard, or, 9722.3 (503) 639-4171 TDD (503) 684-2,772 - -- CITY OF 'T I GARD -- RF=CE I F''f OF PAYMF NT RECEIPT NO. 19r"'-23088P CHECK AMOUNT 41. 60 NOME: d MAC DONALD MILLER 014814 OMOUNT0. 00 ADDRESS o PAYMENT DATE (Z8/P4rg,_ SUBD 1 V'191 ON F'iJRPOSF- OF PAYlv1rENT AMOUNT PAlb F-'I1FtPC]SE OF PAYMENT AMOUNT PAID ME:CI J�N I f..AL FBF: 32. 00 PLAN CHECK FE ___... ._ _.._ 8. 00 S1'. 611ILD 171FR 1. 60 WGA,>H I NC3`f t)N MUTUAL, If—f.00 SW PAC':1 F=I C, HWY TU i AL AMOUNT V-1011) ._. ._. __ _. 41., 60 i 8P IOII MOT:cj City of Tigard Building Departnent 13125 Sit Ball Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 97223 Inspection Line (Rec-O-Phone)t 639-4175 Business Phone, 639-4171 Inspect ion,_1�����i— Footing -P Unders�lab ) Mech. Rough-in APP r/Sdwlk Found. Plbg. Top Ottt Gas Line FINALt Poet/lleam Seruct. San. Sewer Framing -.Bldg. Post/Beam Mech. Rain Drain Insulation -Plumb. Pibg. Underfloor Water Lin® Gyp. Bd. -Nech. Date RequeRtedt_Z� 'yjw�7n.� Timet A!( `'VL��[ 'PN Address:__,,_�(j L ULA `� /'At'Yn — Permit f t rca�- �lfyss Buil.der. �� TRIS FOLLOWING CORREC V)NS ARE RUQUIREDt ---/L InsPectort f - _ 1�; —�—_ Datet —AItPROVED DiSAPPROVRr: APPROVED SUBJECT TO AHD1/a Call For Reintp. f C City of Tigurd Building Dnpertbent. 13125 SW Ball Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 97223 Instweetion Lire (Rec-o-Phone): 639-4175 Business Phoue: 639-4171 r Inspection:--y�-'4 Pontin9 Plbg. Underslab Mech. Rough-in Appr/sdwlk i Quid. Plbg. Top Out. Gfs Line FINAL_ Pogt/86, Severstruct. San. Sever Prao -Rlding 9• Port/Roue Hoch. sin Drain l Inouletion -Plumb. Plbg. Underfloor Water Line Gyp. ad. -Hoch. Date Requested: �1 _ Timo- Addreee: Buil.der:__---- -I�4"""0'�?�.� THE P01.7,0WING CORASGTI ONS ARE REQUIRED: Inspector: -- -� —�---- -- Date:___ VLAPPROVEU DISAPPROVED APPROVED SUBJECT TO ABOVE Cell For Reinsp. 1f W M IR INS���ON NOTICji City of Tigard Build, 13125 BW Ball Blued. Tigard,Aq p�rtmant -`�/ Inspection Lin Rec-O phone : 639_ Oregon 97223 4175 Business@ Phone: 639-4171 Inspection,- U /----�y/�� ting ) / �'----�'------ ._� Plbg. Under@lab Mach. Rough-in Found. Appr/sdwlk Flbq, Top Out Gas Line FINALt Post/beam Struct. Sen. Sewer Framing -Bldg. Poet/ eam Mech. ain Dr. Insulation -Plumb. b9• Underf1 Water Line --77 Gyp. Bd. -Koch. Date Requested, -2 - Time, AM Address,— C�'r) �, �� � - PM -�—L� " � Pormit is 917 132 -� - Bullders_ -' THE --OLLOWING CORRECTIONS ARM RSQUIRED, e-- `-- i Inspector -- -- --- -- --- Dater ci _APPROVED _ DIS!IPppnVED - APPROVRD BU"(n To ABOVE _ ...... Ce]] For Relnmp,. , CITYOF TIGA ,�,, � COMMUNTY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT X00" 19126 8W HWI BMd. P.O.Boot 23997.Z�,OW_97223 (603)639-4176 - — FLUI+IE+T.NC:. v,ERMIT - - ---- PERMIT #. . . . . . . . PLM92-005". 639-4171 DATE ISSUED: 07/09/92 SITE ADDRESS. . . . 16200 Sw PACIFIC HWY #PAD 1) PARCEL: 2S115A0•-03iOi ' SUBDIVISION. . . . : WIL.LOWBROOK. F•ARMZONING: BLOCK. . . . . . . . . . . _____ . ' . . . Y . Y16 ___ __ _______-____________- :LASS-OF- WORK. . :NEW_.____-.GARBAGErD1SPGSA1-a. . : MCILaILE HOME 5F-ACES. : BACKFLOW PREVNTRS. . : t-YPE Or- USE:. . . . :COM WASHING MACH. . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . )CCUPANCY GRP. . :B" f�l._UUt1 DRAINS. . . . . . . .2 •E EiAF'a. . . . . . " 3,rOR1ES. . . . . . . . it WATER HEATERS. . . . . . : 1 CATCH NASINS. . . . . . . e I XTURES_._--_._.__. .___.--_ LAUNDRY 'TRAYS. . • . • • � 3F PAIN GRAIN'S. . • • • - GREASE TRAPS. . , . . . . (SINKS. . . . . . . . . . 12 URINALS. . . . . . . . . . . . : : LAVATORIES. . . . . 12 OTHER FIXTURES. . . . . z i UD/SHUWERS. . . . : SEWER LINE (ft ) . . . . : WATER CLCISETS. . t 2 WATER LINE (ft ) . . . . : DISHWASHERS. . . . : I RAIN DRAIN :ft ) . . . . 2100 f-'Pmart<S : ConstrI_1rt new t:ank branch bldg. FEES -------- __-___._ Uwner: ---------------------------------_.,_ type <amol.jnt by dz-ate ref-rt WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP, $ 105. 00 .TLH 07109/92 �-�="d 1191 2ND AVE. SUITE 400 F'LCF: R r�E.. c5 ,J 1_M 0i/0�!/'-3r ;�'' '.i SEA"fTl._E WH 98101 5r-CT Phone �� JLH 07/09/92' 22*' 'hone #: 206-461-2421. MODEPN PLUMBING � PO Box 23,307 1 1 b"RD UK 9 1ae,s ;.__. 13 6. 50 TO TAL Phone #: 639-37161 Req #. . : 01610 ------- REQUIRED INSPECTIONS IONS -----this perait is issued subject to the regulations contained in the Rough-in 1nSp Tigard P.01CIoal Code, State of Ore. Specialty Codes and all other Top-or.1t InSra applicahle laws. All work will be done in accordance with Reran Drain ITISP approved plans, This perut will empire if work is not started Final Inspection within 186 days of issuance, or if work is suspended fo;- acre _..�__ _.—_ -----• -- than 186 days. mr +-tee 1,ignat1_rr t sst-re;i 1-;v e Ca11 for- inspection - 639-4175 X. CITY OP' TIGARD RECEIPT W PAYMENT REGE I PT NO. 2 2;-'9,rf 0 CHECK (MOUNT 1:36. 50 HOME MODERN PI_UMbING CO CASH AMQLWT 0. 00 if.)1)RESS s Po BOX ::3307 PAYMENT DATE 07/09/9;-' I-TUARD, OR 5uftt.I v 16,1 oli PURPOSE OF PAYMENT ()MOUNT PAID PURPOSE OF PAYMENT OMOUNT PAID 1.11MBING PERM 105. 00 PLAN CHFCV, F:"E 26. at', ,l . BUILD PER 9K?--0515 5. 2 a I'Al.. AMOUNT PAID 136. 50 G1L(M MOTILE City of Tigard Building Depert.ar_nt: 13125 ell Ball Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 97223 Inspection Line (Rec-O-Phone): 639-.4175 Buainess Phones 639-4171 Inspectionsr Rooting Plbg. Underslab Mech. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Round. Plbg. Top Out Cas Line FINALt Poet/Beam Struct. 8esr: Sower Framing -Bldg. Poet/Ream Mt -h. Rain Drain Insulation -Plumb. Plbq. Underfloor Nater Line Gyp. 111, -Hoch. r , (late Req,ieetedt�� 1=!, %?� -Tlas�t.� AM PM Address:-_, �c�;. Permit #1 {'11) Ci A� lb-Alders TM FOLL KING OORRECTIoNB ARE REQUIRED- 0'e/o" EQUIRED:0All r/� .O1•,A --� �� ,, 'A.►rt>� !iso•'��- ��if� �/c.S i.I�O.tL^/ Aw ��/�C �'/�! ��.✓l y�: Z3(_1 ,c Ar - f InspsctorfG'�J' Datet -STT -- _Y_._ APPRO`&n DISAPPROVED -- - APPROVED SUBJECT To ABOVE _Call For Reinsp. +ter � ws >a +�► � � C-19 City of Tigard Building, Dapartment 13125 811 Ball Blvd. Tigan], Oragon 97223 Inspection Line (Rec-O-Phone): 639-4175 Business Phone: 639-4171 I i Inspection:--- --- ---------- Footing \ Plbg. Underslab +tech. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Found. Plbg. Top Out Gas Line FZNALt Poet./Beam Struct. San. Sower Framing -Bldg. Poet/Beam Hach. Rain Drain Insulation -Plumb. Plbg. Underfloor Water Line Gyp. Bd. -Hech. Date Requestedt _ _._Time: e.11A PH Address: _ Permit Builder. C / � THE FOLLOWING CORRECTIONS ARE REQUIRED: v� 9 Z4_ 1 inspector: _ Dates _ _APPROVED _-_ DISAPPROVED APPROVED SUBJECT TO ABOVE —Call For Rainsp. CI TYOF TIFARD i� COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT C"YOFTWARD SITE WORK 1� " wlv�l 13126 SW HWI Blvd. P.O.Ban 21M,Tigad,Oregon 97223 PERMI F (603)6394176 PERMIT #. . . . . . . r J-41-ty j DATE ISSUED.- ot�l1()192 SlIE ADDRESS. . . x 16200 SW PACIFIC HWY #PAD D PARCEL: 25115AO-0310, SUBD-iVIGION, . . . - WILLOW13ROOK FARM BLOCK. . . ZO . . . . . . . .. LOT. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. IS !"IING. TYPE OF WORK INEW _PAVING?. . . . . . . . . ..y RESO. NO. - PX(--V VOLUME. GRADING?. . . . . . . :y FILL. VOLUME. VALUE. . . s Cy LANDSCAPING?. . . . :Y EN6 F .1 LL?. . . . . . :tq SITE PREP?- - :Y 'UILS RPT REQD?:N STORM DRAINS?. . . i Y IMPERV SURFACE, . : 10560 sf ?emat`ks -'- C011str'Qrt Pad, driveways, stat'm & sAn sewer' f0t' TIPN bank branch b1di Ownel-: FEES WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL type amount by date rlecc)t ROUP Gj 1191 2ND AVE. SUITE 400 PRMT $ 92- 50 JLH 06/I f) jL, -- SEATTLE WA 9f3101 AVE. $ 60- 13 JL.H 06/19/92 Phone #: i206-461—P421 15PICT $ 4. JLJ4 06/19/9.: SSDC f 1120- 00 JLH 06/19/92 Phone Rep #. . - f, 1277. 26 TOTAL, -------- OIR This permit is issued subject to the regulations contained in the Ev,oFi .)n RE ContUr-olED INSPECTIONS Tigard Municipal Code, State Of Urf- Specialty Codes and all other ap.olicable laws, All work will be done in accal,dance with Gt,ading Lnsp approved plans, This permit will expire if work is not started Stt-m Drain Insp within 180 days cf isqu.MP, or if work if suspended for more than 180 days, San !::;eWPv, insp Landscaping Insp Pinai In-,pection f"Pt'mittee Signati.it-e , rs,sue(i pv— Call fc " inspection 639-4175 C1TY0FT16A'P' RD rcnd' LD COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT BUILDING PERMIT 13126 SWFWIBIvd. N.O.Bm23397.TOW,(Aspon 97223(603)8,'x9-4176 �./ PERMIT #. . . . . . . : BUP92-0137 —_ ------------_.---------- 639--4171 DATE I5Sl1ED: 06/19/92 .11TE ADDRESS. . . : 16200 SW PACIFIC HWY #PAD D PARCEL: 2 S 1 15A0-07:,I 0 ' aUBDIVISION. . . . : WILLOWBROOK FARM ZONING: ? BLOCK. . . . . . . . . . : LOT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 ----------------------------------------------------------- REISSUE: FLOOR EXTERIOR WALL CONSTRUCTION- CLASS ONSTRUCTION_CLASS OF WCJRK. :NEW FIRST. . . . :3390 s f N: S: E: W: TYRE OF USE. . . :COM 5E'C:OND. . . : s f PROTECT TYPE OF CONST. -.5N THIRD. . . . : S N: S: E: W: OCCUPANCY CGRP. :1?12 TOTAL--- -: 3390 s f ROOF CONST:P FIRE RET'? :Y OCCUPANCY L LAD:26 BASEMENT. : 5f AREA SEP. RATED: _3T0R. : 1 HT. : 1( ft GAF:AIiC. . . : sf OCCU 5EP. RATED BSMT? :N MEZZ?:ti READ SETBACKS--------- REQUIRED---------------------- FLOOR LOAD. . . . :51 1:)S f LEFT: ft RGHI' : ft F=IR SPKL:1`l SMOK DE:T. . :N DWELLING UNITS: FRNT: ft REAR: ft FIR ALRM:N HNDICP ACC:Y BC;DRMS: BATHE`): I11P SURF ACV: 10`=,60 PRO CORK e N PARI,:T NG: VALUE. $: 350000 Remri�~ks : Constrl.rct new bank branch bldg. TIF: (8, 475 comm. 3, 390 m tr) Uwnpt,s __._.__..__...________________.______.._ _ _-----__.____._____- FEES WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINAN(-'IAL type amok_1nt by date r^ecpt GROUP TIF $ 11865. 00 JLH 06./19/92 1. 1.91 2ND AVE. SUITE 400 PRM1 $ 1wO JLH 06/ I ?/9L - SEATTLF WA 98101 PLCK $ 687. 70 JLH 04/29/92 22666• PVione #: 206-461 -2421 FIRE $ +L--3. 2`0 JLFA 04/89/92 2266(, 51::'CT $ 52. 90 JLH 06/ 19/92 - LC/f� 7G(JGU� . C'hone #: $ 14086. 80 01441- Req #. . : ------- REQUIRED INSPECTIONS This permit is issued subject to the regulations contained in the Foot/F a Un d Insp Tigard Municipal Code, State of Dre. Specialty Lodes and all other Re i of Steel Insp applicable laws, Ail wor+ pill be done in accordance with Slab Insp _ arrroved plans. This permit will expire if work is not started Masonry Insp within 18@ days of issuance, or if work is suspended for more Framing Insp than IN days. Roof n a i l n q I n s p 1n'�"Ilation 111sp Gyp Board Insp n //J1' S�rsp ('eilnq Insppermittee S1.nnat'..Ire: afilb..G) aln I Final Inspection IssvAed By: Call for inspection - 639-4175 SEWER CONNECTION CITYOF TIFARDPERMIT CCrnFYj0FTM1D PERMIT #. . . . . . . SWR92-0163 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT emoae: 13125 BW FWI Blvd. P.O.Boa 23397,Tlpad,Oregon 07223(S3)630.4176 L'ATF: ISSUED: 06/ 19/92 1TE ADDREL;:,. .. . 16,200 SW PACIFIC HWY #PAL L) PARCEL: 2S115PO-03101. SUBDIVISION. . . „ : WILLOWBROOK FARM ZONING: ' BLOCK. . . . . . . . . . . LOT. . . . . . . . . . . . : 18 ------------- TENANT NAMF. . . . . :WASHINSTON MUTUAL SAVINGS HANK USA IVO. . . . . . . . . . . FIXTURE UNITS. . . -213 GLASS; OF WORK. . . :NEW DWELLING UN I TS. . :2 TYPE OF: USE. . . . . :COM NO. OF BU 1 L_D I NGS: 1 LNSTALI_ TYPE. . . . :PUSWR IMPERV SURFACE. 5280 t Pemarks : Uonstr^n.1ct new bank br^anch bldg. Owner: -------------------------------------- ------------------ FEES WASHINGTON MUTUAL. FINANCIAL type .amnf.int by date r-er_pt OROUP PRMT $ 3000. 00 JLH 06/19/92 - 1191. `ND AVE. SUITE 400 SEATTLE WA 98101 I)hone #: '_06--461-•2421 1-ont r,act or^: -------------------------------- CONTRACTOR NOT ON FILE ---------------------------------------- 'hone #: $ 31100. 00 TOTAL.. __-__-_. REQUIRED INSPE:CTIONS --_____- his Applicant agrees to comply with all the rules and regulations Sewer I nr per_t: i on of the unified Sewage Agency. The permit eroires 180 days from the date issued. The total amount paid will be forfeited if the oernt expires. The Agency does not guarantee the accuracy of the side sower laterals. If the sewer is not located at the measurement given, the installer shall o-osoect 3 feet in all directions from the distance given. If not so located, the installer shall purchase a "Tap and Side Sewer” permit and the `lgency will install a latera;. issn..led Py : _ Call for inspection - 639-4175 CITY OF T I-3ARD - RFCE_I T'T' OF PnYMENT RECEIPT NO. CI1wCli AMOUNT a 18053. 16 ' NAME s WE STW(ICJD C ORPORAT RIN C(4SIA AMOUNT 0. 0f' PAYMENT T_?ATF 06/ 19 1"J2 SUBD PURPOSE: OF PAYMENT AMOUNT PAID 1='URGO.SE OF OAYMENT AMOUNT PAID 1101-1-DING PERIM Bl.JP9R-•0137 —1-05A. 00. ST. BLJII_D -PER-1— ' SEWLR LISA 3800. 00 COMMERCIAL 'CIT"' FEES 6475. 00 MANS TRANSIT 1 IFFEES 3390. 00 RUtLDlNCI PERM IT9i�•-0k')11 92« 50 ST . BUILD FFR 4. �,3 PLnN CHECK FE STORM DRAIN SDC 1100 I� WI-43HINGTON MUTUAL SW PACIFIC HWY I -nTAL AMOUNT PAID 1 18053. 1.6 i I ......... .. ... ..............v_... ....... ......,.rr.u+r.iueiauwwns�w.�eexr-an..n.r.....- ........ ... .»,........,._ ..., .... ...,.�.... ..—...........�...a.�...u.aA.Y.>1dMA111M3MyMbYMbM6Ylt141{N.w fl June 2,1992 ' Mr.Jim Jaqua Planning Department 13125 S.W. Hall Boulevard P.O. Box 23397 Tigard,Oregon 97223 Re: Washington Mutual Savings Bank 13UP92-0137 16200 SW Pacific Highway Pad "D" Tigard,Oregon 97223 Subject: Tigard Building Department Comments Dear Mr. Jaqua: The following are responses to your architectural comments concerning the permitting of subject project. Response numbers correspond to items on correction sheet which is attached. Response#1 Roof truss design will be stamped by an engineer registered in State of Oregon. Response#2 Drawings showing pipe sizes and other pertinent data will be furnished by the design/build contractor and approval obtained prior to installation. i i Response#3 Layout,design and component information for mechanical system will be submitted and approved prior to installation. Structural calculations will also be provided. Response#4 'oilet rooms will have ceramic tile wainscot per attached drawings. The city will be informed prior to pre-wnstruction meeting for the roof application. The alarm system which will be installed in the building, is already indicated on our electrical plans. Also enclosed is a letter to the Beaverton Fire Department in response to their letter. Arrhitecture 14701dtt+Avenue Prngremming Smte 741111 Planning Seattle,Wa.0milinn 98101-23x3 Interior Design 12081623 4646 i 1 Graphics FAX 12081023-4625 1 Mr.Jim]aqua Planning Department June 2,199'. Page 2 If you have any questions concerning these responses or any other questions concerning the project,please call. Sincere, The liton Partnership �i-s,�,�.�9 .�•(/,„?'T to a-�.-� 'James C.Norman Project Architect Attachments C: Washington Mutual: Kent Wiegel Falkin & Associates: Harlan Falkin Callison: Chris Hamilton, Joe Webber, File Itr/Jaqua/icr/6 2 F A T R A N S M I T T A L M E M O ,`�,� NO.OF D��: / —FAX#:1C 3 OLZ2O PAGES FROM ��^ PHONE. co - FAX a MEN Post-it"brand tax Ira smdtal memo 7R71 61122/4L CITY OF TIGiA►RD Mar 18, 1992 OREGON Jin Norman Callison Architecture 1420 fifth Avenue Su£ta 2400 Seattle, WA 98101 Pro jec-t a w&shLngon Mutual, SUP92.-01:37 16200 SW Pacific Highway, Pad D Dear Mr. Noncan: ?lane for this project have been reviewed for conformity with applicable oodes and ere conditionally approved, subject to submittal of revisions to satisfactorily address the following items. 1. Root trues deb:yns shall be stamped by an engineer registered with the: Oregon State Board of gngineeriny Examiners. 2. Isometric drawings showing pipe sites and other pertinent data shall, be submitted for the building plumbing system. 3. Layout„ design and component i.nformition shall be submitted for the mechanical system. Plerane include structural calculations. 4. Toilet room walls are required to have a 48-inch high wainscot within 24-inches of water closets and urinals. UBC Soc. 510(b). Moisture-resistant gypsum board is specified for toilet rooms and ether damp locations, but not so noted on wall details.. We wish to be informed prior to the me ..!ting with tho roof applicator. Our project inspactor will attend the meeting. We also request that plans be submitted for any alarm or detection systema to be installed. The building permit. for this project may be obtained at your conver.iance. If yva hrve questlone or it we may be of assistance, please contact us. Sincere Ly, Jim Ja96? Plan "aminer FAX 5!13-584-7297 13125 SW Hall Blvd,P.O.Box 23397,TlWrd Oregon 97223 (503)634-4171---- - TUALATIN VALLEY FIRE & RESCUE AND BEAVERTON FIRE DEPARTMENT 4755 S.W. Griffith Drive• P.O. Box 4755 • Beaverton, OR 97076• (503) 526-2469• FAX 52t,-)538 May 8, 1992 James C. Norman Callison Partnership .1420 5th Avenue, Su. a 2400 Seattle, Washington 98.1.01 Re: Washington Mutual Financial Group Tigard Town Square 152.00 S.W. Pacific Hwy. 6288A-097-019 Dear Mr. Norman: This is a Fire and Life Safety Plan Review and is based on the 1988 editions of the Uniform Fire Code (UFC) and those sections of the Uniform Building Code (UBC) and Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) specifically referencing the fire department:, and other local ordinances and regulations. Plans submitted to the City of Tigard and forwarded to this office are acceptable with the following conditions: 1 . Addrens :e(Tuired:. The tenant space number must be prominently d.ispla,Pd on the street :Front where it is readily visible to drivers and officers of responding fire apparatus and other emergency vehicles. UFC' Sec. 1.0.208 2 . Fire Extinguisher Requirements:_ Not less than one (.l) approved fire extinguisher(s) with a: rating of not less than ('.-) shall be provided for each (**) square foot of floor area or fraction thereof. The travel distance to an extinguisher .from, any portion of the building shall not exceed 75 feet . UFC Sec. 10 .303 (*) 2A10B:C, - Light and Ordinary H.Lzard 4A.10B:C -- Extra Hazard (**) 3, 000 - Light Hazard 1, 500 - ordinary Hazard 1, 0:50 - Extra Hazard "Worklns"Smoke Detectors Save Lives _............ .v. ....W,....�...�,.�.. �.... « .,.- James C. Norman May 8, 1992 Page 2 Vote: Where flammable or combustible liquids are used, "B" ratings of extinguishers may need to be higher and travel distances shorter. See requirements in National Fire Protection Association Standard 10-1. . 3 . Fire Hydrants_ Fire hydrants shall be placed within 250 feet of all portions of the building. Fire hydrant located across Durham Street is not acceptable because of high volume of traffic thrcugh this area. This department would request that a fire hydrant be placed somewhere within the parking .lot of Tigard Town Square to meet the 250 foot requirement. Approval of submitted plans is not an approval of omissions or oversights by this office or of non-compliance with any applicable regulations of local government. If I can be of any further assistance to you, please .feel free to contact me at 526-2502 . .Sincerely, VqGene Birchill Deputy Fire Marshal GB:kw cc: Tigard Building Department- Washington Mutual Financial Group Tigard Water District 1 -oo�� DATE: PLANS CHECK NO.: PROJECT T{TLE: G*1 *111 A) M O rPAt BQA 1004-,c3AA-re C.:OUMrYWIDE TRAFFIC IMPACT FEE APPLICANT: ",'l jn IV WORK-13TiEET (EOR NON-SINGLE FAMILY USES) MAIUNG ADDRESS: CIIY/ZIP/PHONE: RATE PER Q USE CATEGORY.- TRIP TAX MAP NO.: — RESJDENTIAL ��$138.00 •00 SITUS NO.ADDRESS: Qf�GE _ � 1 /`.too_ siJ gmlx-leNidi/_ INDUSTRIAL _ 133.00 SNaTITUTIONAL $57.00 PAYMENT METHOD: rao ECA --- gim INSTITIJTIONAL ONLY: BANCROFT PROMISSORY NU uNO USE CwTtiGORY o��noN OF USE EEIMAY AVG. TRIO RAtVIA two AVE TRIP w► WE�R TO O(XXWANCY _ / 100- 00 BASIS:A�, fV a D0 se=.s -,--v 3 90 CALCULATIONS: — v --- T- G. 9. F x WEE,e'�� AUG. Ti2i,P 2A TE X -y'121P RATE (9) = T1F- 3 .39 x too X 35^00 = //��6 00 PROJECT TRIPGENERATION: ------ �'�?'A�A/►►ay�v% a TEV: 00 ADDMONAL NOTES: FOR ACCWN1ING PURPOSES ONLY MASS-5 -f�i-aiv'S11- 1% 31390.00 PREPARED BY: wG- (:t:: WASHINGTON COUNTY - - -- TIT NOTEBOOK 1tJf'll'1��� CITY OF TU'WIRD RFCFlr.11' PAYMFNT RECEIPT NO. z 90-- 6 GHECK AMOUNT 1110- 40 114111* WPSH1146TON MIJ'FtJPI- 3AVINGS GASH AMOUNT s 0. The W)DRpss a CORPORA,ru, sr.RVICF. Ci R. "1'13-3 PAYMEN7 DWE t 04 2 1301 FIFTH AVE. sE(4-rTLE, WA 96101 t,I]PPOS E OF: PPYMEN'r e41YIOUNT PA I D FnJP.PfJSE OF PAYMENT AMOUNT P0 111 P (AIEM Fr, 667. 70 TUALATIN VOLI O , !) IpW AMURINT r-1010 110. 40 April 28, 1992 Mr. Brad Roast. Community Development Departmelrt City of 'Tigard 13125 S.W• Hall Boulevard Tigard,OR 9722:3 Re: Washington Mutual Project Number 90211.06 C Dear Mr. Offer: the following packages for a building;permit. Per our conversation, we are submitting Attached are: • Permit fee check in the amount of$1,110.9(1 City of Tigard 13uilding;Permit Application. This inciloct is presently being bid there/or we da net vet have a contractor. • Four complete sets of drawings Two sets of specifications One set of structural calcuiatitms ed additional information, please do not hesitate to call. Should you have any questions err ne Sincerely, The Callison Partnership James Norman Project Architect jn:dsb Attachmer is c: Callison: Chris Hamilton I tr/roast/nomr nn/'.28 Arrhitectun, 1420 Fifth Avenue Suite 2400 Programminq septile WIISIIIngtnn Planning 98101-7343 Interior Design 12081823 UA6 Gray...'b FAX 1206)823-4625 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP BRANCH BANK TIGARD, OREGON Callison Architecture Programming Planning Interior Design Graphics 1420 Fifth Avenue 950 Sixth Avenue Suite 2400 Suite 200 Seattle,Washington San Diego,California 96101 92101 206/623-4646 619/232-3233 Project Manual Construction Set April 27, 1997 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TABLE OF CONTENTS TIGARD, OREGON PART 1 BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS (W20 INVITATION TO BID 00300 BID FORM 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS wwrwrrrrwwwwwwwwrrwwwwrrwwwwrrwrwwr.wrwwrrr+wwwwrrr*wwrrrwwwrrrwwwwrwr PART 2 TEC14NICAL SPECIFICATIONS --- ------------------------------------------------------------------------ DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005 ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS 01021 ALLOWANCES 01026 UNIT PRICES 01027 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 01028 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS 01300 SUBMITTALS 01400 QUALITY CONTROL JI 500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 016(X) MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 01601 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT DIVISION 2 - SI'fEWORK 02110 SITE CLEARING 02200 EARTHWORK 02810 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 02900 LANDSCAPING 02910 TRANSPLANTING; DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03001 CONCRETE ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- DIVISION 4 - MASONRY 04210 BRICK VENEER ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ DIVISION 5 - METALS 055(X) METAL FABRICATIONS 11/6/�X)\4/21/92\4/24/Q2 TOC-1 TABLE OF CONTENTS ' WASHINGTON MU7UAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD, OREGON DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTIC - - 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY ' 06112 FRAMING AND SHEATHING: OF-:35 PREFABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES 06181 GLUE LAMINATED WOOD MEMBERS 06196 PLYWOOD WEB JOISTS 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY 06410 CUSTOM CASEWORK ' DIVISION 7- THERMAL, AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07180 WATER REPELLENT COATING 07211 BATT AND BLANKET INSULATION 07212 BOARD INSULATION 07240 EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM ' 07514 BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING SYSTEM 07610 METAL ROOFING 07620 SHEET ME'T'AL FLASHING AND TRIM 07710 PREFABRICATED ROOF SPECIALTIES 07900 SEALANTS DIVISION 8 - DRS AND WINDOWS - DCRS 08110 HOLLOW STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08210 WOOD DOORS AND FRAMES 08410 ALUMINUM STORFFRONT AND WINDOW SYSTEM MAX) HARDWARE 08739 DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTALLATION 08800 GLAZING DIVISION 9 - FINISHES - --- ----- 09260 GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS 09300 TILE 09510 SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS I 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING 09680 CARPET 09%M PAINTING 09950 WALL COVERINGS ------------------------------ DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES ------ 10210 ARCHITECTURAL LOUVERS 10410 TRAFFIC SIGNAGE 108(X) TOILET ACCESSORIES 10999 MISCELLANEOUS SPFCIALTIES DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT ------------------------ Not Used ----_-- ----- �� TOC-2 � 11/5/90\4/21/92\4/24/92 I WASHINGTON MU TUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TABLE OF CONTENTS i TIGARD, OREGON ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS 12510 HORIZONTAL. LOUVER BLINDS 12692 FLOOR MATS ----------------------------------*-------------------------------------- DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION Not Used -----------------....----------------------------------------------------- DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS Not Used ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15010 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 150.50 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 152.50 MECHANICAL INSULATION 15400 PLUMBING 15500 HEATING, VENTILATING, & AIR CONDITIONING 15950 CONTROLS 15990 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING (TAB) WORK ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16010 ELECTRIC GENERAL PROVISIONS 16050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 16110 RACEWAYS 16113 UNDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEM 16120, WIRE AND CABLES 16130 BOXES 16144 WIRING DEVICES 16170 CIRCUIT AND MOTOR DISCONNECTS 16190 SUPPORTING DEVICES 16195 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16420 SERVICE ENTRANCE 16450 GROUNDING 16470 PANELBOARDS 16478 FUSES 16480 MOTOR CONTROL i6500 LIGHTING 16700 COMMUNICATIONS 16740 TELEPHONE SYSTEM 16741 TELEPHONE AND DATA CABLING SYSTEM 16745 BANK SECURITY SYSTEM 16950 TESTING END TABLE OF CONTENTS 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/24/92 TOC-3 ai[ Ilk& ,�■t er .� *. WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 00020 TIGARD, OREGON INVITATION TO BID The Callison Partnership 1420 Fifth Ave., Suite 2400 Seattle, Washington 98101 To: Invited Bidders; DESCRIPTION OF WORK Bids will be received by Washington Mutual Financial Group, for a single prime contract covering General Construction,including Mechanical,and Electrical work for the project named: Washington Mutual Branch Bank,Tigard,Oregon. Proposals shall be in the form of a single lump sum price with a guaranteed maximum cost. CONTRACT TIME Bidders shall stipulate completion time in their proposal, stating an "earliest finish" date and a "latest finish" date no more than two weeks apart. If completion of the project is delayed, the Owner will suffer damages difficult to ascertain at this point, but agreed by both parties to be at least $500/calendar day. Liquidated damages shall apply to delays beyond the "latest finish" date. TIME AND DATE OF BID Submit'bid no later than 2:00 pm May 15,1992,except as may be revised by addend-im. Deliver bids in a sealed envelop or fax to: Mr. Kent Wieg(1 Washington Mutual Financial Group 1191 Second Avenue,Suite 4(X) Seattle, Washington 98101 Fax: (206) 554-2967 Bids will be opened privately. DOCUMENTS Copies of the Bidding Dochments may be obtained fro;n the Invited General Contractor's only in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders. Partial sets will not be issued. BID SF.CORITY A Bid se,-urity of 5% of the bid amount plus additive alternate; is required. 11/b/90\4/21/92\4/24/92 (XX)20-1 SECTION 00020 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP INVITATION TO BID TIGARD, OREGON INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS The provisions of AIA Document A701-1987, "Instructions to Bidders,"as supplemented below,apply to this Bid. All unaltered provisions of the Instructions to Bidders shall remain in effect. ARTICLE 3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1. Add the following subparagraph to Article 3.3 SUBSTITUTION: "3.3.5: Substitutions shall be subject to additional requirements as specified in Section 01600 of the Project Manual." ARTICLE 4 BIDDING PROCEDURES 2. Add the following new subparagraph to 4.2 BID SECURITY: "4.2.4 Submit with the Bid a bid security in the form of a certified check, a bank cashier's check,or a bid bond in an amount equal to 5%of the Base Bid amount plus all additive alternates." ARTICLE 5 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS 3. Subparagraph 5.1.1: Change to read as follows: 5.1.1: Bids will be opened privately. An abstract of the Bids may be made available to the Bidders within a reasonable time, at the discretion of the Ovmer." ORDER OF PRECEDENCE Neither the Contract Drawings nor Contract Specifications shall have precedence in ine work. If discrepancies occur between the parts of the Contract Documents,base bid upon the guidelines following. Use of the guidelines shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility tc, inform the Architect of the conflict and his proposed resolution, and to obtain the Architect's approval prior to starting the affected work. CONFLICI TAKES PRECEDENCE ---------------------------------------------- 1. Overall dimensions vs. the sum of a string Overall dimensions, then of dimensions. Sum of dimensions between grid;,then Dimensions of openings in a string,then Dimensions of major partitions, then Dimensions between opening and partitions, then Smallest dimension off of a grid, then Largest dimension off of a grid. 2. Structural notes regarding stresses vj�. Structural notes. specifications for structural components. 3. Notes for finishes on drawings vs. Finishes noted on drawings. specifications. (x1020 2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 1SECTION 00020 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP INVITATION TO BID TIGARD,OREGON 4. Door schedule vs. details. Details. 5. Door schedule vs. specifications. Specifications. 6. Finish schedule vs. interior elevations. Finish Interior elevations f o ationsfor space conflict. 7. Finish schedule vs. reflected ceiling plan. Reflected ceiling plan. 1 8. Large details vs. small details. Largest details. 9. Details vs. specifications. Details for materials and arrangement; Specifications for quality and finish. 10. All other discrepancies not otherwise The better quality and/or the greater quantity covered hereirt. as judged solely by the Architect. The Owner reserves the right to waive informalities and reject bids. A bidder may not withdraw his !! bid after the day of the bid opening, unless the award of the Contract is delayed for a period exceeding ninety (90)days. ENI) OF INVITATION TO BID 00020-3 11/6/90\4/21/92.\4/22/92 wrt aril ar w� taI WASHING'T'ON MUTUAL FINANCIAL,GROUT' TIGARD,OREGON BID FORM TO: Washington Mutual Financial Group 1000 Second Avenue Seattle,Washington 98104 At'n: Mr. Kent Wiegel RE: Branch Bank I have received the Documents for the above I.-fled work,including Drawings and Project Manual,and including Addenda Nos. ___. 1 ha,+e examined both the Documents and the site,and submit the following proposal far the construction work including the following unit prices,to furnish and install items as deFcribed in Section 01026 and itemized it the following schedule,including equipment,tools,permits, layout,coordination.and supervision. Items 'or which unit prices are r-quired shall be included in the maximum contract price for project construction,in the quantities indicated ori the Drawings and in the Project Mamtal. The Owner is understood to be under no obligatien to purchase the noted quantities; adjustments to contract price will be based on the quantity actually installed in the Work. Adjustment to contract price shail be made in accordance with Section 01028-Change Order Procedures. Payment for items listed in this SerOo►►shall be in accordance with Section 01027-.Application for Payment. A. BASE BID: I will construct the project,as indicated in the Docum:rtts,for the lump sum price of ------- _---- --- --- - Dollars ($- -- ----1 SCHEDULE: Unit prices will be added to contract price for quantities greater than,and deducted from contract prico for quantities less thar, those indicated in the Contract Documents. ITEM ADD— DF.DUC] 1. Fluorescent Light Fixture;2x2,ca. $.______ 2. Fluorescent Light Fixture;2x4,ea. $_�_______ 3. Wall Washer Light Fixture;ea. $____ 4. Dedicated Duplex Outlet;ea. $_._ 5. Telephone Mudring;ca. $_ $ __ 6. Structural Fill Material;cu. yd. $_ 7 Additiona; Excavation;cu.yd. $_ I8. Concrete Walks;sq. ft. $__V_�_�_ ____ 9. Touch-up labor;hour i The atr)ve unit prices includes subcontractors'and Contractor's overhead and profit,but do not include Mate ISale3 Tax. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 00300-1 ti 1 } i WASHINGTON MUTUAL.FINANCIAL,GROUP BID FORM TIGARD, OREGON In submitting this proposal,1 agree to: 1. Hold my bid open for the period specified in the INVITATION TO BID. 2. Enter into and execute a Contract,if awarded on the basis of this bid,and to furnish all ho.-,ds and insurace as required by the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction. 3. Accomplish the work in accordance with the Contract Documents.. 4. Complete the Work within the time limits below,subject to provisions of the General Conditions. 5. Bad on a Start date no more than 30 days after Bid Opening; Earliest finish date of Late t finish date of Attachment: Written proposal for weather protection for E1FS installation. ` 1 � Firm: By Date: Title: __. Phone: Seal if Corporation t. i 00300.2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 1W1WXlWMVK&WffffMM - 0 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP 0(1800 TiGARD, OREGON SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS The following supplements the"General Conditions of the Contract for Construction," AiA Document A201, Fourteenth Edition, 1987. All unaltered provisions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect. ARTICLE I QCNERAL PROVISIONS A. Add the following new subparagraphs to 1.1 BASK DEFINITIONS: "1.1.8 "Owner's Representative" shall mean Falkin Associates." B. Add the following new subparagraphs to 1.2 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT: "1.2.6. Sections of Division 1 -General Requirements,govern the execution of all sections of the spec;fications." 1.2.7 Information included in the Contract Documents concerning existing conditions is included for information, only. The Architect does not guarantee the accuracy of indicated existing dimensions and conditions. Except as provided in Article 12.2,no increase in Contract Sum, related to inaccuracies in description of existing conditions, will be authorized." 1.2.8 The reference standards referred to in the Contract Documents shall be the edition in effect at the time of the Agreement, unless specifically stated otherwise." 1.2.9 Unless specifically noted otherwise, products indicated or described in the Contract Documents shall be provided by the Contractor to the extent indicated." C. Add the following new subparagraphs to 1.5 iNTERPRE'TATION: 1.5.2 Specifications and notes are written in imperative and abbreviated form. Imperative language of the technical sections is directed at the Contractor, unless specifically noted otherwise. incomplete sentences shall be completed by inserting "shall," "shall be," "the Contractor shall," and similar mandatary phrases by inference. The words "shall be" shall be supplied by inference where a colon(:)is used. 1.5.3 Where "as shown," "as detailed,"or words of similar meaning are used, references to the Drawings are intended unless stated otherwise. Where "as directed," "as required," "as selected," "approved"or words of similar .meaning are used, it shall be understood that "by the Architect" follows unless stited otherwise. "Provide" means "Contractor shall furnish and install." ARTICLE 2 QWNER A. Delete Subpar•igraph 2.2.5 and insert the following: "2.2.5 The Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, 12 copies of prints of Drawings and Project Manual. The Contractor may purchase additional copies of Drawings and Project Manual at Architect's normal cost of reproduction and handling." ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR A. Delete subparagraph 3.7.1, and .v!bstitute the following: "3.7.1 Unless otherwise Provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner will pay for the general plan check fee. The Contrdctor shall secure and pay for all other permits,governmental fees, licenses;and inspections necessary for the proper execution and completion of the W07k." 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 009()0-1 ir 00800 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL. GROUP SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TIGARD, OREGON i B. Add the following sub-subparagraphs to subparagraph 3.10.2: I ".1 The Contractors initial schedule of submittals shall accompany the Contractor's construction schedule submittal. .2 The Contractor shall keep the Architect advised of all revisions to the schedule of submittals." � C. Add the following new subparagraph to 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND I SAMPLES: i "3.12.12 If the Contractor fails to review Shop Drawings, Product Data, or Samples to determine their responsiveness ,o the Contract Documents, or fails to substantially respond to Architect's review �1 comments prior to resubmittal, or if he makes submittals which substantially alter the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the charges of the Architect for extra services required to review such submittals." R1 TLQU 4 ADMINIMAILM QF TI{E CONTR T A. Add the following sentence to subparagraph 4.2.4: "Copies or memos of all direct communications between the Owner and Contractor facilitating contract administration shall he promptly transmitted to the Architect by the party initiating �� f the communication." L9 I B. Revise the first sentence in Subparagraph 4.5.1 to read: # "Any controversy or Claim arising out of or related to the Contract,or the breach thereof, ma be settled by arbitration... in lieu of "....shall be settled....... E y ART'1 4�� �SS�NTItACTO,R,_,� A. Add the following new subparagraph to 5.1 DEFINITION: "5.1.3 The terms 'Installer,' 'Fabricator,' and 'Supplier,' as referenced herein, or in the Contract Documents, refer to the Contractor,a subcontractor,or a sub-subcontractor." ARTICLE¢ CUNSTRQCTION y NER_Q5EPARA7'E�0l7RA TORS No Modification3. ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK. c A. Add the following new subparagraph and subparagraphs to 7.1 CHANGES: ` 7.1.5 CONTRACTOR'S COST SAVINGS PROPOSA►.S 7.1.5.1 The Contractor shall be permitted to propose changes in the Drawings,design, Specifications,or other contract requiremµnts, in the event that such changes would result in a Acceptance of the Contractor's proposal shall be indicated by the execution of a Change Order. savings to the Owner, as described herein. Such prc,posals shall be submitted to the Architect. 00800-2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 EL7WJLINR V WASHINGTON MUTJAL FINANCIAL. GROUP 00800 TIGARD, OREGON SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 7.1.5.2. The Contractor shall submit the following minimum information with each Cost Savings Proposal for review: .1 Description of difference between existing contract requirements and the proposed changed work recommended by Contractor, stating the comparative advantages and disadvantages of each change, including such intangible items as life expectancy, comparative operation and maintenance costs,etc. .2 The date of conception of the changed work and an itemizztion of tangible cost savings which would be immediately realized,excluding intangible items such as lower maintenance costs, longer life expectancy, etc. .3 A statement of the time by which the Cost Savings Proposal must be acted upon to achieve the maximum cost savings,and other limitations or conditions, if any. .4 A statement noting effects the Cost Savings Proposal will have on completion of the work or the work of others. 7.1.5.3 The Owner may accept or reject, in whole or in part,at his sole discretion,any Cost Savings Proposal submitted by Contractor. Owner shall communicate his decision to Contractor in writing within a reasonable period of time after receipt of Coniractor's Cost Savings Proposal. If Owner wishes to accept part or all of Contractor's Cost Savings Proposal, he 1.111 draft, execute,and send to Contractor a Change Order covering the changed work. Until the Contractor is notified in writing of acceptance of part of or 311 of Contractor's Cost Savings Proposal, the Contractor shall be obligated to perform the work in accordance with unmodified terms of the Contract. 7.1.5.4 In the event a Cost Savings Proposal submitted by Contractor is accepted,in whole or in part, the Contractor is entitled to share with the Owner in the tangible savings width are instantly realized by Owner on a twenty-five - seventy-five basis. (25% of the realized cost ravings for Contractor and 75% for the Owner.) Credit for accepted Cost Savings Proposel(s) will be indicated by Change Order." A. Make the following changes to paragraph 7.3 - LO ISTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES: In the first sentence of Subparagraph 7.3.6, delete the words,"a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit" and substitute, "an allowance for overhead and profit in accordance with Clauses 7.3.10.1 through ".3.10.5 below." Add the following Subparagraph 7.3.10 to 7.3: 7,3.10 Such allowance for 'he combined overhead and profit shall be based on the following: ' .1 For the Contractor, for work performed by the Contractor's own forces, 15 percent of the cost. .2 For the Contractor,for work performed by the Contractor's Subcontractor,5 percent of the amount due the Subcontractor. .3 For each Subcontrartor or Sub-subcontractor involved,for work performed by that Subcontractor's or Sub-subcontractor's own forces, 15 percent of this cost. j .4 For each Subcontractor, for work performed by the Subcontractor's Sub-subcontractor,5 percent of the amount due the Sub-subcontractor. .5 Cost to which overhead and profit is to be applied shall be determined in accordance with Subparagraph 7.3.6. 1 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 00800-3 00800 WASHINGTO•' MUTUp L. FINANCIAL GROUP SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS iGAR.D, nREGON AR77CLE$ TIME A. Add the following new subparagraph to 8.3 DELAYS Ah' EXiENSIGNS OF TiME: "8.3.4 Should an extension of time be granted by the Owner 't.,tl,e Contractor, ;ie shall indemnify -ind save harmless the Owner from the loss to any sulxontra(ii m cai-sed by such extension of time." ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS ANP COMPLETION A. Add the following subparagraph to 9.3.1: i 9.3.1.3 Until f ubstantial Completion, the Owner pay ninety percent (90%)of the amount due the Contractor on account of progress payments. ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION QF PERSONS AND PROPERTY No Modificatians. ARTICLE 11 JN5_URANCE ANQ BONDS A. Change subparagraph 11.1.2 to read as follows. "11.1.2 The insurance required by subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than the following amounts- .1 Comprehensive General Liability .1 Bodily injury-$500,000 each person;$1,000,000 each occurance. .2 Personal injury-$500,000 each persor;$1,000,000 aggregate;$5,000,000 general aggregate. .3 Property damage-$100,000 each person;$200,000 each occurance;$200,000 aggregate. .2 Automobile Liability .1 Bodily injury -$500,0(10 each person;$1,000,000 each occurance. .2 Property damage-$100,000 each occurance. .3 Workers' Compensation - Statutory. Employers' Liability - $100,000. I .4 Independent Contractor's-Same limits as above. .5 Products and (::ompleted Operations- samt, 'imits as above to one(1)year,commencing with the I issuance of final certificate of payment. .6 Contraoual Liability - Same limits as above. I I 00800-4 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 f 1 W lux IV � # WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP 00800 TIGARD,OREGON SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS B. Add the followirg sentence to subparagraph 11.1.3: "Contractor shall cause the Owner and other interested parties as designated by the Owner, to be named additional insured under the Commercial General Liability, Auto Liabilty, and Umbrella Liabilty palicies." 1 A;4TI VB_ QVE IN_Q M.2 CQR2j_C-TION QE WORK No Modifications ARTICCLE_13 MISCELLANEOUS PR VI 1QIV5 No Modifications. AM(:U- 14 TERMINATION VESP N Icy S1I:fes CT CONTRA I No Modifications. END OF SECTION I 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/52 00800-5 now ��� WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 01(X)5 TIGARD, OREGON ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS PARTI GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Description of the Work. 2. Contract method. 3. Separate work. 4. Owner-furnished products. 5. Coordination. 6. Field engineering. 7. Reference standards. 1.02 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Work of this Contract comprises general construction including mechanical and electrical work for a single story building. Structure consists of wood frame with plywc,od web joists;built-up asphalt roof and standing seam metal roof;exterior insulation and finish system;glazed aluminum window system; interior partitions and finishes;balancing HVAC and system start-up. 1 03 CONTRACT METHOD A. Construct the Work under a guaranteed maximum cost contract. 1.04 SEPARATE WORK A. Owner will enter into a separate contract for the furnishing and installation .f the following: 1. Bank Equipment,as scheduled on drawings. 2. Security System B. Owner's Subcontractors' Responsibilities: 1. Provide shop dra:rings,rough-opening;dimensions,electrical requirements to Contractor in a timely mannet. t. Perform final in[tallation and connections. C. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Coordinate rough opening requirements and installation schedule with other construction 2. Install conduit with pull cords,cable,junction boxes and other accessories as indicated on drawings. 1.05 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Products furnished and paid for by Owner: 1. Kitchen appliances in lounge. B. Owrer's Responsibilities: 1. fkrrange for and deliver shop drawing- product data,and samples, to Contractor. 2. Arrange and pay for product delivery to site. 3. UFon delivery, inspect products jointly with Contractor. 4. Submit claims for transportation damage. 5. Arrange for replacement of damaged,defective,or missing items. 6. Arrange for manufacturers warranties, inspections,and service. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 01005-1 SECTION 01005 ADMINISTRATIVE PROV;SIONS WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD, OREGON C. Contractor's Res onsibilti es.: P I. Review shop drawings, praduct data,and samples. 2. Receive and unload products at site;inspect for completeness,for damage,jointly with Owner. 3. Handle, store, install and finish products. 4. Repair or replace itemF damaged by Work of this Contract, i 1.06 COORDINATION A. Coordinate work of the various Section;of Specifications to assure efficient and orderl seqce installation of construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items ;nstalled hater. of � B. Verify characteristics of elements of interrelated operating equipment are compatible; coordinate work of various Sections having interdependent responsibilities for installinb,connecting to,and placing in service,such equipment. C. Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical work which are closely as practicable; make runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently diagramatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes,ducts,and conduits,as to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. D. In finished areas,except as otherwise shown,conceali s duct Cootidinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements and wiring in the conc-truction. r 1�. Execute cutting and patching to integrate elements of Work,uncover ill-timed,defer ' conforming work,provide openings for pent,trations of existing surfacess n_ testing. Seal penetrations through floors, walls, and ceilings. ,and provide samplefor 1.07 FIELD ENG,NEERING A. Provide field engineering services;establish grades, lines,and levels, by use of recognized engineering sur-,cy practices. B. Locate and protect control and reference points. 1.08 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. F'or products specified by associ,,tion or trade standards,comply with requirements of the atandard, VXcept when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. Agreement when there are no bids,excB. The date of the standard is that in effect a;•of the Bid date, or date of Owner-Contractor ept when a specific date is specified. C. Obtain copies of standards when required by Contract Documents. Maintaii. copy at jobsite during progress of the specific wk PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF EC,ION 111(x15-? 11/6/90\4/21/92\ r WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 01021 TIGARD, OREGON CASH ALLOWANCES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Schedule of iilowance items to be included in Contract Sum for purchase and installation of designated products. 2. Procedures for administration of Allowances. B. Related Sections: 1. Document 00700-General Conditions. 2. 01028-Change Order Procedures: Changes in Contract Sum due to adjustment of Allowances. 1.02 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES A. Allow twenty-four hours labor and materials for touch-up and repair work to finishes damaged by move in activities. B. Indicate on Bid Form,unit price per hour for additional tou(h-up and repair labor. 1.03 COSTS INCLUDED IN ALLOWANCES A. Cost of product to Contractor or subcontractor,less applicable trade discounts. B. Delivery to site. C. labor required under allowance. C). Contractor overhead and profit. 1.04 ',DJUSTMENT OF COSTS A. Should net cost of Allowances be more or less than specified amounts, the Contract Sum will be adjusted by Change Order,in acordance with provisions of Section 01028. IPART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTIO�J M' 1]/6/90\4/21/92\4/22192 01021-1 i WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUT' SECTION 01026 TIGARD, OREGON UNIT PRICES PARTI GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Identification and di- :ription of Unit Prices. B. Related Sections: I. Sections of Specifications identified in each Unit Price description. 1.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Unit Prices will be exercised at the option of Owner. B. Prices stated for each Unit Price shall include all costs for the construction covered by the Unit Price including overhead and profit. C. Unit Prices shall be valid for the duration of the Contract. D. The Construction indicated on the drawings constitutes the Basic Bid Work. Amounts stated for unit prices constitutes the amounts to be added or subtracted to the Contract Price for changing the Basic Bid Work. 1.03 UNIT PRICE DESCRIPTIONS NO. 1 - FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES A. Item: 2x2 and 2x4 lay-in fixtures as specified in Division 16 and scheduled on drawings. B. Unit of Measure: Per each, installed NO. 2 - WALL WASHER LIGHT FIXTURES A. Item: As specified in Division 16 and scheduled on drawings. B. Unit Measure: Per eact., installed. NO.3-DEDICATED DUPLEX OU,'LETS A. Item: As specified in Division 16. B. Un.t of Measure: Per each, installed. NO.4 - TELEPHONE MUDRING A. Item: As specified in Division 16. B. Un.t Measure: Per each, installed. NO. 5 - SITIUCTURAL FILL MATERIAL A. Item: Additional excavation and disposal of unsuitable soil. 11/6/70\4/21/92\4/22/92 11/6/(X)\--\4/22/Q2 01(1'(,-1 �f WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL ARD,OREGON SECTION 01026 TIGi UNIT PRICES g, Item: Additional structural fill material, compactf i, in place. C. Unit of Measure: Per sq.yd• } NO.6 - CONCRETE WALKS ! A. Item: Additional concrete walks as detailed on drawings. 13. Unit Measure: Per sq.ft. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION r r 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/9 r 01026-2 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 01027 TIGARD, OREGON APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PART] GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Incudes: 1. Proced-fres for preparation and submittal of Applications for Payment. B. Related Sections: I. Owner-Contractor Agreement: Contract Sum and Unit Prices,/amounts of Progress Payments, and P.etainages, and times for submittals. 2. 00700-General Conditions: Progress Payments,and Final Payment. 3. 01300-Submittals: Submittal procedures. Schedule of Values, List of Subcontractors. 4. O1700-Contract Closeout: Contract Closeout Procedures 1.02 FORMAT A. AIA G702 - Application and Certificate for Payment B. For each iter^. a column for listing: Item Number; Description of work;Scheduled Va'ue, Previous Applications; Work in Place and Stored Materials under this Application; Authorized Change Orders; Total Completed and Stored to Date of Application; Percentage of Completion; Balance to Finish; and Retainage. 1.03 PREPARATION OF APPLICATIONS A. Except as otherwise indicated,comply with requirements of the Agreement and General Conditions, including supporting documentation, waivers or rcleases of lien. 1. Prior to First Application: verify that required submittals have been made as specified in Section 01300. B. Type required information or use media-driven printout. 1. Compute Retainage as indicated in Supplementary Conditions. C. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer. D. Use data on accepted Schedule of Values. Provide dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of Work performed and for stored products. E. List each authorized Change Order as an extension on continuation sheet, listing Change Order number and dollar amount as for an original item of Work. F. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified in Section 01700. 1.04 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURLS A. Submi ,hree copies of each Application for Payment at timeF• stipulated in Agreement. B. Submit under transmittal letter specified in Sertion 01300. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 01027 SECTION 01027 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD, OREGON 1.05 SUBSTANTIATING DATA A. When Architect requires substantiating information,submit data justifying line item amounts in question. B. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each ro and date,and line item by number and description, py of submittal, Show Application number PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION 01027-? 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 war �. +� aw •. � ..a WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 01028 TIGARD, OREGON CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.0, SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Procedures for processing Change Orders. B. Related Sections: I. Agreement Forms: Monetary values of established Unit Prices. 2.. General Condit ons:Governing requirements for changes in the Work, in Contract Cost,and Contract Mime. 3. Document 0080(1••Supplementary Conditions: Percentage allowances for Contractor's overhead and profit. 4. 01026- Unit Prices: Scope of Unit Prices. 5. 01027- Applications for Payment. 6. 01300 - Submittals: Progress Schedules; Schedule of'Values. 7. 0160(1- Material and Equipment: Substitution,. 8. 01700-Contract Closeout:Project record documents. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit name of the individual authorized to accept changes,and to b'?responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ of changes in the Work. B. Change Order Forms: AIA G701. 1.03 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT SUM AND CONTRACT TIME A. Maintain detailed records of work done. Provide full information required for evaluation of proposed changes,and to substantiate costs of changes in the Work. B. Document each quotation for a change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow evaluation of the quotation. C. On request, provide additional data to support computations: 1. Quantitie of products,labor,and equipment. 2. Taxes,insurances and bonds. 3. Overhead and profit. 4. Justification for any change in Contract Time. 5. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented. 1.(A PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES A. Architect may submit a Proposal Request which includes: Detailed description of change with supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications, the projected time for executing the change, with a stipulation of any overtime work required, and the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. B. Contractor may initiate a change by submittal of a request to Architect describing the proposed change with a Ftatement of the reason for the change,and the effect on Contract Sum and Contract Time with full documentation. Document any requested substitutions it accordance with Section 016(x1. 11/6/9(1,4/21/92\4/22/92 01028-1 WWWWRLIRW-Aair aas SECTION 01028 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES TIGARD, OREGON 1.05 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE AUTHORIZATION A. Architect may issue a directive,signed by Owner, instructing Contractor to proceed with a change in the'Work,for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. B. Directive will describe changes in the Work,and will designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. C. Promptly execute the change in Work. 1.06 LUMP SUM CHANGE ORDER A. Will be bases.on Proposal Request and Cc,.`Tac tor's lump sum quotation,or Contractor's request for Change Order as approved by Architect. 1.07 UNIT PRLCE CHANGE ORDER A. For nre•deterrnined unit prices and quantities,Change Order will be executed on a fixed price basis. B. For unit costs or quantities of units of work which are not predetermined,execute Work under a construction change authorization.Changes in Contract Sum or Contract Tim-will be computed as specified for time and material Change Order. 1.013 TIME AND MATERIAL_CHANGE ORDER A. Submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits in Conditions of the Contract. B. Architect will determine the change allowable in Contract Sum and Contract Time as provided in Conditions of the Contract. 1.09 EXECUTION OF CHANGE ORDERS A. Architect will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in Conditions of the Contract. 1.10 CORPELATION OF CON'f'RACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum as shown on Change Order. B. Promptly revise Progress Schedules to reflect anv change in Contract Time,revise subschedules to adjust times for other items of work affected by the change,and resubmit. C. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents. 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION 01028-2 11/6/90\4/21/97_\4/72/92 1 SECTION 01200 WASHINGTON MLTIMAL FINANCIAL GROUP PROJECT MEETINGS TIGARD, OREGON PART 1 GENERAL. 1.01 SUMMARY 1 A. Section Includes: 1. Contractor adminiatration of progress meetings and pre-installation conferences. 1.02 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Schedule and administer progress meetings throughout the Work at monthly intervals. es for B. Make physical arrangements for meetings, copieswithin are enda with two days to ArchitectapartPipants,and at meetings, record minutes, those affected by decisions made at meetings. nt,mail-subcontractors and suppliers, Architect,and others as G Attendance:Job superintende appropriate to the meeting agenda. D. Suggested Agenda:Remant ofWork of gtual ty7tandarrdtus of srogress pend ng schedule hanges and adjustments, ubstitutions and schedules,submittals, other items affecting progress of Work. 1.03 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCES A. When required in a specification section,convene:a preinstallation conference prior to commencing work of the Section. B. Require attendance of entities directly affecting, or affected by, the work of the Section. C. Review conditions of installation, preparation and installation procedures, and coordination with related wot►. END OF SECTION 01200-1 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/72/92 !aw •w as . WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTICIN 01300 TIGARD, OREGON SUBMi17AI-S PART] GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Submittal form requirements; 2. Submittal schedule; 3. Contractor r^sponsibilities; ;. Requirements for each type of submittal. B. Related Sections: 1. 00700-General Conditions of the Contract: Additional submittal requirements; 2. 01600- Materials and Equipment: Substitution submittals;3. 01700-Contract Closeout. Closeout submittals. 1.02 SUBMITTAL FORM REQUIREMENTS A. Provide the following, as applicable, on each submittal: 1. Present and previous submissions dates. 2. The Project title and number. 3. Subcontract identification. 4. The names of: a. Contractor. b. Supplier. c. Manufacturer. 5. Identification of revisions on resubmittals. 6. A 6 x 6 inch blank space for Contractor and Architect stamps. B. Deliver submittals to the Architect at address listed on the f=ont cover. Include name of Contact person listed. C. Transmit submittals under AIA form G810 or other transmittal form as accepted by the Architect. 1.03 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Make submittals to the Architect as required to cause no delay in the work. B. Allow a minimum of 14 days from receipt, for the Architect to review each submittal. i C. Schedule submittals to allow sufficient time for possible revision and resubmittal of the rejected submittals, without affecting the construction schedule. D. Make the following submittals within 10 working days of the notice to proceed: 1. Certificates of Insurance; 2. Construction schedule; 1 3. List of Subcontractors and Suppliers; 4. Products list. iE. Make the following submittals prior to first application for payment: 1. Schedule of Values. I 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/24/92 01300-1 1 SECTION 01300 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SUBMITTALS TiGARD, OREGON 1.04 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES) A. Review submittals prior to submission. Verify specified requirements of products, field measurements,and field construction requirements. B. Stamp and sign each submittal as certification that the submittal has been reviewed by the Contractor. C. Coordinate each submittal with requirements of the work and of the Contract Documents. D. Notify the Architect in writing,, at time of submission,of any deviations in the submittals from requirements of the Contract Documents. E. Make copies of all approved shop drawings and product literature available for use in the project. 1.05 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Submit horizontal bar chart with separate bar for each major trade or operation, identifying first work day of each week. B. Show commencement and completion dates proposed for each subdivision of work. C. Coordinate with the Owner's schedule, showing all Contract activities to be performed by the Owner including their start,duration,and completion. D. Update and submit monthly, reflecting actual start and completion of ail scheduled activities. E. Show submittal dates required for shop drawings, ;-Product data,and samples,and product delivery dates,including those furnished by Owner. 1.06 PRODUCTS LIST A. Prior to commencing construction submit complete list of major products proposed for use,with name of manufacturer,trade name,and model number of each product. 1.07 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Submit typed schedule(m AIA Form 6703. Contractor's standard form or media-driven printout will be considered on request. B. Format: Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Identify each line item with number and title of the mijor Specification Sections. C. Include in each line item amount of Allowances. For unit cost Allowances,give quantities measured from Contract Documents multiplied by the unit cost equal to the total for the item. D. Include in each line item a directly proportional amount of Contractor's overhead and profit. E. Revise schedule to list change orders, for each application for pavm(.,nt. 013(X)-2 11/6/4b\4/21 M\4/22M r WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 01300 TiGARD,OREGON SUBMITTALS 1.018 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit Shop Drawings required by individual Sections of the Specifications, and as otherwise required for grope_performance of the work. B. illustrate fully the requirements of the Specifications and the Contract Drawings, and accurately show quantities, kinds of materials, methods of assembly,and all data required for fabrication, erection, and installation. C. Show the relationship of adjoining work, relevant field conditions and dimensions;coordinate with affer!ed subcontractors and suppliers if in conflict. D. Number of Copies: Unless oilierwise specified,submit to the Architect one legible sepia reproducible and one print for review,except that shop drawings it"07"or smaller may be submitted in the form of two blackline or electrostatic copies. E. Shop drawings will be reviewed by the Architect for conformance to the desigr concept,only. F. Review and approval of Shop Drawings by the Architect shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for the proper fitting, finishing, quantities, and erection of the work in strict accordance with the Contract requirements. G. Review and approval of shop drawings by the Architect shall not relieve the Contractor from the ie3ponsibility for providing work not indicated on approved Shop Drawings,but otherwise required for the completion of the work. H. The Architect will return the reproducible copy to Contractor with corrections,notations and Arr_hitect', stamp indicating action to be taken. 1. In the case of rejected Shop Drawings, the Architect will keep the reprod,.icible copy and return two prints to the Contractor for his use in the preparation of a revised reproducible for resubmittal. J. Do not fabricate or erect work in advance of review of the Shop Drawings. K. Should discrepancies become evident, immediately notify Architect for resolution before proceeding with shop work. L. inclusion of substitution requests into shop drawing submittals will be considered cause for rejection of the submittal. 1.f;4 PRODUCT DATA A. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models,options, and other data. Include manufacturer's printed installation instructions. B. Submit the number of copies which Contractor requires, plus two copies which will be retained by Architect. C. Inclusion of substitution requests into product data submittals will be considered cause for rejection of the submittal. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/42 01300-3 SECTION 01300 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUT" SUBMITTALS TIGARD, OREGON D. Modify product data and installation instructions to delete information which is not applicable to the work. E. Supplemen! standard information to provide information specifically apphraj)ie to the work. 1.10 SAMPLES A. Submit samples as specified in the technical Sections. B. Include identification on each sample, giving full information. C. Unless specified otherwise,submit 3 samples for each sample requested in the technical Sections. One will be retained by the Architect. Reviewed samples which may be used iii the Work are indicated in the Specification Section. D. Unless specified otherwise, submit full range or manufacturers' standard colors, textures,and patterns for Architect's selection. E. Submit samples to illustrate functional characteristicF. of the product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate submittal of different categories for interfacing work. END OF SECTION 01300A Ii/6/90\4/21/42\4/22/42 rte �■► taN WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 01400 TIGARD, OREGON QUALITY" CONTROL PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. General requirements; 2. Workmanship; 3. Manufacturer's Instructions; 4. Manufacturer's Certificates; 5. Mock-ups; 6. Manufacturers' Field Services; 7. Testing Laboratory Services; 8. Contractor Tests and Inspections. B. Related Sections: 1. 01005 - Administrative Provisions: Applicability of specified reference standards. 2. 01300-Submittals: Submittal of manufacturer's instructions. 1.02 GENERAL QUALITY CONTROL A. Maintain quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products,services, site conditions,and workmanship, to produce work of specified quality. 1.03 WORKMANSHIP A. Comply with industry standards,except when more restrictive tolerances or specified requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship. B. Perform work -rith persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. C. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, and racking. 1.04 MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS A. Comply with instructions in full detail,including each step in sequence. Should instructions conflict with Contract Documents,request clarification from Architect before proceeding. 1.05 MANUFACTURERS' CERTIFICATES A. When required by individual Specifications Section, submit, in duplicate, manufacturer's certification that products mee,or exceed specified requirements. 1.06 MOCK-UPS A. Provide mock-ups as specified in the individual specification sections. Provide additional mock- ups, as required by the Architect, until approval is obtained. 9, Do not proceed with subsequent work until approval of t'ae mock-up is obtained. C. Approved mock-up shall be the standard of workmansh:p and materials for the remainder of the work similar to the mock-up. !6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 01400-1 SECTION 01400 WASHINGTON MUT QUALI FY CONTROL UAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD, OREGON D. Maintain mock-up in appeoved condition, until directed otherwise, Remove mock-up at completion, when directed by Architect. 1.07 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES A. When specified, require product manufacturer to furnish qualified personn^I to obseryfield conditions and duality of workmanship,and to provide recommendations,certifications * other specified services. ' B. Representative shall submit written report to Architect listing observations and recommendations. 1.08 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES A. The Owner will arrange for the services of an Independent Testing Laboratory to inspect and test tho Work to verify compliance with the contract documents. B. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Cooperate with Testing Laboratory personnel, and furnish access, tools, samples,certifications, test reports,design mixes,equipment,storage,and assistance as requested by the Testing I a bo ra tory. 2. Notify Architect and Testing Laboratory 48 hours prior to expected time for opera ions requiring inspection and testing. When tests or inspections cannot b;performed,through the fault of the Contractor, reimburse the Owner for the additional costs incurred. 3. Remove and replace all work found not complying with the Contract Documents.Remedies shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents and code requirements. 1 Owner for the costs of all subsequent tests and inspections related to the deficiency. 4. If initial tests and inspections indicate deficient work, the Contractor shall reimburse the 5. All aamage which may occur to the work as a result of normal testing operation',shall be repaired to Hatch surrounding surfaces. 6. Schedule testing and inspection so that the work of testing and inspection mersonnel will be as continuous and brief as possible. 7. Reimburse the Owner for travel and lodging expenses incurred for testing and inspection services t Performed outside a radius of 100 miles of the site. C. Tests and inspections shall be in accordance with code requirements. 1.09 CONTRACTOR TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Tests and Inspections are specifieu in the individual specification Sections. B. Contractor's Convenience Testin;. Inspection and testing performed exclusively for the Contractor's convenience shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. I END OF SECTION I 01400-2 11/6/70\4/21/92\4/22/92 WASIIINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 015(x) TIGARD, OREGON TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CON'T'ROLS PART] GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: I. Electricity, Lighting; 2. Heat, Ventilation; 3. Telephone Service; 4. Water; 5. Sanitary Facilities; 6. Barriers; 7. Enclosures; K. Protection of Installed Work; 9. Security; 10. Water Control; 11, Cleaning During Construction; 12. Project identification; 13. Field Offices and Sheds. B. Related Sections: 1. 010)5-Administrative Provisions: Contractor use of premises. 2. 01700-Contract Closeout: Final cleaning. 1.02 ELECTRICITY, LIGHTING A. Provide service required for construction operations,with branch wiring an i distribution Ixixes located to allow service and lighting by means of constnution-type Dower cords. B. Provide lighting for construction operations. C. Permanent lighting may be used during construction. Maintain iighting and make routine repairs. 1.03 HEAT, VENTILATION A. Provide as required to maintain specified conditions for Contin uction operations, to prrn 2ct jmaterials and finishes from damage due to temperature or humidity. B. Prior to operation of permanent facilities for temporary purposes, verify that installation is approved for operation, arv] that filters are in place. Provide and pay for operation, maintenance:and utilities. C. Provide ventilation of enclosed areas to cure materials, to disperse humidity,and to prevent accumulations of dust,fumes,vapors,or gases, 1.04 TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Provide telephone service to field office. 1.05 WATER A. Provide service required for construction operations. Extend branch piping with outlets located so that water is available by use of hoses. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 01500-1 I SECTION 01500 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FiTIGARD, OREGON NANCIAL GROUP TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.06 SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures. 1 1.07 BARRIERS A. Provide as required to prevent public entry to construction areas and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations. B. Provide 6 foot high fence around construction site;equip with vehicular and pedestrian gates with locks. Construction:Contractor's option. C. Provide barricades and s a eedwalkways asrequired by governing authorities for public rights-of- way and for public access tin g D. Provide barriers dumping,around CplantseF and designated to remain. Protect against vehicular traffic, store.:materials, hemicallY injurious materials,and puddling or continuous running water. 1.08 ENCLOSURES rary weathertight closures of openings in exterior surfaces to provide acceptable A. Provide tempos, to allow for temorary working conditionsd emote.tion for rnate doors s R self-clohardware and locks to prevent , entry of unauthorizedp 1.09 PROTFCTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Provide temporary protection for installef products. Control traffic in immediate area to minimize damage. B. Provide protective carfmtwalls, msills, and soffits g�nings. Protect finished floo smta ,movement of vyaand storage. C. Prohibit traffic and storage on waterproofed and roofed surfaces,on lawn and landscaped areas. 1.10 SECURITY A. Provide security program and facilities to protect Work,and Owner's operations from unauthorized entry, vandalism,and theft. Cordinate with Owner's security program. 1.11 WATER CONTROL A. Grade site to drain.Provide swales,water retention and erosion control as shown on drawings. of water. Provide and operate pumping equipment. Maintain a.cavai:nns tree 1.12 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Control accumulation of waste materials and rubbish; periodically dispose of off-site. B. Clean interior areas prior to start of finish work, maintain areas free of dust and other contaminants during finishing operations 11/6/911\4/21/97.\4/22/92 , 01500-2 SECTION 015(x) WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL. GROUT' TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS TIGARD, OREGON 1.13 PROJECT' IDENTIFICATION A. Owner will provide 4 x 6 foot Project identification sign. Contractor shall provide supports and anchorage materials to mount sign. B. Erect on site at location established by Architect. C. Allow no other signs to be displayed. 1.14 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS A. Office: Weather-tight, with lighting, electrical outlets. heating, cooling, and ventilating equipment,and equipped with furniture. Provide,in addition,space for Project meetings, with ' table and chairs to acCOMmodate 12 persons. B. Storage Sheds for Tools, Materials, and Equipment: Weather-tight, with adequate ~pace for organized storage and access,and lighting for-inspection of stored materials. 1.15 REMOVAL A. Clear.and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary facilities. Remove underground installations to a depth of 2 feet; grade site as indicated. Restore existing facilities used during construction to specified,or to original,condition. END OF SECTION I I i I 01500-3 ` 1I/6/90%4/21/92\4/22/r, I ININ IR WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL. GROUP SECTION 016(1) TIGARD,OREGON MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL. i 1.01 SUMMARY A. Sectic Includes: 1. Products; 2. Manufacturer's instructions; 3. Transportation and Handling,- ' 4. Storage and Protection; 5. Product Options; 6. Substitutions; 7. Systems Demonstration. B. Related Sections: 1. 01005- Administrative Provisions: Owner-furnished Products 2. 01400 - Quality Control: Submittal of manufacturers' certificates; 3. 01601 - Substitution Request Form; 4. 01700-Contract Closeout:operation and maintenance data, warranties and guarantees, spar^ parts and mairtenance materials. 1.02 PRODUCTS A. Products include material,equipment,and systems. t B. Comply with size, make, type,and quality specified, unless otherwise approved in writing by the Architect. Specifications and referenced standards are minimum requirements. C. A component required to be supplied in quantity shall be the same, and shall be. interchangeable. This requirement applies to items furnished under one or several sections of the specfications. D Unless specified or indicated otherwise, materials employed for construction purposes,such as formwork, scaffolding,and temporary lighting, shall not be used in the work.. 1.03 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Transport products by methods to avoid product damage. ' B. Deliver products in manufacturer's original containers or packaging, with identifying labels intact and legible. C. Furnish equipment and personnel to handle prodi:ch;by methods to prevent soiling or damage. D. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply withuirementsquantities correct,and products are undamaged. are ' E. Immediately replace nonconforming products with new additional conforming products,at no the Owner. P honal cost to 1.04 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 01600-1 SECTION 01600 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINAi\'CiAL GROUP MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT TiGARD,OREGON' B. Store sensitive products in weather-tight enclosures. Maintain within tempo+nature and humidity r ranges required by manufacturer's instructions,and as otherwise required to prevent damage. C. For exterior storage of fabricated products,place on sloped supports above ground. Protect from soiling or staining through ground conta,7t. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering;provide ventilation to avoid condensation. D. Store loose granular materials on solid surfaces in a well-drained area; prevent mixing with foreign ' matter. E. Arrange storage of products to furnish convenient acr_ess for inspection and inventory. r 1.05 GENERAL, INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS , f,. Unless indicated or specified otherwise, install each product in accordance with the product manufacturer's instructions. B. Obtain and distribute copies of manufacturer's instructions to parties involved in the installa'.ion, including two copies to Architect. C. Maintain one set of complete instuctions at the job site during installation and until completion. 1.06 PRODUCT OPT IONS A. Product Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Provide product meeting those standards. B. Product Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with an"or approved"provision: Use ' specified product or submit a request for substitution in accordance with the specified substitution requirements. When approved a substitute product may be used. C. Product Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers, without a provisions for Substitution: No substitution will be allowed,except as specified under the Article on Substitutions. 1.07 SUBSTI'T'UTIONS A. Substitution requests will be considered until 10 working days prior to the Bid Opening,unless approved otherwise by the Architect. Subsequently, substitutions will be considered only for the following reasons: 1. A product becomes unavailable due to no fault of the Contractor. 2. Subsequent information or Chang^s indicate that the specified product will not perform as intended. 3. A substitute product will be in the Owner's best interest. B. Requests for substitution shall be made on the attached form. C. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with ' contract documents. 1 01600-2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 01600 TIGARD,OREGON MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT D. Request constitutes a representation that Contractor. 1. Has investigated proposed product and has determined that it ineets or exceeds, in all respects, the specified product. 2. Shall provide the same warranty for substitution as for specified product. 3. Will coordinate installation and make other changes which may be required for work to be complete in all respects. 4. Waives claims for additional costs which may subsequently become apparen 5. Agrees to pay all costs of redesign related to the substition. E. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals. F. Architect will determine acceptability of proposed substitution, and will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection within a reasonable time. 1.08 SYS IEMS DEMONSTRATION A. Prior to final inspection,demonstrate operation of each system to Architect and Owner. B. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation,adjustment,and maintenance of equipment and systems, using the operation and maintenance data as the basis of instruction. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used i EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 01600-3 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 01601 TIGARD,OREGON - SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM TO: THE CALLISON PARTNERSHIP, We hereby submit for your consideration the following product in lieu of the specified item(s)for the above project: Specification Section Paragraph _ Specified Item: --------------_------ - -----_-__--�.---- ---------- Proposed Substitution: ------------------------------------------------ ANSWER THE FOLLOWING: (Use additional sheets if required) 1. Dors the substitution--`feet dimensions shown on Drawings? Yes No . if yes, clearly indicate changes. 2. Will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design, including architectural,engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution? Yes _ . No ___• j 3. What effect does the substitution have on other trades? --------------------------- ------ ------ ---------_------- ----- 4. What effect do applicable code requirements have on substitution? I -----...------------------------ ----------------- ---- -------__ ---- -_ _---------------- - ------ -------------------------------- 5. Describe the differences bet.veen the proposed substitution and the specified item(s): ------------- I 6. How do manufacturer's guarantees compare between proposed and specified items(s)? Same - Different (Explain on back.) Submitted By: Signature ----�- Title 11/6/00\4/21/92\4/22/92 01601-1 I 1� SECTION 01601 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM TIGATID,OREGON Firm i -------------- Address �i 1 Telephone No. Date Signature shall be by a person having authority to hgally bind the r firm to the above terms. Attachments: A. B. Approved For Architect Review: i q Contractors Sil ature: =t�] Approved `Not Approved _Approved As Noted Date By: ----------------------------------------------_-----------_ THE CALLISON PARTNERSHIP Signature Title i END OF SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM 1 0161.11-2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4122/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 017100 TIGARD,OREGON CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Closeout Procedures; 2. Final Cleaning; 3. Project Record Documents; 4. Operation and Maintenance Data; 5. Manufacturer's Warranties; 6. Guarantees; 7. Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials. B. Related Sections: 1. 01005 - Administrative Provisions: 2. 01500-Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls:Cleaning during construction. 3. Division 15 and 16 for special closeout requirements for mechanical and electrical systems. 1.02 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Comply with procedures stated in General Conditions of the Contract for Substantial and Final Completion. B. Submit all cert,"icates of approval issued by the governing authorities, inclu& without limitation, the following: 1. Certificate of occupancy; C. Prior to fir al payment, submit the following affidavits using the forms listed below: 1. Contr.ctor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims AIA Document G706. 2. Conseni of Surety to Final Payment AIA Document 6707. 3. Contractor's lien release, and lien releases from each subcontractor; Contractor's Affidavit t Release of Liens AIA Document G706A D. Submit .final Appitcation for Payn-ot identifying total adjusted contract sum, previous payrr its, and sum remaining due. 1.03 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute prior to final inspection. B. Clean interior and exterior surfaces exposed to view;remove temporary labels,stains and foreign s-ibstances,polish transparent and glossy surfaces,vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces. C. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition. D. Clean or replace filters of mechanical equipment. E. Clean roofs,gutters,downspouts,and drainage systems. r. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean other surfaces. 11/6/911\4/21/92\4/22/92 01700-1 +w opt ■w SECTION 01700 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP CONTRACT CLOSEOUT TIGARD, OREGON G. Remove waste and surplus materials,rubbish,and construction facilities from the Project and from the site. 1.04 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain a complete set of record documents which clearly and neatly indicate all changes from the contract documents,and all uncovered existing conditions which will be subsequently concealed. Record documents shall include: 1. Contract drawings; 2. Specifications; 3. Addenda; 4. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract; 5. Reviewed shop drawings, product data,and samples. B. Record documents shall be used for no other purpose and shall be stored separate from those:used for construction. C. Keep documents current;do not permanently conceal any work until required information has been recorded. D. Mark specifications legibly and record at each Product section a description of actual products installed. Include the manufacturer's name and product model and number. E. Drawings shall indicate exact installed locations and dimensions of all concealed work, including, without limitation, conduit, piping,ducts, mechanical and electrical equipment, and foundations. Indicate all changes to details which involve concealed construction. F. Prior to approving each Payment Request, the Architect reserves the right to inspect the Record Documents. The Payment Request may not be approved until the record documents are current to the Date of the Payment Request. G. The Contractor will be furnished by the Architect,a set of reproducibles on which the Contractor shall incorporate all record data in a clearly legible and reproducible mannkr, utilizing the symbols of the contract documents. H. At Contract Closeout, submit documents with transmittal letter containing date, Project title, Contractor's name and address,list of documents,and signature of Contractor. I. As a condition for acceptance of the work,submit certification that the Project Record Documents are an accurate representation of the work as installed. 1.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Provide operation and maintenance data for: 1. Mechanical equipment and controls- Division 15. 2. Electrical equipment and controls- Division 16. { B. Submit two complete sets prior to final inspection,bound in 8-1/2 x 11 inch three-ring side binders j with durable plastic or cloth covers. C. Prepare binder covers with printed title "OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS", title of project, and subject matter of binder when multiple binders are used. ' 01-/(X)-2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/9 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 01700 TIGARD,OREGON CONTRACT CLOSEOUT D. Subdivide each binder contents with permanent page dividers,organized as decribed below: l. Table of Contents 2. Directory: listing names,addresses,and telephone numbers of Architect and Contractor. 3. Operation -nd Maintenance instructions,arranged by Specification Division. include the following: a. Names,addresses,and telephone numbers of subcontractors and suppliers. b. Signicant design criteria. c. List of equipment. d. Parts list. e. Operating instructions. f Maintenance instructions,equipment. g. Maintenance instructions, finishes. 4. Project documents and certificates,including the following: a. Shop drawings and product data. b. Certificaies c. Photocopies of warranties and guarantees. E. Submit to the Architect,one copy of the completed operation and maintenance data binders prior to 15 working days before final inspection. F. The Archih-ct will review the submitted copy, and will return the reviewed copy with comme-its before final inspection. Make corrections as required to meet contract requirements. G. Submit final revised copies within ten days after final inspection. 1.06 MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTIES A. Furnish duplicate and notarized copies,-)f each manufacturer warranty executed to the Owner. B. Execute Contractor's submittals and assemble documents executed by each manufacturer. C. Provide table of contents and assemble in binder with durable plastic cover. D. Submit material prior to final application for payment in accordance with 01300. For equipment put into use with Owner's permission during construction,submit warranty within 10 days after first operation. For items of Work delayed materially beyond Date of Substantial Completion, furnish warranty within ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. 1.07 GUARANTEES A. Furnish written guarantee,cxecutei to the Owner, 'Toni each subcontractor performing work covered by the additional guarantee requirements specified in the technical sections. The guarantee shall commence on the date of Owner acceptance of that'ration of the work. B. Written Guarantee shall be submitted on the attached form. C. Transmit through the Architect in accordance with Section 01300. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 01700-1 SECTION 01700 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP CONTRACT CLOSEOUT TIGARD, OREGON +1.08 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Furnish products, spare parts, and maintenance materials in quantities specified in each Section, in addition to that used for construction of Work. Coordinate with Owner,deliver to Project site and obtain receipt prior to final payment. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SFCTION t U ll it 1 I 017004 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22192 ar � � �w +� Ar w•r SECTION 02110 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SiTE CLEARING TIGARD,OREGON PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. vection Includes J. Removal of existing vegetation and site improvements. ' B. Related Sections 1. 02200 - Earthwork 1.02 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable codes for disposal of debris. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CLEARING A. Clear site G trees,shrubs,and grass as required to access the site and execute the Work. . ssible. Grub out stumps,roots,and surface rocks. B Remove trees by overturning,wherever po C. Clear undergrowth and deadwood,without disturbing subsoil. i ). i)emolish existing improvements and surface debris,unless indicated ;o remain. 1'j 3.02 PROTECTION A. Protect plant growth and features indicated to remain as final landscaping. B. Protect bench marks and existing work from damage and displacement. C. Maintain designated site access for vehicle and pedestrian traffic. 3.03 REMOVAL and legally dispose. Burning of debris on site isnot pernnitted. A. Remove debris from site END OF SECTION �l?1It� 1 11/6,/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 022(X) TIGARD,OREGON EARTHWORK PAkT 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Excavation. 2. Filling and backfilling. 3. Shoring. 4. Grading. 5. Slab on grade vapor barrier. 6. Compaction 7. Trenching B. Drawings,the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and cettificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. C. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 016(x). 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use only appropriate equipment and personnel skilled in earthwork of the type:,pecified or indicated on drawings. B. All fill material shall be subject to approval of the Soils Engineer prior to placement. Notify the Soil Engineer at least four working days in advance. Designate the proposed 'borrow areas,and permit the Soil Engineer to obtair samples for testing. C. The adequacy of all soil bearing value will be determined by the Soils Engineer. D. Elevations and lines shall '.,e established by a registered civil engineer or a licensed land surveyor, acceptable to the Architect. Preserve all markers and monuments set by the civil enginovr or surveyor and, if displaced or lost, immediately replace at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.03 SHORING A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the design and installation of any shoring required to maintain the stability of any adjacent excavations required. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 M/,TERIALS A. Structural Fill: 1. Type as indicated on drawings or directed by Engineer. B. Wall Backfill Material: Well graded sand and gravel with no particles larger than 1 inch, maximum2' percent passing U.S.No. 2(X)sieve. C. Filter Fabric: Mirafi 140,or approved. D. Vapor Barrier. 6 mil polyethelene. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 02200-1 SECTION 02200 WASHINGTON MUTUAL ' EARTHWORK L FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD, OREGON PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.01 EXCAVATING A. Excavate to the depths indicated on drawings. B. Store and cover excavated materials where directed. Remove soils not considered suitable for use in structural fil' or backfill areas from the building site and dispose at a legal disposal site. C. Remove all loose and disturbed soils left in the bottom of the footing excavation prior to pouring concrete. 3.02 MOISTURE CONTROL. A. If, in the opinion of the Soils Engineer, soil material becom-s either too wet or to dry for the required compaction, the soil moisture content shall be corrected by a method approved by the Soils Engineer prior to commencing or continuing compaction operations. B. Flooding: if flooding seems imminent due to adverse weather conditions,provide berms or channels to prevent flooding of subgrade. Promptly remove all water collecting in depressions. C. Softened Subgrade: Where subgrade or compacted soil has been softened or eroded by Flooding or placement during unfavorable weather or by construction traffic, remove all damaged areas and recompact as specified herein. D. Dewatering: I. Provide,and maintain at all times during cc)nstruction,ample means and devices with which to promptly remove and dispose of water entering the excavations or other parts of the%-)rk. 2. Dewater by means which will ensure dry excavations and the preservation of the final lines and grades at bottoms of excavations. 3.03 PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE A. Bring the subgrade to a moisture content of 4T above optimum as directed by the Soils Engineer. B. Roll the subgrade with heavy compaction equipment,and compact to at least 90%of maximum density obtainable by ASTM 1557-70. 3.04 FILL AND BACKFILL A. Place fill in maximum 8 inch horizontal lifts, to the depths indicated. B. At building construction areas, place compacted lifts of structural fill to indicated elevation. C. Under Flocr slabs place the following: 1. Place 4 inch lift of gravel fill, and compact to 95%. 2. Place vapor barrier. Lap joints a minimum of 6 inches and seal with tape. 3. Overlay with 2 inches of sand fill to underside of slabs to equalize moisture migraticn between top and bottom of slab during curing process. The sand shall be kept moist prior to pouring of the concrete slab on ,rade. 02200-2 it/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/9 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 02200 TiGARD, OREGON EARTHWORK D. Wall Backfill: Place wall backfill as indicated. Protect damp proofed or waterproofed walls with i*iltc, fabric. E. Filling and Fackfilling Prior to Approvals: 1. Do not fill or backfill prior to approval from the Soils Engineer. 2. Uncoi cr unapproved work as directed at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. Remedy non-cu,iforming work. F. At planter areas, fill tc within 24 inches of the finished grade. 3.05 COMPACTION A. General: 1. Compact each lift to the degree specified; repeat compaction process until required elevation is attained. 2. Compact all fill and backfill material to 90%, as obtained by ASTM D-1557-70, unless noted otherwise.. 3. Compact all aggregate base material to at least 95% maximum dry density, per ASTM D-1557- 4 70. 4. Compaction of fills and backfills by flooding and jetting is expressly prohibited. 5. Compact material within planters to 80% dry density for cohesive soils and 85% for cohesionless soils. 3.06 ROUGH GRADING A. Rough grade site to contours and elevations indicated,ready for finished grading and surface treatment. 3.07 TRENCHING A. General: 1. Perform all trenching required for the installation of items where the trenching is not specifically described in rather Sections of these Specifications. B. Excavation: 1. Make all trenches open and vertical with sufficient width to provide free working space at both sides of the trench and around the installed item as required for caulking, joining, backfilling, and compacting. 2. Elevations: a. Trench as required to provide the elevations shown on the Drawings. b. Where levations are not shown on the Drawings, trench to sufficient depth to give a minimum of 18 inches of fill above the top of the pipe measured from the adjacent finished grade except provide a minimum of all inches of cover on asbestos cement pipe. 3. Correctiot of Faulty Grades: Where trench excavation is inadvertently carried below proper elevation, backfill with properly compacted approved material to provide a firm and unyielding subgrade and/or foundation to the approval of the Soils Engineer and at no additional cost to the Owner. I4. Subsurface Conditions: In areas where soft, unstable materials are encountered at the surface upon which nonexpansive material is to be placed, remove the unstable material and replace it with material approved by the Soils Engineer, making sufficient :depth to develop a firm foundation for the item being installed. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 ( 02200-3 rI WASHINGTON MUTT JAL FINANCIAL CROUP TIGARD, OREGON SEC71ON 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1• Blocking,nailers, and curbing. 2. PlYwood terminal back boards. 3. Miscellaneous wood framing. B. Related Sections 1. 07514 - Built-up Asphalt Roofing. 2. 07620 - Flashing and Sheet Metal. 1.02 REFERENCES A. APA -American PlYwood Association 13, A WPA - American Wood Preservers' Association: Book of Standards. C. WCLIB- West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau:Standard Grading Rules for Wes D. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association. t Coast Lumber. 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMFNTS A. Work shall conform amendments. to the requirements of the currently enforced Uniform Building Code, including 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 016(x). PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 LUMBER MATERIALS A. Lumber shall be mani.1fachrred in accordance with PS 20,and shall be in accordance with WCLIB grading rules. WWPA stamped and graded B. Lumber shallbe kiln dried i dimension is 4nches thick to 19%, maximum or greater. except f moisture con tent,exec or material whose least 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 06100-1 SECTIOV 061(x) WASHINGTON MUTUAL .INANCIAL GROUP ROUGF', CARPENTRY TIGARD, OREGON C Grades, Unless Indicated Otherwise: 1. Non-structural Light Framing: (2x2 to 4x4): Hem-Fir or Douglas Fir-Larch, Standard and Better. 2. Wall Plates, Blocking, and Nailers: Hem-fir or Douglas Fir-larch; Utility grade. 2.02 PLYWOOD MATERIALS A. Underlayment: APA Rated Underlayment grade sheathing B. Terminal Backboards: APA Rated AC grade exterior; fire retardant treated. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: 1. Hot-dipped galvanized steel for exterior, high humidity, and treated wood locations. 2. Use ring shank nails at floor sheathing. B. Metal Connectors: Simpson Company or approved;types as indicated on the drawings. C. Construction Adhesive: Maklenburg Duncan MD4(X),or approved. 2.04 WOOD TREATMENT A. Wood Preservative (Pressure Treatment): 1. Pre 42rvative treat all exterior lumber, including without limitation, all roofing nailers, curbs and other wood in contact with concrete,masonry,and moist conditions. Site treat sawn ends with preservative treatment. , 2. For above ground use,use AWPA Treatment C-2 using CCA waterborne preservative with 0.25 pounds per cubic foot of wood retention. 3. For ground contract use,use AIVPA Treatment C-22 using CCA waterborne preservative with 0.40 pounds per cubic foot of wood rete;Pion. 4. Treated wood shall have a maximum moisture content of 19%. 5. Treated woccl shall bear the quality stamp of an inspection agencv approved by the jurisdictional code authorities. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 BLOCKING, NAILERS, AND CURBS A. Provide blocking, nailers, and curbs for all sheathing, roof construction,metal flashing, and other construction as indicated. B. Wood Blocking: Install wood blocking to receive mechanical fasteners for support of plumbing and electrical fixtures and equipment,cabinets,door stop plates, wood base, wainscots,coat hooks, toilet and bath accessories, kitchen equipment, and all other wall and ceiling mounted components. 001W-2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL. FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 06100 TIGARD, OREGON ROUGH CARPENTRY 3.02 PLYWOOD TERMINAL. BACKFOARDS ! A. Provide a fire retardant treated plywood terminal backboard for telephone systems where indicated on the drawings. B. Mechanically apply directly over gypsum backing board. 3.03 FRAMING A. Erect as indicated. , B. Erect wood framing members level and plumb unless indicated otherwise. C. Place horizontal members crown side up. D. Nailing shall be in accordance with UBC table 25-Q, unless indicated otherwise. E. Use framing members full length without splices. , F. Tolerances: 1. Maximum 1/4 inch from true position. 2. Maximum 1/4 inch in 10 feet from true plumb or level. END OF SECTION , i 1 1 1 i 1 ! 11/6,/(X)\4/21/92\4/2-1/02 06100-3 E ____ SECTION 02200 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP EARTHWORK TIGARD, OREGON 5. Trench Bracing: Properly support all trenches in strict accordance with all pertinent piles, regulations,codes. C. Foundation: 1. Grade the trench bottoms to provide a smooth, firm,and stable foundation free from rock points throughout the length of the pipe. 2. Foundation Materials: Place a minimum of six inches of the type 1 strur�u:al fill in the b,)ttom of the trench. D. Jdding: -4. Place the specified backfill material in the trench, simultaneously on each side of the pipe, for the full width of the trench to a maximum depth of three feet a,d a minimum depth of one foot above the outside diameter of the pipe barrel. E. Backfill: 1. Place structural fill in layers which will compact to six inches maximum,concurrently on both sides of trench. Thoroughly compact each layer with mechanical taropers after bringing to required moisture content. Compaction by flooding and jetting is expressly prohibited. 3.08 CLEAN-UP A. Upon completion of the work of this Section, remove all rubbish, trash,and debris resulting from operations. B. Remove surplus equipment and tools; leave the site in a neat and orderly condition acceptable to the Architect. END OF SECTION 02200-0 11/6/90\4/21/92.\4/22/92 PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS S IRRIGATION SYSTEM SECTION 02810 , PAGE 1 PART 1 GENERAL ' 1.01 GENERAL A. The underground sprinkler irrigation system shall be constructed using the sprinkler heads, valves, ' piping,fittings,controllers,wiring, etc.,of sizes and types as called for in these Specifications. The system shall t a constructed to grades and conform to the site landscape plan. B. Tho term"Contractor"as used in this Specification section shall refer to the Underground Sprinkler , System Subcontractor. C. The Contractor shall provide and install separate Irrigation Meter(s) as required for the proper operation of the irrigation system. Water at the irrigation meter mayor may not be available at the time of pipe installation. Temporary water will be available at the site for the Contractor's use. Contractor shall be responsible for transporting of water from temporary meter. Water Meter(s)for irrigation system may be an exempt meters) separate from building water meter(s). , E. The Irrigation Meter(s) capacity shall meet the following requirements: 1. The pressure loss through the water meter(s) shall not exceed ten (10)percent of the minimum static water pressure available in the Water Service Mainline. 2. The maximum flow through the meter(s) for irrigation shall not exceed seventy-five(75) percent of the maximum safe flow of t119 meter(s). 3. The velocity of flow through the Water Service line shall not exceed five (5)feet per second. F. The sprinkler irrigation system shall be designed to allow proper watering of ALL plant materials shown , on the Drawings within a six (6) hour period of time;allowing an additional two (2) hours of time for repeat watering of selected planting areas. G, All sprinkler irrigation design work by the Contractor shall be reviewed and approved by the Landscape Architect and Owner prior to construction. ALL DRAWINGS MUST BE WELL. DRAFTED ON REPRODUCIBLE MYLAR OR EQUAL AND INCLUDE ALL NECESSARY INFORMATION (SUCH AS PSI, GPM, PIPE SIZES, HEAD LOCATIONS, VALVE SCHEDULE, HEAD SCHEDULE, NOTES, ADJACENT EXISTING IRRIGATION FOUIPMENT, UTILITY LOCATIONS, ETC.) FOR A COMPLETE DESIGN REVIEW. Submit reproducible mylar cr equal to Landscape Architect for review. Minimum Drawing scale shall be 1 20'-0"unless otherwise approved by Landscape Architect. H. The Landscape Architect will review the Contractor's design work (Drawings) a maximum of two (2) times to make sure the irrigation design will meet the requirements of these Specifications. SHOULD ADDITIONAL_ REVIEWS BE REQUIRED DUE TO THE FAILURE OF THE CONTgACTOR TO , PROVIDE A14 APPROVED IRRIGATION DESIGN,THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PPY TO THE LANDSCAPE: ARCHITECT THE SUM OF SIXTY DOLLARS ($60 00) PER HOUR AND ACTUAL COST EXPENSES FOR EACH ADDITIONAL REVIEW. , L -THE IRRIGA" ION SYSTEM SHALL HAVE SEPARATE NORTH/EAST AND SOUTHWEST CIRCUITS. J. Prior to final acceptance of the Irrigs'ion System,the Contractor shad cooperate with the Landscape ' Contractor in aroviding the Owner with a written "watering schedule"to ensure adequate watering of all plant materials during the Guarantee Period of this Contract. 4/23/92 WMB/TIGAF7D t PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS IRRIGATION SYSTEM SECTION 02810 PAGE 2 K. The Contractor shall adjust and re-establish existing underground sprinkler irrigation in lawn area only. Repair all damage to existing irrigation system caused by construction and return existing irrigation system to a fully operational pre-construction condition. New shrub and groundcover area to have separate underground sprinkler i,rigation system. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and install a complete underground sprinkler irrigation system to provide efficient and even f irrigation(WITH MINIMUM OVERSPRAY ONTO SIGNS, PAVED OR NON-PLANTED AREAS AND NO i OVERSPF AY ONTO BUILDINGS)of all planting areas shown on the Landscape Planting Drawings and as srecified in the Specifications,complete and ready for operation. (THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE HEAD TO HEAD COVERAGE UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT). The work included in this Specification (whether mentioned or not) shall consist of all labor,tools, materials,tests, permits and other related items necessary for the installation ano operation of the irrigation system. IB. Irrigate ;LL.planting areas shown on the Planting Drawings. C. Irrigation mainline and lateral line pipe shall be sized to avoid water velocities in excess of five(5)feet per second. D. Irrigation equipment shall be coordinated with utility location to avoid overspray onto or spray blockage from above grade utilities, such as electric transformers, light standards, etc. �. F. Any item of labor, material or equipment not specified or shown in detail,but incidental to or necessary for the complete installation and proper operation of the system, shall be furnished by the Contractor without additional cost to the Owner. ' F. All sleeving required for the execution of the work is to be provided under this Section. 1.03 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE A. Related work in other sections of the Specifications includes but is not limited to: 1. Landscaping 2.. Shrub and Tree Transplanting ' 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS OF INSTALLER A. Contractor must be a bonded sprinkler irrigation contractor. The sprinkler irrigation system must be Installed by an e>perienced sprinkler irrigation mechanic or journeyman plumber. All electrical service connection wort' must be done by a licensed Electrical Contractor. 1.05 VERIFICATION A Before proceeding with any work,the Contractor shall inspect the site,carefully check all grades and verify all dimensions and conditions affecting the work in order to proceed safely. B. Contractor shall report to the Landscape Architect all deviation and/or conflicts between Drawings, Specifications and site conditions. Extra work arising from failure to do so shall be done at the Contractor's expense. i 4/23/92 WMBrTIGARD PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS IRRIGATICiN SYSTEM SECTION 02810 PAGE 3 C. Prior to the start of any work,the Contractor shall verify the available static water pressure(PSI) and gallons per minute(GPM) at point of connection to water service and show PSI and GPM on Drawings. A��replacement, relocation or additional materials regCred as a failure to do so shall be done a ,he Contractor's expense. 1.06 CHANGE ORDERS AND SUBSTITUTIONS A. The Contactor shall do no work for extra compensation without prior written approval of the Owner in the form of a Change Order. B. The intent of the Specifications is to provide a totally integrated irrigations stem with plantings. Substitutions will be accepted only if they are proven to be wholly compatible landscape system. If standardization of produ(Is is requested by the Owner, NO SUBSTITUTIONS IIONS w with this r ' permitted. 1.07 PERMITS, CODES AND REGULATIONS A. Tho Contractor shall apply for and pay for all necessary permits and fees as required by Local Authority and prevailing ordinances and/or codes. B. The Contractor shall keep fully informed and shall comply with all existing laws,codes, ordinances,and regulations which in any way affect the conduct of the work. 1 08 PROTECTION OF WORK, PROPERTY AND PERSONS A. Take all necessary precautions to protect work in progress, allproper r y, per sons, walks, curbs, pavement and buildings from any damage that might be incurred a�sing from this Contract. Repair, to the satisfaction of the Owner or Owner's Representative, at Contractors expense, any damage Repair the above and existing landscape. 1.09 CONDUCT OF WORK � A. The Contractor shall maintain continuously a competent superintendent or foreman duringllro ress of the work, with the authority to ac!in all matters pertaining to the +fork. The Contractor sliall give personal attention to the fulfillment of the contract and shall keep the work under control. B. The Contractor shall confine operations to the working areas allotted by the Owner, including material and equipment storage. C. The Contractor shall progressively clean the work site of debris and rubbish as the work proceeds. D. The Contractor shall repair to the satisfaction of the Owner or Owners representativtl any damage to existing utilities. Existing known utilities have been shown on the Architectural/Engineering and Survey Drawings and will be made available from the Owner or Utility Companies for the Contractor to identify any known u^derground utilities. It will be the Contractors responsibility to verify utility locations on the ground with a pipe-finder or by other means. Th,3 Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of existing known utilities. `should the ditching intercept and damage any existing utilities, all further work within said area shall stop until the Owner is advised and can Supervise repair. E The Contractor shall be responsible for the provision of barricades and safety guards, and any other structures or improvements necessary for the complete protection of the public. 4/23/92 WMB/TIGARD PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS IRRIGATION SYSTEM SECTION 02810 PAGE 4 F. Any of the Owner's property, including existing buildings, equipment, piping, pipe covering, sewers, sidewalks,satisfactory to the Ownergat the ContContractor ractor's expensbe replaced or repaired by e before Final Payment is made.Contractor in a manner satistact ry G. Contractor is responsible for all damages to the grounds,walks,curbs, roads,buildings, piping ms systems, electrical systems and their equipment and contents caused by leaks in the piping systems being installed ror having beensatiinstalled th i Owner.The Contractor shall repair all damages at his/her expense and 1.10 SYSTEM PROTECTION A. As part of the guarantee under this contract,the Contractor shall be responsible for the deactivating and draining of the system prior to them each task must et of the tbee accomplished onceng season and for �duntng the othe net(1)at the onset of the spring growing sea rY year guarantee. In the event the system is completed in a season when the oval by the Landscape the Contractor will winterize the system up completion o. testing (and ap{ Architect) and reactivate the system in the spring. The Contractor shall, upon completion of the nd the Landscape Architect certifying that the system winterizing phase, submit a letter to the Owner a was winfprized and drained and indicate the date which such action was acct Cont actor shall notify lished. The Contractor;hall be liable for any damage resulting from failure to comply. Thee the Owner and the Landscape Architect twenty-four(24) hours prior to the work so that an Owner's representative can be present during the winterizing and reactivating phases of work. ' 1.11 GUARANTEE A. The system shall be guaranteed for all warlcmanship and material for a period of one (1) year from the date of acceptance ler of the sternotherwise Dunn re adequate operation of the nsystem.Contractor check,clean and adjust spun 1.12 TESTS A. As specified in the Specifications tests are to be witnessed by the Landscape Architect. The the landscape Architect Contractor shall give advance notice of twenty-four(24) hours in writing to before proceeding with tests. 1. Pressure Test: All system joints,connections, couplings,valves and all other junction points shall be left exposed until completion and acceptance of the pressure test. All leaks. however minor, shall be repaired and corrected. The Landscape Architect shall be present during the test. The total sprinkler irrigation systern shall be pressure tested for acceptance. 2. Performance Coverage Tests: Upon completion of the system installation and after the flushing and pressure tests are completed,theem Shall be cycled totor shall ethe satisfaction of he Landscape the system in the presence of e Landscape Architect. The automatic system Arch ter;t. The Landscape Architect may request that up to five (5) percent of the total nl zzles and five (5) percent of pressure compensating screens tie substituted. Five (5) percent f te heads may also be relocated at ��o extra cost to the Owner. B. The Contractor shall PRE-TESI for Pressure and Performance Coverage prior to the Landscape Architect's review of sad tests to ciconfirm that the spdnkler SHOULD ADDITIONALiTEST REation VIEWS BE stem will meet the requirements of the specified tests REQUIRED DUE TO THE FAILURE OF THE CONTRACTOR TO PERFORM SAID PESTS,THE IXTY DOLL CONTRACTOR HOUR AND ACTUAL COST OF EXPENSES I TECT THE SLIM OF S ($60.00) FOR EACH ADDITIONAL EST ARS WMB!TIGARD 4/23/.32 qa ae� .r+r aei � Aw PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS IRRIGATION SYSTEM SECTION 02810 PAGE 5 1.13 SUBMITTALS (1 A. Contractor must submit four(4) sets of samples and/or manufacturer's"Catalog Cuts"of all material as noted in Specifications. Failure to do so may result in non-aeceptanee of materials already used or hauled to the site. Any removal or delays incurred will be at the expense of the Contractor. All samples submitted for approval must be t.naltered and of quantity sufficient to allow for proper 1 inspection and review. B. Contractor shall submit, such items as, As-Built Drav•; cgs;keys;tools;permits;water schedule; instnictions; maintenance/operation information as required per these Specifications. 1.14 AS BUILT DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall maintain a current record of all pipe and equipment placement and shall record any variations approved by the Landscape Architect. Upon completion of the irrigation system and prior to release of the final payment,the Con!raclor shall provide a neat and legible reproducible mylar "As Built Drawing(s)"of the complete irrigation system. Any pipe not installed in accordance with the Drawings as originally contracted, shall be dimensioned to a permanent structure sufficient for location after burial. 1.15 PIPE SLEEVES A. Contractor shall provide and install Class 2.00 PVC pipe sleeves where irrigation lines cross walks, drives, parking lots or any other hard surface pavements. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE LOCATIONS AND INSTALLATION OF PIPE SLEEVING WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO PAVING OPERATIONS. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. All materials and equipment shall be new and of the best quality. All items of equipment or material shall be as specified or approved equal. 2.02 GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE A. Galvanized pipe and fitting shall be hot-dipped galvanized iron or steel pipe conforming to the latest revision of ASTM A-120. B. Galvanized pipe and fittings must be threaded and be of standard weight and size[twenty-one (21) feet per length]. C. Paint for galvanized pipe and fittings BELOW ground shall be Carbon Elastic Paint No. 2221 as supplied by the American Tar Company or approved equal. 0. Paint for galvanized pipe and fittings ABOVE ground shall be an exterior"matte black"paint. 2.03 PLASTIC PIPE A. PVC pipe upstream of the control valves shall be Schedule 40 and conform to all requirements of ASTM D1785. 4/23/92 WMB/TIGARD i 1 PERFORMANCE SPECIF,CATIONS IRRIGATION SYSTEM SECTION 02810 PAGE 6 B. PVC pipe (zone lines)downstream of the control valves shall be Class 200 (pressure rates for 200 Ipsi),and conform to all requirements of ASTM D 2241. C. PVC Pipe sleeving shall be Class 200 and conform to all requirements of ASTM D 1785 unless I otherwise noted on the Drawings. D. All pipe shall be marked with the manufacturers name,class o1 pipe and NSF seal. Pipe shall bear no evidence of interior or exterior extrusion marks. Pipe walls shall be uniform,smooth and glossy. Pipe may be pre-belled or with individual solvent-weld couplings. t E. All fittings for lateral lines shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D2466 SCHEDULE 40 PVC with exception to irrigation head riser assembly nipples and pipe risers which shall be ASTM D2464 I SCHEDULE 80 PVC. All lateral line fittings shall be of the solvent weld type except where risers, t valves, etc. require threaded transition fittings. F. All fittings for mainlines shall conform to requirements of ASTM D2464, SCHEDULE 80 PVC. G. All pipe must be delivered in at least twenty (20) toot lengths. H. All PVC pipe and fittings shall conform to the following minimums: 1 . Tensile strength 78F 5,000 psi 2. Izos impact strength (notched) 15 ft. Ib./in. 3. Modulus of elasticity 300,000 psi 4. Compressive strength 8,500 psi 5. Flexural strength 10,500 psi 2.04 COPPER PIPE(IF REQUIRED BY CODE) A. Copper pipe shall be Type K. 2.05 BRASS FITTINGS(IF REQUIRED BY CODE) A. Brass fittings shall be the latest revision of ANSI B-16.15 and Federal WW-P-460B. 2.06 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER CONTROLLER A. Shall be provided and installed by AVAC, Inc. B. Controller wiring that is above ground shall be installed in a conduit of painted galvanized steel. COLOR TO BE APPROVED BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. r C. Electrical wiring shall be installed according to local corse. The cost of all electrical work necessary to snake the automatic equipment work shall be included in this contract. D. AVAC, Inc. will provide and install transtormer and related equipment to power automatic valves. 2.07 SPRINKLER HEADS ' A. Shall be Rainbird or Toro manufacturer. B. Shrub and groundcover heads shall be"Pop-t'r) Spray" and/or"Stream Rotor Pop-Up" sprinkler heads. 4/23/92 WMB%T IGARD i I PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS ' IRRIGATION SYSTEM SECTION 02810 PAGE 7 2.08 AUTOMATIC VALVE ' A. Shall be Rainbird or Toro manufacturers. B. Automatic vaives shall be na;^`';rd PE-100-F thru PE-30OF Series or Toro 252 Series electric valves. 2.09 ANTI-DRAIN VALVE(IF REQUIRED FOR SYSTEM OPERATIONS) A. Provide and install on low head lines anti-drain valves"KBI Spring Check Valve Series", "Rainbird 1800 SAM"or"Toro 570 Check Valve"spray heads or equal as required to eliminate siphoning on landscaped slopes. ' 2.10 CONTROL WIRE FOR AUTOMATIC VALVE OPERATIONS A. Control wire must oe insulated single strand copper designed for twenty(20)!,)fifty(50) volts and UL approved as Type U.F. (Underground Feeder). 1 B. Copper conductor must meet or exceed ASTM B-3 requirements. C. Red and white colors must be available. , 2.11 QUICK COUPLING VALVES A. Shall bec ing ca rd manufactureror(approved VALVE AND SWING JOINT SHALL BE SED AT"AIR- , vinyl locking cap. MY 11M1 IM ONE( ) BLOW"CONNECTION TO REDUCE AIR FRICTION. ' B. Provide three (3) match!ng valve keys,three (3)cap keys and three (3) swivel hose ells. 2.12 LOCKING LID A. Valve cap shall be Weathermatic 906L, locking top with key or approved equal. Provide two(2) keys RIX -1 to Owner. 2.13 MANUAL CONTROL VALVES ' A. All gate valves of two (2)inches and smaller shall be all bronze (ASTM B-62)valve with bronze solid wedge,integral taper seats with a nondsing stem. All gate valves of two and one-half (2-1/2)inches and larger shall be threaded iron body, brass trimmed, resilient wedge, integral taper seats with nonrising stem. B. All drain valves shall be three-quarter(3/4)inch bronze gate valves with cross handles or approved ' equal. Automatic drain valves will not be accepted. Drain valves shall be enclosed in two(2)inch PVC pipe with a Weathermatic 906L with locking cap, or approved equal. Provide one (1) valve key for Owner's use. t 2.14 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE(IF REQUIRED FOR SYSTEM OPERATIONS) A. Shall be "Wilkins 600 Series"pressure reducing valves or equal. ' B. Use prespure reducing valves as required to control sprinkler irrigation system water pressure. t 4/23/92 WMB(T:GARD R � w PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS IRRIGATION SYSTEM SECTION 02810 PAGE 8 2.15 VALVE BOXES A. Unless otherwise specified, all automatic valves or manual valves shall be enclosed in AMETEK Plymouth Valve Box of Superflexon with locking lid or approved equal,while single drain valves two (2) inches and smaller will be covered with a Weathermatic 906L lucking cap and PVC pipe or approved equal. 2.16 BACKFLOW PREVENTER A. Shall be "Febco Model 805Y Series"double check backflow preventer or approved equal. All backflow preventers must be approved by the controlling agency. Enclose in Brooks No. 1730 PB-18 Body Box or approved equal. 2.17 IRRIGATION WATER METER(S) A. Water Meter(s) shall be per Code. 2.18 OTHER SUPPLIES A. Electrical tape shall be black plastic,three-quarters(3/4) inch wide and a minimum of 0.007 inches thick and the all-weather type. B. All flexible nioples or pipe joints shall be"Rainbird Swing Pipe";"Toro Funny Pipe"or"Triple Swing Joint Assembly". C. All electrical wire splices must be made watertight with sealing Rainbird ST-03UUPT-55 Snap-rite or approved equal. D. Thrust blocking shall be on three (3) inch and larger mainline only. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 TRENCHING A. Trenches shall allow for twelve (12) inches of cover over sprinkler lateral lines, eighteen(18) inches of cover for irrigation main lines(see detail) and twenty-four(24) inches of cover for main supply line from point of connection to backflow preventer. Maintain a minimum clearance of three(3) inches between irrigation lines within a common trench. Trenches for sleeves shah allow for a minimum of eighteen (18) inches of cover unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. Excavate no wider at any point than is necessary to lay pipe or install equipment Excavate with vertical sides and provide bracing and shoring as required. B. All trenches must be straight and not have abrupt changes in grade. Trenching that may potentially disturb root systems of existing trees shall be brought to the attention of the Landscape Architect ' before proceeding with work. C. The trench bottoms and bedding material surrounding all pipes must be free of rocks greater than one (1) inch in diameter or sharp-edged objects. Bed and surround all pipe with suitable soil or sand (see Main and/or Lateral Pipe Trench Detail). 4/23/92 WMP./TIGARD II PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS !RRIGATION SYSTEM SECTION 02810 PAGE 9 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Galvanized Pipe and Fittings: I. Galvanized steel pipe shall be installed in accordance with local Plumbing ,ode. 2. All galvanized pipe and fittings, including risers and hose connections, shall be painted with at lease one (1) coat of Carbon Elastic Paint No. 2221 to prevent acidcorrosion. Cast fittings need not be painted. Do not add any solvent to the paint. Care must be taken to thoroughly paint all assembly. main threads. When painting is done before assembly,the paint should be touched up atter 3. All threaded joints are to have Teflon tape or pipe dope applied to male threads only. B. PVC Pipe and Fittings (includes pipe sleeves): It 1. Due to the nature of the PVC pipe and fittings, the Contractor shall exercise care ir handling, loading, unloading and storing to avoid damage. Any pipe that has been dented or damaged shall be discarded until such damage has been cut out and the pipe is rejoined with a coupling. burrs prior to cementing. Use approved reaming tool. Pipe ends shall 2. PVC pipe ends shall be cut to ninety (90) degrees to the pipe length and cleaned of all be wiped clean with a rag cutting lightly wetted with PVC thinner. Cement shall be applied with a light be on the inside of the fitting and a heavier coat on the outside of the pipe. Pipe shall be in into the fitting and given a quarter turn to s gat the cement. Excess cement shall be wiped from the outside of the Pipe. Pipe will be tested as indicated elsewhere in these specifications. No backfilling will be permitted other than at the centers of pipe lengths until th, Nressure test is c0, pleted. 3 Backfilling shall be done when pipe is not in an expanded,—ndition due to heat or pressure. Cooling of the pipe can be accomplished by operating the systam for a short time beiore backfill, or by backfilling in the early part of the morning before the heat of the day 4. No PVC pipe may be threaded or connected to a threaded fitting without an adapter. 5. Great care must be taken to insure that the inside of the pipe is absolutely clean. Any pipe ends not being worked on must be protected and not left open. 6. All threaded joints are to have Teflon tape or pipe nope applied to male threads only C. Copper Pipe and Brass Fittings (If Required By Code): f 1. Copper Pipe shall be installed in accordance with Local Plumbing Codes. 2. All Brass threaded joints are to have Teflon tape or pipe dope applied to male threads only. 3. All connections for copp,;f pipe to brass fittings shall be made with Pack Joint Couplings. r. 4/23/92 WMB/TIGARD J PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS IRRIGATION SYSTEM SECTION 02810 PAGE 10 D. Head Locations: 1. Locate sprinkler heads nine (9) inches from building foundation unless otherwise noted Heads immediately adjacent to walks,curbs, etc. shall have one (1) inch clearance behveen head and walks, curbs, etc. unless otherwise noted. CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF PAVEMENT(THA'i PORTION OF PAVEMENT FOR HEAD AND PIPE ONLY) ADJACENT TO CURBS TO ALLOW ONE (1) INCH CLEARANCE PER THE ABOVE. E. Cootrol Wire: 1. Control wires are to be taped together at five(5) foot intervals:then this bundle is to be taped to the bottom of the supply line at ten(10)foot intervals with at least three (3)wraps of electrical tape. 2. All splices must be made watertight with sealing Raint'—f ST-03UL/PT-55 Snap-Tile and contained in valve boxes. 3. Splices will be permitted only at the valv6s and never between valves or valve and controller. There must be a separate lead or"hot"wire to each automatic valve. One(1) common wire will be acceptable. 4. Minimum size of wire is to be determined strictly by the wire sizing chart provided by Rainbird or approved equal. 5. The control wires shall by color coded as follows: Ground Wire -White Lead-In Wire - Red 6. Control wire must run to ALERTON/AVAC PANEL by Contractor, located in electrical room and must leave three (3) feet spare wire/zone at the panri. All wire must be labeled by zone to correspond with automatic valve location on drawing. F. Risers: 1 . All sprinklers and quick coupler head risers must be constnicted according to the "Riser Assembly"details. The pipe risers must have the same inlet size as the sprinkler and quick coupler heads. 2. Minimum riser size shall be the pipe size of the sprinkler head. 3. Risers are to be capped after installation to keep inside of pipe clean. 4. Caie must be taken not to overtighten the steel pipe into the PVC fittings. G. Automatic Controllers: 1 . Electrical wiring shall be installed according to local code. The cost of all electrical work necessary to make the automatic valves and automation equipment operate properly shall be provided and installed by HVAC, Inc. ELECTRICAL POWER FROM AN APPROVED SOURCE TO THE ALTERTON/AVAC PANEL CONTROLLER LOCATION(S) SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE 3ENERAL CONTRACTOR, 4/23/92 WMB/TIGARD PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS IRRIGATION SYSTEM SECTION 02810 PAGE 11 2. A diagram or schedule shall be posted in the controller to facilitate the selection of the valves to be operated. 3. CONTROLLER LOCATION(S) AND TYPE OF MOUNTING OF CONTRO APPROVED BY THE OWNER AND LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. LI_ER(S) SHALL BE H Backflow Preventer. 1. Install in accordance with local plumbing code. See"Backflow Preventer Assembly"detail. 2. For proper maintenance, the "Backflow Preventer Assembly"will be located with sufficientclearance from other materials and away from the traffic patt9m. 3. See "Manual Drain Valve Assembly"detail for similar installation of three-quarter(3/4)inch drain valves. 4. A manual shut-off valve shall be located upstream of Backflow Preventer to allow full isolation of system from water supply. I. Manual Drain Valve 1 See "Manual Drain Valve Assembly"detail for installation of three-quarter(3/4) inch drain valves. DRAIN VALVES ARE NOT REQUIRED FOR THE GENERALD AIR BLOWN TO DRAIN. RAINAGE OF THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS; IRRIGATION SYSTEM SHALL BE J. Automatic Valves: 1. Install as shown on "Automatic Valve Assembly"detail herein these specifications. 2. Before installation of any automatic valves, the supply line must be thoroughly Ilu hed. 3. Ail automatic valves shall be enclosed in valve boxes set one (1) inch above finish grade. Valve box extension may be required. Locate valve boxes in shrub and groundcover planting wherever possible and at points of easy access from paved areas. p ng beds 4. Locate outside of paved areas and grouped together where adjacent to pa%.d areas, install so that valve boxes will not be closer than twelve (12)inches to paving and perpendicular or parallel to it. Group boxes shall be spaced evenly valves occur appearance. fly to provide a neat K Quick Coupling Valves: 1. Locate all quick couplers in shrub and groundcover planting beds wherever Possible and at points of easy access from paved areas. 2. Provide and Install three (3) quick coupling valves per,Specifications. Location to allow hose watering of all planting areas ind as approved by Landscape Architect. L Thrust Blocking: 1. Thnist blocking shall be installed per"Thrust Blocking detail. Thrust blocking shall be poured concrete of sufficient mass and location to prevent pipe movement due to water surge. 4/23/92 WMB/TIGARD WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 07212 TIGARD,OREGON BOARD INSULATION PART I GENERAL, 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Thermal rigid board insulation; 8. Drawings,the provisions of the Agreement,including bonds and certificates,the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. C. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 016(10. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) 1 1. C272 -Test Method for Water Absorption of Core Materials for Strucutural Sandwich Constructions. 2. C518 -Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by means of the Heat Flow meter. 3. D1621 - Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Cellular Plastics. 4. E84 -Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 THERMAL INSULATION A. Extruded Polystyrene Board: 1. Thermal Resistance: Minimum"R" per inch of 5 RSi when tested in accordance with ASTM C518 at 75 degrees F. mean temperature. 2. Compressive Strength: Minimum 25 psi when tested in accordance with ASTM D1621. 3. Water Absorption: 0.15 percent when tested in accordance with AST"A D272. 4. Square edges;board size of 24 x 96 or 48 x 96 inches by thickness indicated. 5. Approved Products:Dow Chemical Company "Styrofoam SM"or UC Industries, Inc."Foamular 250 insulating Sheathing." I 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive: Type recommended by insulation manufacturer for application;compatible with insulation and substrate. B. Provide other accessories, not specifically described but required for a complete installation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify adjacent materials are secure, properly spaced, dry, and ready to receive installation. 11/6/40\4/21/92\4/22/92 07212-2 ShC 11UN 07212 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL, GROUP BOARD INSULATION TIGARD, OREGON B. Prior to starting work,carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. C. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. 3.02 PERIMETER INSULATION A. Use extruded polystyrene regular board as perimeter insulation. B. Place perimeter insulation as indicated. Joints shall be tightly butted. C. Secure the insulation in position sufficiently to hold the insulation in place prior to and during backfill operations. 3.06 SCHEDULE I A. Install insulation as indicated on the Drawings, and for equivalent R-values as follows: Perimeter Subgrade Insulation:R-8 I END OF SECTION 1 1 r r r 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 r WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 07211 TIGARD, OREGON BATT AND BLANKET INSULATION PART GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Thermal batt and blanket insulation. 2. Acoustical insulation. B. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement,including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of ;his Section. C. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. C665 -Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufacturered Housing. 2. E84 - 'rest Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. PART 2 r'RODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Batt and Blanket Insulation: ASTh1 C665. Type 111, class A; preformed glass fitter roll with foil scrim kraft fare, staple flange edgeF; flame spread of 75 or less and a smoke developed of 50 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. B. Acoustical Insulation: ASTM 0665; preformed glass fiber; staple flange tvpe;3.1/2 inches thick,or thickness as required to fill each cavity between studs, unless indicated otherwise. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Tape: To match foil scrim kraft face; 2 inch width. B. Provide ether accessories, not specifically described but required for a complete installation. PART 3 E`CECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify adjacent materials are secure, properly spaced, dry, and ready to receive installation. B Verify mechanical and electrical services within spaces to insulated have been installed and tested. C. Prior to starting work,caretally inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 07211-1 MEN SrCTiON 07211 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP BATT ANL BLANKET INSULATION TIGARD, OREGON D. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. I 1 3.02 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION 1.i A. install insulation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, and as indicated. I B. Install insulation without gaps or voids. C. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Use batts free of damage. D. Install insulation with vapor barrier toward warm side of building spaces. Vapor barrier shall be continuous. Tape seal tears or cuts in vapor barrier. j 1� E. Mechanica; Fastening: u 1. At locations where no framing is present to scipport the insulation,provide metal impaling pins and retainers to hold the insulation firmly in position. F. Provide batt inculatien in sufficient thickness tc provide the following R values: 1. Walls: R19,%s indicates on drawings. 2. Soffits..: R30, Gs indicated on drawings. G. Place acoustical insulation in partitions as indira;ed on drawings, tight within spaces,around cut openings,behind and around electrical and mox'nanical items within cr behind partitions, and tight to stems,passing through partitions. H. install acoustical sealant around perimeter of all acoustically insulated partitions, one bead each side of framing member interface with substrate for single layer construction,and at edge of base Ilayer for double layer construction. Seal all penetrations. END OF SECTION 07211-2 11/6/9(1\4/21/92\4/22/92 ® �w IWAqw�&NmIMAMOM Ia ■ WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SF.CT1ON 07240 TIGARD,OREGON EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM PART GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY tA. Section Includes: Exterior insulation and synthetic plaster veneer system. B. Related S(-cti)ns: 1. 07900 - Sealants: Joint fillers; 2. 09260-Gypsum Sheathing: Substrate; C. Drawings,the provisions of the Agreement,including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substi'utions: No substitute pTM-IVJcts will be considered. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. C578 - Specification for Preformed , Cellular polystyrene Thermal Insulation 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: 1. Use only personnel who are thoroughly trained and experienced in skiils required and completely familiar with manufacturer's current methods of installation for actual execution and installation of work. 2. Installer shall be approved by the product man, facturer prior to kidding. 1 B. Tests: The synthetic plaster systAm shall have been tested as specified below by an independent testing laboratory and shall have inct the following performance standards: 1. Adhesive Strength: When tested in accordance with ASTM D897 the strength of the adhesive bonding th- insulation to gypsum sheathing shall have exceeded 30 psi. 2. Struct.,ral Load Capacity: When tested in accordance with ASTM E330, the assembly shall have resisted a minimum suction force of 90 p.s.f. C. Pre-installation Conference: 1. The Contractor shall administer a pre-installation conference b review contract requirements and to resolve potential areas of conflict. 2. Include in attendance the Architect, the synthetic plaster installer, the framing installer, and all other parties affected by the work of this Section 3. G;ve a minimum of 48 hours notice to attendees. I1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01300. IB. Samples: Submit one(1) 12 inch x 12 inch square finish sample fol each color and finish texture combination proposea for the work.Submit additional samples until a sample for each combination is approved by the Architect. C. Instructions: Submit manufacturer's written installation instructions. 07240-1 I 11/6/9(1\4/21,'92\4/22/` i SECTION 07Z40 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM TIGARD,OREGON D. Certifications: Submit certifications that the installer meets the qualification requirements specified. E. Submit ICBO evaluation report. 1.05 PRODUCT STORAGE A. Store products prior to u:;e at a minimum temperature of 40 degrees F. 1.06 )OB CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Temperature: Apply system only on unfrozen surfaces and at ambient temperatures above 40 degrees F..Maintain ambient temperature above 40 degrees F.for minimum of 24 hours after installation. Provide supplementary heat if required. 2. Moisture: Apply system to dry surfaces only. B. Protection: Protect adjacent materials and this system from weather and other damage during installation, while curing or when unattended. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Provide 3 year warranty for materials and workmanship. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 APPROVED SYSTEMS A. Dryvit System Inc., "Outsulation"; } f 2.02 MATERIALS A. Provide manufacturer's standard materials, unless specified otherwise. B. Insulation Board: Expanded polystyrene board,properly aged,minimum six(6) weeks,complying with ASTM 0576 Type 1;average density 1.O lbs/cu ft.; Radco quality control and labeling; 1-1/Z inch minimum thicknesses unless noted otherwise. C. Finish and Base Coats: Manufacturer's standard; 100%,acrylic;custom integral colors as selected by the Architect (minimum 3); listed by Underwrit.r's Laboratories, Inc. a,having a flame spread of 25 or less. 111 D. Reinforcing mesh: manufacturer's standard,5.7 oz/sq yd except where indicated heavy r4 use 21 oz/sq yd. 07240-2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 y � Na � � sn �► w s � PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS IRRIGATION SYSTEM SECTION 02610 PAGE 12 M. Irrigation Water Meter(s): 1. Coordination with the Governmental Agency for installation of the watermeter tionall be the shall responsibility of the Contractor. Tho meter snall be of the sized per Specifications. Pe be per code requirements. N. Pipe Sleeves 1. All sleeves shall extend a minimum e1 twelve (12) inches beyond the edges o1 pavement. but shall not include any pipes 2. Pipe for irrigation mains ano laterals may be installed will'sleeves with couplers whenever possible. 3. plug all ends of sleeves and irrigation mains and laterals to prevent soil from entering. O. Pressure Testing: pressureter lines;then test at Iwatertes have been 1 . Before backfilling,hiyshall essuee shall be maintained unti�arll joirrtsain afittings and pip ninety ed. psi. P inspected. Correct any leakage andms eastest ontractor to ttem is est system nngor to Land ape 'Ass m i a fifteen(15) minute test shall be t l ) ? Architect final test. with the 2 Before backfilling,all pvC sphnkreer lateral This pressure slhall be maintainel be flushed and d until all jou�tathe Sys em is system exposed to static pressu major leakage and repeat test pipes have been visually inspected. Correct any 1 reasonably watertight. Contractor to test system prior to Landscape Architect final test. DO NOT INSTALL HEADS PRIOR TO TESTING -PLUG RISERS AT LOCATION OF HEAD CONUJS Ci ION. notice to the Landscape Architect prior�-)the anticipated date of 3. To be valid, all tests must be witnessed by the Landscape Architect. The Contractor m twenty-four(24) hours inspection. P. Backfilling,: and 1. In refilling trenches, the beddiandthe shaplll be wellf tangs mped shall inecQssary be sand rprovide suitable oil f►ee from stones greater than one (1) inch in diameternably be re3so imported backfill. The earth till withi1�the hall be backfilltrenches ed unNorm with rthe `urrroundi ghgrade, shalles be thoroughly water-settled. Trenc and roller,or compacted with raked to a slight mound,then roller'with a two hundred fifty (250) Po a vibrator. vation shall be removed from the site unless otherwise directed. 2. All roots, rocks and surplus exca It ls under roads or paved areas all 'e backfilled(c5 e�nd den © 3 Trenches or tunne Y a determined by tamper in successive six (6) inch lifts to at least y ASTM:D 1557. Paving shall be replaced to the satisfaction of the Owner's authorised representative. WMB/TIW RD 4/23/92 E PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS IRRIGATION SYSTEM SECTION 02810 PAGE 13 4. 3efore backfilling, all underground appurtenances including risers, valves, backflow preventers, drain valves, etc., must remain exposed so that they can be viewed during testing. It is suggested that the Contractor partially backfill the pipe as it is laid, leaving all joints exposed;then complete backfilling later after flushing, pressure testing, inspection and preparation of "As Built Drawing(s)". The location, inspecting and testing provisions of these specifications will be strictly adhered to. If, for any reason, any part of the sprinkler system is backfilled before approved location, testing, or inspection is authorized by Landscape Architect, it must be completely uncovered and exposed until approved for backfilling by the Landscape Architect, 3.03 CLEAN UP A. Clean all work areas adjoining area, such as paving, curbs,catch basins and manholes, or debris caused by the work on this project, or any pari of project, on completion of operations and prior to watering. All hard surfaced areas shall be washed clean. Daily clean up shall be required on all areas used for circulation, parking, or other daily use. 3.04 FINAL TESTING A. Before the sprinkler system will be accepted, the Contractor, in the presence of the Landscape Architect and/or Owner, shall perform a water"Performance Coverage Test"to determine if the water coverage and operation of the system is compl9te and satisfact,)ry. If any part of;hg system is inadequate, V she;;be repaired or replaced at the Contractor's expense and thf,test repealed until accepted. TI�a Contractor must give twenty-four (24) hours notice to the Landscape Architect prior to the field review. The Gortractor shall also adjust and balance sprinkler heads for optimum and uniform coverage without excessive fogging; overthrow on to pavernent(s), structure(s) and building(s); check all sprinkler head heights and set all valve boxes to proper grade prior to final review by Landscape Architect. 3.05 SYSTEM FAMILIARIZATION other tools necessary to operate/drain/activate the system and spend sufficient time with the Owner A. Upon acceptance of the system by the Owner, the Contractor shall provide the necessary keys and/or to insure that the system ape ratio n/maintenance/w.intedzing can continue after the departure of the Contractor. The Co-itractor will be liable for all damages or losses resulting from failure to comply with the provisions of r�.:s paragraph. 3.06 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Upon completion and approval of all tests, final acceptance of the system will be contingent upon Contractor providing sig-red and approved spdnkler/plurnbing/health/electrical permits as may be binders of all catalog cuts/manufacturers'instnictions/maifit enancapplicable in the ar,�a as well as reproducible mylar"As Built Drawings"and two (2)three (3) ring e and operation information. B. Plor to final acceptance of the irrigation system,the Contractor shall cooperate with Landscape Contractor in recommending watering schedules. 3.07 GUARANTEE A. The entire sprinkler system shall be guaranteed by the Contractor to give complete and satisf ,:tory service as to materials and workmansl•p fora period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance of the work by the Owner. 4/23/9' WMB/TIGARD wR ! + w ---- FINISH GRADE 2" SHRUB/GROUNDCOVER AREAS QUICK COUPLER VALVE WITH LOCKING CAP GIP RISER & NIPPLE Li 90 DEGREE Glp ELL GIP NIPPLE I, 90 DEGREE GIP ELL GIP RISER (45 DEGREE (OPTION: BRASS FITTINGS) MAX. ANGLE FROM HORIZONTAL POSITION) 90 DEGREE GIP ELL NOTE: 1 TYPICAL TRIPLE ' f- GIP NIPPLE SWING JOINT ASSEMBLY APPLIES FOR ALL QUICK COUPLERS SCHED 80 PVC TEE OR ELL--- ---- PVC SUPPLY LINE - ----- OUICK COUPLER RISER ASSEMBLY NOT TO SCALE nor �r ww errim ■ PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS IRRIGATION SYSTEM ' SECTION 02810 PAGE 14 B. Should any trouble develop within one (1) year which, in the opinion of authorized Owner personnel, is due to inferior or faulty material and/or workmanship,the trouble shall be corrected,without delay, to the satisfaction of the authorized Owner's personnel and at the Contractor's expense. ' C. Any settling of backfilled trenches shall be repaired by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense, including but not limited to; restoration of pavement and planted areas. 3.08 DETAILED DRAWINGS(ATTACHED) A. Quick Coupler Riser Assembly B. Shrub& Groundcover Head Riser Assembly (Pop-up) C. Automatic Valve Assembly-PVC D. Manual Drain Valve Assembly E. Pressure Reducing Valve & Backflow Preventer Assembly or Backflow Preventer Assembly F. Thrust Blocking G. Main And/Or Lateral Pipe Trench Detail END OF SECTION S 4/23/92 WMB/TIGARD AMETEK PLYMOUTH VALVE 2 SHRUBfGRUUNDCOVER WITH LOCKING LID AREAS II_III III--II IMIII III-II SCHED 80 PVC NIPPLE VALVE PER DRAWING 90 DEGREE — _ SCHED 80 w PVC ELL za - cr. SCHED 4 SCHED 80 - - •.. • • ADAPTER U • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • PVC NIPPLE . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . " . . • . . '_.'.'.'."•'.'. .'.'.'. .':'�'_�:r— SCHED 8 ��— SCHED 80 PVC BUSHING . s . AS REQUIRED 1 C.F. 3 1 — SCHED 80 PVC TEE OR ELL GRAVEL. AS �--- PVC SUPPLY LINE -- CONTROL WIRE AUTOMATIC VALVE ASSEMBLY--PVC NOT TO SCALE +.r lmwt wrswimmillaomm 2" SHRUB/GROUNDCOVER AMETEK PLYMOUTH VALVE BOX AREAS WITH LOCKING LID FINISH GRADE =1 I I-1 I I i I_I 11-Il=l1 11= I-1 I HO PVC NIPPLE PVC LATERAL LINE VALVE PER EGREE DRAWING D 80 U 80 � •;•;•'•••'.•. . . .......'.'.'.'.` • . . _ SCHED 40 PVC FEMALE v . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .••• . . . . . ADAPTER IPPLE . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 3 � -`-•••.•.°.•.•_•.•.•.•..mac • . .r.`.•• •_• . • • SCIAEU 80 PVC NIPPLE-- SCHED 80 PVC BUSHING - AS REQUIRED 1 C.F. 3/4" MINUS SUMP SCHED 80 PVC TEE OR ELL. GRAVEL. FILL BOTTOM OF B PVC SUPPLY LINE OX AS REQUIRED CONTROL WIRE AUTOMATIC VALVE ASSEMBLY -PVC NOT TO SC,AL ■ 0 s- FINISH GRADE NOTE- TRIPLE SWING JOINT �•r\\r\\r\\r\\r\\ \i�\r�\r�\; ASSEMBLY. SIZE AS POP-UP SPRAY HEAD REQUIRED ADJUST TO FINISH GRADE SCHED 40 MARLEX 90 SCHED 40 DEGREE STREET ELL PVC BUSHING '�- AS REQUIRED `- SCHED 40 MARLEX 90 DEGREE STREET ELL PVC LATERAL- LINE �- SCHED 80 PVC RISER SCHED 40 r' / (45 DEGREE MAX. ANGLE MARLEX 90 FROM HORIZONTAL POSITION) DEGREE STREET ELL TRIPLE PLE SWING JOINT RISER ASSEMBLY OPTION NOT 110 SCALE FINISH GRADE Nx NOTE: �\� SWING PIPE OR FUNNY PIPE JOINT_ ASSEMBLY. SIZE AS REQUIRED. 90 DE=GREE ELL POP-UP SPRAY HEAD ADJUST BARBED INSERT TO FINISH GRADE FITTING \ 90 DEGREE STREET SWING PIPE OR FUNNY ELL (MIPT X FIPT) PIPE. LENGTH AS REQUIRED. 90 DEGREE - ELL BARBED PVC LATERAL LINE- ��INSERT FITTING SCHED 40 PVC TEE OR ELL--- SWING PIPE OR FUNNY PIPE JOINT ASSEMBLY OPTION NOT TO SCALE SHRUB & GROUNCCOVER HEAD RISER ASSEMBLY (POP-UP) f NOT TO SCALE 2" SHRUB/GROUNDCOVER— REFER TO QUICK COUPLER RISER FINISH --AMETEK BOX AREAS ASSEMBLY DETAIL GRADE W/ LOCKING BROOKS BOX W/ LID LOCKING LID MANUAL TYP. GIP NIPPLE GATE VALVE —GIP UNION--- SCHED N —a 80 PVC X NIPPLE X: '31e MINUS GRAVEL- BACKFLOW REVENTER TO PVC SUMP. FILL BOTTOM P 0 MAINLINE TO ME-TER OF BOXES AS TYP. go DEGREE REQUIRED GIP ELL 2 C.F. 3/4" SICHED 80 MINUS GRAVEL TYP. GIP NIPPLE PVC NIPPLE SUMP 4" DEPTH REFER TO MANUAL DRAIN VALVE ASSEMBLY (OPTION: COPPER PIPE DETAIL AND BRASS FITTINGS) ( BACKFLOW PREVENTER ASSEMBLY _ E)-N(OT TO SCALE 0 m � � =111 ROUNDCOVER WEATHERMATIC LOCKING LID 2 SHRUB/G EAS — FINISH GRADE AR 777-.. I= 11=1 11=I I �:i 11=1 I ►=1 11=1 11= -- PVC NIPPLE (2" DIA.) — PVC TEE (2" DIA.) - PVC LATERAL OR MAINLINE SCHED 80 6" LONG PVC PVC TEE SCHED 80 NIPPLE: (2" DIA.) _ OR ELL = PVC BUSHING A5 REQUIRED PVC; NIPPLE ,� �. (2" DIA.) --- — SCHED 80 PVC NIPPLE )'CHED 80 PVC -1 90 DEGREE STREET ELL SCHED 80 -� PVC ELL L_.-------� SCHED 80 ttttttttcttittttttttti i tt ctti i i tttti tttttttti ctt PVC NIPPLE tttttttttttttt ctttttttu�tt ttttttti ttcti cttti tti ttttc tt�i i ttcti ctcttti i tttt ttttuut tact ttctttttttcut ttdttttcti i tti i c'ctdc ttti i cccttttttti i tti c�i MANUAl_ DRAIN VALVE ctcttti tti ttttttt tttttt�ctt ttti i ctcttti ctcttti ttt t — —MIRAFI COVER QVO RN STIREET z C.F. 3/4"---__— ELL OPENING MINUS GRAVFL SUMP MANUAL DRAIN VALVE ASSEMBLY D NOT TO SCALE ,.j CONCRETE •CKING -ARROW DENOTES AS • • OF THRUST i • -UNDISTUR • / • SHOWN ' ASSHOWN ♦♦♦♦♦ ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ ♦ lit THRUST i+�+i ►iyi+i♦i ��+♦+♦tip♦♦ +', ►��i i♦ i♦ J BLOCKS ' ' • AND LARGER) ABOVE.DETAILS ARE EXAMPLES AND SITUATIONS. BLOCKING NOT LIMITED TO PRIOR TO THRUST • • SCALE a► a �u a 2" SHRUB/GROUNDCOVER REFER TO FINISH AMETEK BOX AREAS COUPLER RI GRADE W LOCKING ASSEMBLY If LID BRCOK5 BOX W/ LOCKING LID ri PRESSURE TYP. GIP NIPPLE _ REDUCING GATE AL VALVE r—GIP UNION— TE w VALVE z z r 04 . . . . : . . . . .:.. .. .. . . : .... .. .. . . . .. .. S co •'•:•:•:•.• :•:•:•:•:•:.. ..:: :•:•::•:•:•'•'•'�•'•'••� '•' 80 . . . . . . . .. ...... .. . . .. :. . NI �--�) 3/4" MINUS GRAVEL -BACKFLOW T SUMP. FILL BOTTOM PREVENTER 0 METEF, OF BOXES AS TYP. 90 DEGREE - REOUIRED CIP ELL SCHED 80 TYP. GIP NIPPLE PVC NIPPLE -- 4' DEPTH REFER TO MANUAL (OPTION= COPPER PIPE GRAIN VALVE ASSEMBLY AND BRASS FITTINGS) DETAIL PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE & 0ESACKFLOW PREVENTER ASSEM NOT TO SCALE 2" SHRUB/CROUNDCOVER REFER TO QUICK ---, - FINISH AMETE'<I COX AREf S COUPLER RISER GRADE W/ LOCKING BROOK-1 BOX W/ ASSEMBLY DETAIL 11 LID LOCKING LID (- -- _ PRESSURE— TYP. GIP NIPPLE REDUCING VALVE GIP UNION z TDQ z 1 . .. ... .. . — . . . ; ... .. .. .... e,.., •'• •'•.'.'''•'�'•'•'� SCHED 00 • , �• .•., • r•,r e •.,.,:,,, •e;.;.,. • .".•.,., • •::• �• .;.�.• •• •. . • • • ;• 80 PVC •� j' ''''�''•'�' . . . �'�'� .'.'.'.'. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .". .•.. . . . . . . . . ...,,•...:...•.:.• — NIPPLE 3/4" MINUS GRAVEL, -BACKFLOW lL11 II SII! II << SUMP. FILL BOTTOM PREVENTER TO PVC OF BOXES AS TYP, 90 DEGREE MAINLINE REQUIRED GIP ELL SCHED 80 —2 C.F. 3/4" — TYP GIP NIPPLE PVC NIPPL MINUS GRAVEL SUMP --~ 4" DEPTH REFER TO MANUAL.-----..- COPPER PIPE DRAIN VALVE" ASSEMPI-Y ASS FITTINGS) DETAIL PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE & E BACKFLOW PREVENTER ASSEMBLY - NOT TO SCALE FINISH GRADE •::. •.•:•. .,.•.•:•:•: I-III=1 ! �-� I_I-1 I ISI I I 1=1 11=1 _ _ ;.;.;.;.;.;;;:;;;;,;;;;; _ ,-- CONTINUOUS 2" —) (14 --III=III=1 III=-I - ROCK FREE SOIL '"•`. . .. . 0R SAND BACKFILL . . ...I I "' .... I— AROUND PIPE. TYPICAL BEDDING EACH PIPE 00 . . PVC LATERAL LINE -:Yr. .. . :.• •' ' TRENCH BACKFILL (EARTH FILL) .,., .•:.•. III ':;:;�'' `•►a\:•.;:; PVC MAINLINE — WIRES FOR VALVES =1II- '''• TAPED TO PIPE I ,III --COMPACTED SUBGRADE NOTE: PIPE UNDER PAVEMENTS SHALL BE SLEEVED. MAIN AND/OR LATERAL PIPE 4G) TRENCH DETAIL NOT TO SCALE LAND,,-CAPING SECTION 02900 PAGE 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 GENERAL A. The landscaping shall be installed using the materials as shown on the Drawings and/or as specified in the Specifications. l he landscaping shall be installed to grades and conform to areas and locations as shown on the Drawings. B. The term "Contractor" as used in this Specification section shall refer to the Landscape Contractor. P C. Prior to final acceptance of the Landscaping, the Contractor shall submit a written "watering r schedule" to the Owner, coordinated with the Irrigation Contractor, to ensure adequate watering of all plant materials during the Guarantee Period of this Contract. 1 .02 SCOPE OF WORK i a A. Furnish all materials, equipment, labor and related items necessary to complete the work shown on the Drawings and/or as specified in the Specifications. The work included In this Specification (whether mentioned or not) shall consist of all tabor, tools, materials, tests, permits and other related items necessary for the installation of all plant materials in a first quality workmanlike manner. 1 .03 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE A. Related work in oth;r sections of these Specifications includes but is not limited to: 1 . Irrigation System 2. Shrub and Tree Transplanting 1 .04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standard Specifications 1 . American Association of Nurserymen's; American S'andard For Nursery Stock, ANSI- Z60.1 -1986. 2. American Joint Committee of Horticulture Nomenclature; Standard Plant Names, Latest Edition. 1 .05 REVIEW OF PLANT MATERIALS A. The review and aprroval of all plant materials by the Landscape Architect; prior to planting; is mandatory. The Contracto! has three (3) options to secure approval of plant materials: 1 . Submit plant samples to the Landscape Architect's office and/or have samples available at the project site for review during scheduled site visits. 4;23/92 WMB/TIGARD LANDSCAPING SECTION 02900 PAGE 2 2. Submit colored photographs (approximately 3"x5") to Landscape Architect for review. Photographs are to be of sufficient quality to allow full review. More than one photograph pFr plant species may be required. 3. Have Landscape Architect review plants at the place of growth at the Contractor's expense. B. Owner reserves the right to reject, through his/her agent. any or all plant material at any time until final review and acceptance. Remove rejected plants immediately from site. C. Produce, upon request, sales receipts for all nursery stock and certificates of inspection from federal, state and other authorities. 1 .06 SUBMITTALS A. Plant Material Documentation: 1 . Within fourteen (14) calender days after award of a Contract, submit written documentation to the Landscape Architect that all specified plant materials have been ordered. Should the Contractor neglect to provide this documentation within the allocated time, Contractor may forfeit any substitution benefits. 2. List suppliers names, r 1dresses, and phone number. 3. List respective growing or storage locations with addresses. B. Soil Tests: See Subgrade and Planting Soil Section C. Watering Schedule- See General Section 1 .07 CHANGE ORDERS AND SUBSTITUTIONS A. The Contractor shall do no work for extra compensation without prior written approval of the Owner in the form of a Change Order. B. The Contractor shall provide all plants of the size, species, variety and quality noted and specified. If unavailable, the Contractor shall nAify the Landscape Architect in writinc ?mmediately and provide the names and telephone numbers of five (5) nursery suppliers that he has contacted. If substitution should be permitt9d, it can be made only with the prior written approval of the Landscape Architect. The nearest variety, size and grade as approved by the Landscape Architect shall then he furnished. 1 .o8 CONDITIONS AT SITE A. Before proceeding with any work, the Contractor shall inspect the site, carefully check all grades and verity all dimensions and conditions affecting the work. 4/23/92 WMB/TIGARD LANDSCAPING SECTION 02900 PAGE 3 B. Contractor shah report to the Landscape Architect r,' r;viatic;�► and/or conflicts between e conditions. ExtrF .4ork arising frum failure to do so shall be Drawings, Specifications and sit done at the Contractor's expense. 1 .09 MOVING PLANT MATERIAL A. Transport carefully. Prevent damage. Tie branci'tes as n,acesse.ry. Use burlap bags to prosect bark from rope chafing. Do not drag plant mat,arial without proper root and branch protection. 1 .10 QUALIFICATIONS OF INSTALLER 8 Actor. A Contractor must be a bonded land have equipmoent and personnel ntractor st adequate o'perforn;ere work of best accepted trade practices work specified. Contractor must be familiar and comply with American Standard for Nursery Stock published by the American. Association of Nurseryw,--n• UNDERGROUND UTILITIES AND OBSTRUCT;ONS A Existing known utilities have been the owner orshown on Athe rUt Utility Companies. The Cont actor shall be g and Survey Drawings and will be made available from responsible for the protection of known utilities. Prom. Failurre tohfollowdthis procedureArchitect places any conflict between proposed work and obstruction(s). upon the Contractor the responsibility and expense of making any and all repairs for damage from work therefrom. toxic pan, or B. In the event that undisclosed k an�d/o�I obstructions are einated hcounteredsin any plant d excavation underground construe work to be done under this contract, alternate locations may ubsteuctioen shall rremoved to a Architect. Where alternate locations are not approved, plant is depth of not less than three (3) feet st o the planw the ting p oblem wm of ball or ill be when withe properly set at the required grade or other s Owner. The Contractorshall cor►tbaminatede paid rsoilsr hardpan ouired �undergousolve the nd obsttruc�tioneencounte ed the removal of such roc at a unit price basis and agreed upon by a Change Order prior to commencement of work. 1 .1 2 PROTECTION OF WORK,PROPERTY AND PERSONS A. Take all necessary precautions to protect work in progress, all property, persons, walks, ncurred curbs, pav,°ment and buildings from any amage that might y on paved surfaces.e (Locate allrru de groundfrom r utilities Contract. Do not mix planting soil dirrectl prior to comrnencement of work. The Contractor shall pay for any damage at Contractor's expense. 1 .13 PERMITS,CODE:,AND REGULATIONS A. The Contractor shLill obtain and pay for all necessary permits and fees as required by local Authority and prevailing ordinances and/or codes. WMBITIGARD 4/23/92 LANDSCAPING SECTION 02900 PAGE B. The Contractor shall keep fully informed and shall comply with all existing laws, codes, ordinances and regulations which in any way affect the conduct of the work. 1 .14 SUBGRADE A. The subgrade is to be established per these Specifications. B. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to verify the existence of a proper subgrade prior to beginning finish grading. 1 .15 FINISH GRADING A. The Contractor snall be responsible for establishing a finished grade. The depths of planting soils will vary with existing conditions and as shown on the Drawings and/or as spor;ified within these Specifications. 1 .16 CONDUCT C„'WORK A. The Cc itractor shall maintain continuously a competent superintendent or foreman during thh progres, of the work, with the authority to act for the Contractor in all matters pertaining to the work. The Contractor shall give personal attention to the fulfillment of the Contract and shall keep the work under control. Subcontractors shall not be recognized and all persons engaged in the work will be considered employees of the Contractor and their work shall be subject to the provisions of the Contract and Specifications. B. The Contractor shall confine operations to the working areas allotted by the Owner for operations, including material and equipment storage. C. The Contractor shall progressively clean the work site of debris and rubbish as the work proceeds. 1 . 17 GUARANTEE A. Guarantee work of this; Specification section for one (1) year against all defects of materials and workmanship. The guarantee period begins after the date of final acceptance. Replace plants not in normal healthy growing condition at the end of guarantee period. Replace with plants with identical specif ; and size. Final acceptance will be certified in writing ny the Owner. B. Any plant material that is twenty-five (25) percent or more deed or disfigured shall be considered dead and must be replaced at no charge. A trees shall be considered dead when the main leader has died bark or there is twenty-five (25) percent of the crown dead. Plants shall be consieered d;sfigurf)d when excessive dead wood has been rornoveo or when the symmetry, typical habit of g•owth, or sculptured form has been impaired by 'lie removal of dead wood. 4/23/92 WMB/TIGARD LANDSCAPING SECTION 02900 PAGE 5 (:. All plants are subject to one (1) replacement only per item, and the Contractor shall submit, after each replacement peric ', a marked plantino plan showing the exact location of each item replaced at that tfrr,a. THE OVl ER MAY REQUIRE"FHE CONTRACTOR TO REPLAC2 DEAD PLANTS PRIOR TO THE END OF THE GUARANTEE PERIOD AT NO ADDITIONAL COST. This applies only after final acceptance. D. Contractor has the right to enter upon the property for inspection and curative treatment of any materials needing such which are .till under warranty during the entire warranty period. Owner is to be notified in advance of any corrective or curative treatment measures so as to arrange for convenient access to the area. E. The above guarantee shall be applicable to any growing conditions through which plants of like kind could be expected to survive and any deformity or cause of death which could be attributed to, or affected by, the physiological condition of the plant shall be deemed replaceable cause; however, this would not apply to plant kisses due to ABNORMAL WEATHER conditions such as, floods, excessive wind damage, draught, severe freezing or abnormal rains, as determined by the National Weather Service. �. Replacements made by the Contractor ;;hall be completed during the periods set out as planting periods and shall be subject to the Same conditions and shah be made in the Same manner as specified for the original planting, ,and shall be done at no extra cost to the Owner. G Replace all trees, shrubs and groundcovers when plants are noconger ;n a satisfactory growing condition as determined by the Owner representative for the duration of tr.e guarantee period. Mane replacements within seven (7) days of notification from the Owner's representative. Remove dead plants within two (2) days of notification and mark planting plan showing the exact location of replaced plants. H. It is expressly understood that the Owner will be responsible, during the Guarantee Period, for normal landscape maintenance of the project. Maintenance of the landscape shall include, bill not be limited to, watering, weeding, 1monitoring and treating any disease and/or pest problems, cultivating ;and any other maintenance requirements (per standard trade practices) to keep the plant materials in a normal healthy growing condition. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EXISTING SUBGRADE SOIL R A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all soil additives required for the pertormance of this Contract and for determining the quantity of additives required to fulfill C„ntract obligations. 4/23/92 WMB/TIGARC 1 LANDSCAPING SECTION 02900 PAGE 6 B. Soil tests of the subgrade soil shall be made by the Cc ntractor to determine MECHANICAL ANALYSIS (per USDA Particle Size, and Organic Matter Test) and FERTILITY ANALYSIS (to determine magnesium, nitrogen, p3otassium, and phosphorus levels; soluble salts/conductivity and pH). Contractor shall send a minimum of onp (1) representative sample of subgrade soil to an approved soil testing laboratory (state labc,atory or recognized commercial laboratory). The cost for testing must be born by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid for the soil additives at a unit price basis and agreed upon by a Cha.,ge Order prior to commencement of work TEST RESULTS AND LABORATORY RECOMMENDATIONS FOR ORNAMENTAL PLANT GROWTH must be submitted to the Land,3cape Architect for approval prior to incorporating soil additives Into the subgrade and placing planting soil. 2.02 PLANTING SOIL A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the supply of all natural soil and soil additives required for the performance of this Contract and for determining the volume of soil and additives i required to fulfill Contract obligations. Soil shall be free of weeds, pests. toxic substances and other undesirable material harmful to ornamental plant growth. 1 . Natur il: Nati ,oil shall be fertile, friable, natural loam, surface soil reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, brush, weeds and other litter, and free of roots, stumps, stones larger than one (1) Inches in any dimension and other extraneous or toxic matter harmful to plant growth. Obtain topsoil only from naturally, well-drained sites where topsoil occurs in a depth of not less than four (4) inches; do not obtain from bogs or marshes. B. All planting soil, Including "Suggest Soil Sources" material, for on-grade and all other required planting locations, shall he a two-way roix planting soil consisting of two-third (2/3) natural soil and one-third (1/3) organic matter by volume thoroughly mixed together. Two-way mix soil shall have a pH range of 5.0 to 6.5, with dolomitic limestone added as necessary to attain this range. Contractor shal! send a minimum of or-3 (1) representative sample of MIXED SOIL; to an approved soil testing laboratory (state or commercial laboratory) to determine MECHANICAL ANALYSIS (por USDA Particle Size and Organic Matter test) and FERTILITY ANALYSIS (to determine magnesium, nitrogen, potassium and phosphorus levols, soluble salts/conductivity and pH). The results shall be submitted to the Landscape Architect (WITH TEST RESULTS AND LABORATORY RECOMMENDATIONS FOR ORNAMENTAL PLANT GRoWrH)for approval prior to use on the project site. The Contractor shall be responsible for whatever soil additives may be required, as recommended by the testing laboratory. The cost for testing must be borne by the Contractor. Soil shall meet the following mechanical analysis Size Sieve Percent Passing 3.18 ASTM E-11 1 0 0 No. 10 ASTM E-11 85- 100 No. 270 ASTM E-11 25-45 0.002 MM Clay 0- 1 0 1 1 4/23/92 WMB/TIGARD LANDSCAPING SECTION 02900 PAGE 7 1 . Organic Matter: Organic matter shall be "Garden Care" compost material by North American Soils, 285-5125 or approved equal. ' 2.03 MULCH A. Mulch shall be "Garden Care" compost material by North American Soils or approved equal. ' 2.04 FERTILIZER , A. Shall be complete commercial brand fertilizer with chemical analysis shown on unopened container when delivered. B. Commercial Fertilizer "A" for trees, shrubs and ground cover during planting: AGRO "Transplanter", or equal. 2.05 SOIL ADDITIVES A. Soil additives for correction of pH and trace element deficiencies shall be factory labeled containers and approved prior to application. 2.06 LIME A. Lime shall be dolomitic limestone containing not less than eighty-five (85) percent of total r carbonates. Limestone shall be ground to such fineness that one hundred (100) percent will pass a No. 20 sieve. 2.07 WATER A. Contractor shall mak 3, at Contractor expense, whatever arrangements are necessary to ensure an adequate supply of water to me9t the needs of this Contract. Contractor shall also furnish necessary hose, equipment, attachments, and accessories for the adequate irrigation of planted areas as may be required to complete the work specified. All costs for water incurred during t the contract period shall be borne by the Contractor unless other arrangements are made with the Owner. 2.08 ANTI-DESICCANT A. Anti-desiccant shall be "Wilt-Pruf" or equal, delivered in manufacti ,r's containers and used in accordance with mp nufacturer's recommendations. ' 2.09 TREE STAKING MATERIALS A. See "Tree Planting Details," per Specifications Detail. 4/23/92 WMR/TIGARD !W w i 1W Ar LANDSCAPING SECTION 02900 PAGE 8 2.10 PLANTS A. Trees, Shrubs and Groundcover. (Seg; Planting Plan.) 1 . All plants shall be nursery grown, or normal habit of growth, healthy, vigorous and free of disease, insect eggs and larvae. Plants shall not be pruned prior to delivery. Plants shall have all leaders and buds intact. Grading of plant material and rout ball/container sizes shall be in accordance with the code of standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. Nomenclature shall conform with Standard Plant Names, latest edition. Names nct present it) this listing shall conform to accepted nomenclature in the nursery trade. 2. No less than ten (10) percent of each variety and/or species of plant delivered to the projeL, shall be accurately labeled. Whether or not labeled, any plants which do not conform to the Plant Schedule and/or Planting Plan shall be replaced immedialeiy with plants conforming. Plant material labels shall be durable, legiblo labels stating the correct plant name. 3. Provide the number of plants shown on the Drawings or listed on the Plant Schedule, whichever is greater, or to cover at specified spacings. 4. Collected plant material may be used ONLY when approved by the Landscape Architect. 5. Plants are required to be from stock acclimated to Project Site environmental conditions, having been consisiently cultivated and grown under these conditions. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAI_ A. All areas shall be finish graded and approved by the Landscape Architect before commencement of planting. All areas shall allow for planting soil and mulch added to individual planting areas as specified herein. All grades shall flow smoothly into one another and produce Positive drainage. The Contractor is responsible for any adverse drainage conditions that rr,3y affect plant growth unless the Contractor contacts the Landscape Architect immediately, indicating any possible problem. Verity all grades with Landscape Architect before commencement of planting. 3.02 SUBGRADE A. All rough grading of the subgrade has been completed. B. Contractor shall review and identify planting areas that have been excessively compacted by construction equipment. Rototill or scarify compacted subgrade soils to a minimum depth of six (6) incises prior to placement of planting soil. If additional rototilling or scarifying, below six (6) inches, is required to eliminate surface water ponding, the Contractor shall notify Landscape Architect of problem areas. Additional work shall bp paid at unit price basis and agreed upon by a Change Order prior to commencement of work. 4/23/92 WMB/TIGARD e LANDSCAPING SECTION 02900 r PAGE 9 C Remove debris and rocks over one (1) inch in r compact. size, e3 tablish proper Per grades and lightly D. Placing of Planting soil shall constitute acceptance of subgrade conditions by Contractor. •03 SOIL PREPARATION A. All areas to receive tree, shrub and groundcover Planting rototirling Sp;ead four q depth of six (ti) inches. O Inches of Planting shat! be cleared of all debris Planting. Remove debris ando rocks larger over althan one (1) inch in before Planting areas and riamel r a ' B. Finn, diameter prior to h Grading 1 • Finish grade is defined as the top surface of Plantingsoil unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. prior to the installation of mulch 2. Finish grading shall consist of Placing,surface drainage, cWcorl all necessaryg' gradin g and rolling Planting grades shown on the Drawingsand as irected drainage swales and SOfI' providing for y the Landscape Architect. i1eCctonforming to finish 3• Compact finish grade to eighty-five ASTM: D 1557 unless otherwise efined n85) pEAnTHWORK gum dry density as determined by 4• After settling, finish grades irr tree, shrubs and ground action. inches below all walks, curbs, and/or other hard surface e cover planting areas shall be two 2 5• All planting areas shall be finish edges. ( ) commencement of Planting, graded and accepted by the Landscape Architect before g, preferably at time of staking and layout. 3.04 STAKING AND L AYOUT A Staking and la yout refers 10 adjustments as directed wlthoclocating atingtional verifying installation of tall Planting locations materials until staking rost to the Owner, Make required field g and layout is verified by No work shall commence on E3. Contractor shall notify Landscape the Landscape Architect. Plans and actual site condi ns and awe t instructions immediately 3.05 of any variance between TREE.SHRUE;AND GROUN afore proceeding. DCOVER INSTAL;.ATION A. Set all trees, shrubs and groundcover acco•ding to spacing on Planting Plans. I' ground s more than hvo s feet Proceeding. from the P,an Position consult with Landscape Architect before 4/23/92 �VMR/TIGARD LANDSCAPING SECTION 02900 PAGE 10 B. Dig pits for trees, shrubs and groundcover as indicated in "Deciduous Tree Planting Detail" and „ Groundcover & Shrub Planting Detail" herein and consistent with good horticultural practice. The inside surfaces of all planting pits are to be rough, not smooth. Backfill material for plantings is to be two-thirds (2/3) planting soil as specified with ore-third (1/3) existing soil thoroughly mixed together. If the Contractor encounters clay soil or any unusual condition which may be doirimental to the new planting, the Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect immedic.1 ly. Unsuitable material, if encountered, shall be removed from the site and planting soil distributed to replace the unsuitable material as Extra Work in accordance with the Specification. Unsuitable material removal will be paid for as a Change Order in accordance with the Specifications. C. Soak rootballs which have dried before plantlrg. Prune broken roots one-htlf (1/2) inch or more in diameter cleanly. Plant at time plant materials are available and in spring or fill of year in which dug and when weather conditions are consistent with good horticultural practice. If container stock looks to be rootbound, slash roots vertically with a sharp knife along outside of ball in three places minimum before planting. Plant balled and burlapped or container tree or shrub to conform with planting details. Apply Fertilizer "A" per manufacturer's recommendation to all trees, shrubs and groundcover. Hold plants in center of hole approximately two (21 inches above normal growing position and backfill to within six (6) inches of finish grade. Fill hole with water and allow to settle, complete backfill and tamp firmly. Finish grade at plants, after planfing and settling, shall afford positive drainage away from crown at no greater than one-quarter (1/4) inch per foot, wo;sss otherwise specified. D. Stake AL.I_ trees and stake all shrubs which are or may become loosened or tippeci from their proper position during the first growing season, as indicated in the Planting Details. Staking must be in a workmanlike operation,. E. Provide all planting areas with uniform two (2) inch layer of mulch material over a properly cleaned and graded surface. However, before installing mulch, the Contractor shall contact the Landscape Architect for a. semi-final inspection of planting area grades, soil deoth and plant locations. Should the Cuntractor install mulch before inspection, it will be at the Contractor's own risk. F. As necessary, a follow-up fertilizer application for all planting '-)eds shall be in accordance with recommendations from soil test fertility analysis. 3.06 PROTECTION A. All planting materials shall be properly protected against ha m from normal weather conditions and the public by the Contractor until Final Acceptance. Mairn 3nance of all the planted areas until Final Acceptance, shall include, but not be limited to, wa ering, weeding, and pruning as well as replacement of any plants which appear to be in distres Tree stakes shall be kept secure at all times. Although planting shall occur in spring or fall of year when weather condilions are favorable, special planting techniques, defolving, wilt proofing or spray misting may be required should unseasonable planting conditions occur. No work shall be performed in, over or adjacent to planting areas without approved protection and safeguards. 4/23/92 WMB/TIGARD LANDSCAPING SECTION 02900 PAGE 11 g. Plant losses due n0 oaoaFnIfloods,excessive damage, drought, severe frvezgr bnrmlrais;; as determined byeNatioalWeather Serve, Telephone Number (206) 526-6087; will not be the responsibility of the Contractor. 3.07 CLEAN UP �-� A. Areas to be kept clean during progress of work and until completion. Water, dirt and rubbish to sh from be kept off of all paved areas. Remove surplus materials h d rub i paved pleating beds, rake beds neatly to an even, fine grade around all plants project in first quality condition. 3.08 FINAL ACCEPTGNCE A. Final acceptance A all landscaping work described in this Specification section, with the exclusion of possible replacements d representative of therthe Owneruto determinelone hundremade d the Landscape Architect and/or approve (100) percent completion of the Contract work. This review shall to made upon wri!ten request to the Landscape Architect no less than forty-eight (48) hours prior to the anticipated date of inspection. 4 B. SHOULD ADDITIONAL FINAL ACCE=PTANCE REVIEW(S)BE REQUIRED BY THE LANDSCAPE t � ARCHITECT DUE TO THE FAILURE OF THE CONTRACTOR SHR TOOL PAY TO HE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT READY FOR FINAL_ACCEPTANCE,THE CONTRACTOR THE S,JM OF SIXTY DOLLARS($ REVIEW. HOUR AND ACTUAL COSI OF EXPENSES FOR EACH ADDITIONAL FINAL ACCEPTANCE 3.09 DETAILED DRAWINGS(ATTACHED) A. Deciduous Tree Planting Detail B. Groundcover and Shrub Planting Detail C. Typical Planting Edge i END OF 6Err N Wmp,fT1CARI) 4/23/92 PLANT AT SAME LEVEL AS GROWN TOP OF ROOTBALL TO BE LEVEL KEEP MULCH LAYER SURROUNDING SOIL AWA`i FROM FOLIAGE f FINISH m a i l iTTT _ r '' �; -- - OPEN BURLAP AROUND TRUNK �= 0 FOLD BACK. AND UNDER BACKFILL `'J/ 2/3 PLANTING SOI LI & 1 /3 EXISTING SOIL - THOROU WATER SETTLE: EXISTING PLANTING HOL _ COMPACTED EXISTING SOIL SOIL TO BE 6" LARGER MOUND TO SUPPORT GROUNDCO THAN DIA. OF WHILE DACKFILLING SECTION ROOTBALL FOR GROUNDCOVER, 12" LARGER THAN DIA. OF ROOTBALL FOR SHRUBS GROUNDCOVER & SHRUB PLAN TIDETAIL BNOT TO SCALE PLANT AT SAME LEVEL AS GROWN. JLCH LAYER --- F TOP OF ROOTBALL TO BE LEVEL W/ OM FOLIAGE \ SURROUNDING SOIL I 2 -�- FINISH GRADE J - - - - -- - mRn11�-1 o w — 0 PEN BURLAP AROUND TRUNK TT FOLD BACK AND UNDER I_I — BACKF'LL W/ 2/3 PLANTING SOIL & 1 /3 EXISTING SOIL - THOROUGHLY WATER SETTLE EXISTING PLANTING HOL COMPACTED EXISTING SOIL SOIL TO BE 6" LARGER MOUND TO SUPPORT GROUNDCOVER/SHRUB THAN DIA. Or- WHILE BACKFILLING SECTION ROOTBALL FOR GROUNDCOVER, 12" LARGER THAN DIA. OF ROOTBALL FOR SHRUBS GROUNDCCVER & SHRUB PLANTING DETAIL BNOT TO SCALE NOTE: 1/2" DIA. SOFT DAR 1 . STAKES FOR TREES RUBBER HOSE - OV TREE TRUNK MUST N UP TO AND INCLUDING CONTACT W/ RE-BA 1 -3/4" CAL. SHALL BE #5 RE-BAR / TREE TRUN 2. STAKES FOR TREES 2" CAL. THRU 3" CAL, -WRAP WIRE SHALL BE #8 RE-BAR � AROUND R TOP OF' REBAR (NO BURRS) PLAN SECURE TREE TRUNK TO STAKE a TREE f HOSES & 12 GA. GALV. WIRE - TRUNK WIRE ENDS INTO STAKE PLACE o = f---PLANT AT SAME LEVEL AS GROW 0 2 MUI-CI-1- RE-BAR _� w f TOP OF ROOTBALL TO BE LEVEL [STAKE ON Ln = SURROUNDING SOIL WINDWARD SIDE OF _ -� --- FI TREE , '�� T�m�;-r.r.I�I�) lFj w ` , "' "" -- OPEN BURLAP AROUND TRUN cr T� FOLD BACK AND UNDER IIF v MI N. I Tf I —' 12" MIN. t �- BACKFILL W/ 2/3 PLANTING '' ' '- `_ & 1/3 EXISTING SO!L. -- TH 24" GREATER WATE SETTLE EXISTING---J THAN DIA. OF SOIL ROOTBALL COMPACTED EXISTING SOIL MOUND TO SUPPORT TREE SECTION WHILE BACKFILLING 0pECIDUOUS TREE PLANTING ANOT TO SCALE . ..� z DIA. SOFT DARK GREEN RUBBER HOSE - OVERLAP HOSE I-'OR TREES - TREE TRUNK MUST NOT BE IN ND INCLUDING I CONTACT W/ RE--BA's OR WIRE CAL. SHALL ----TREE TRUNK E -BAR \ FOR TREES THRU 3" CAL. -WRAP WIRE ENDS E #B RE--BAR / AROUND RE-BAR (1 ) RE-BAR TOP OF REBAR-- PLAN (NU BURRS) "� - Luij -� SECURE TREE TRUNK TO STAKE W/ 3 RUBBER Q "FREE HOSES & 12 GA. GALV. WIRE. - TURN BACK in TRUNK WIRE ENDS INTO STAKE AKE 1 ►- o � 2" MULCH PLANT AT SAME LEVEL AS GROWN. UJ -\ TOP OF ROOTBALI_ TO BE LEVEL W/ I Ln = SURROUNDING SOIL _ --jj -�- FINISH GRADE ELI o �, _ �,�. OPEN BURLAP AROUND TRUNK -� '•�~ 'I! FOLD BACK AND UNDER --Is BACKFILL W/ 2/3 PLANTING SOIL 12 IN. �' " �j=��J & 1 /3 EXISTING SOIL - THOROUGHLY 24" GREATER WATER SETTLE EXISTING THAN DIA. OF COMPACTED EXISTING SOIL SOIL. ROOTBAL.L MOUND TO SUPPORT TREE SECTION WHILE BACKFILLING DECIDUOUS TREE PLANTING DETAIL ANOT TO SCALE -- FINISH GRADE OF SHRUB / AND/SJR GROUNDCOVER / PLANTING AREA W/ 2" MULCH PLANTING SOIL T ---- FINISHED GRADE L -ISI ^ITI= I— III—I Fl III— I= -_- COMPACT S U e G RAD E 0TYPICAL. PLANTING EDGE C NOT TO SCALE ! I V IW wzWEluxw SHRUB.AND TREE TRANSPLANTING SECTION 02910 PAGE 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 GENERAL A. Do cell transplanting work required to complete the work shown on the Drawings and/or as specified in the Specifications. 1 .02 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnis,-. all materials, equipment, labor end related items as necessary to complete the work st,own on tl.e Drawings and/or specified in the Specifications. The items of work. to be performed shall include but are not limited to: 1 . Excavation, moving and planting of trees noted on tha Drawings to be transplanted. 2. Protection of utilities and other items encountered. 1 .03 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE A. Related work in other sections of these Specification Sections includes but is not limited to: 1 . Landscaping 2. Performance Specifications Irrigation System 1 .0 4 INTENT A. The method of transplanting as specified is suggested as a moans to accomplish the work. Alternate methods for transplanting may be submitted to the Landscape Architect for review prior to implementation. Alternate procedures will be evaluated on their ability to provide the transplanted trees and/or shrubs with the highest survival rate possible. 1 .05 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDUUNG A. Transplanting shall occur only between October and March, and when seasonal and climatic variables allow doing so in accordance with accepted horticultural practice. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Materials and methods for transplanting shall be the same as those for planting new plant material as specified in the Landscaping section of these Specifications, unless otherwise noted. 4/23/92 WMB/TIGARD SHRUB AND TREE TRANSPLANTING SECTION 02910 PAGE 3 3. Temporary Storage: When trees and shrubs are dug for immediate reg,-cation and replanting, within seven (7) days of digging, plant material shall be immediately heeled into loose soil or mulch that receives thorough daily watering until planted into final position. 4. Installation: New hole shall be dug and lined with a mix of half specified planting soil and half natural soil. Tree pits shall be at least two (2) feet greater in diameter than ball and at least eight (8) inches deeper than ball and in acoordance with "Planting Details", Landscape section. Tree and/or shrub shah be planted no deeper than its original position. Protect branches and trunk from breakage or scarring while being transported to new location. Water thoroughly during backfilling to remove air pockets. Apply root simulant solution per manufacturer's directions. # Guy the tree with three wires. Flag all wires and stakes with red plastic flagging for visibility. 5. Pruning: Pruning of the trees and/or shrubs as directed will be a;xomplished after transplanting. & pruning, unless agreed upon by the Landscape Architect, shall occur prior to transplanting. 3.02 MAINTENANCE f A. Main ain close surveillance of transplanted trees and/or shrui)s to ensure 3very t possibility of their survival. Upon completion of the Contract and transfer of maintenance responsibility, the Contractor shall provide the Owner in writing all special maintenance requirements for these plant materials, as well as the requirements for other special maintenance on the site. The Owner assumes responsibility of all transplanted material upon completion of the Contract, unless there is evidence of negligence on the part of the Contractor during transplanting operations. END OF SECTION 4S 4/23/92 WMB/TIGARD wr air war WA MWA RMA INW SHRUB AND TREE TRANSPLANTING SECTION 02910 PAGE 2 2.02 MATERIALS A. Conform to Drawings and Specifications. erthrive", or 1 . Root Stimulant: Contractor shall provide "Liquinox Start", "Sup approved equal. Apply per manufacturer's recommendations. Contractor shall guy rather gran stake transpia OVedtegUal as 2. Guying Mas. terials: rebar st?�es, flagging or app Provide 10 gauge wire. rubber hose, TO required to support transplanted plants. GONDTAP O RCHfTECTMIT SHOP DRAWING OR GUYING DETAIL_FOR APPROVAL aY PART 3 EXECUTION 1 3.01 GENERAL- a "Vermeer" type A Contractor has the option of hand digging tt►G rootball or utilizing spa Trees and/or shrubs are to be lif lifted adjacent be torn butgcul clean. alled and 1 hydraulic .p burlapped with firm, natural balls of soil. Roots a ass fibrous and feeding and development. Soil Rootballs rshal be as Rootballs shall be of a diameter and depth sufficient to encompass roots necessary to insure full recovery protect shrub roots shall be watered thoroughly prior to excavation. rn shall be carefully donne outso All cuts over one (s to avoid skinned 1)incshall be scheduled below.) Digging and bare roots from exposure to sun and trom drying treated with alcohol. Contractor shall be held liable for damage to adjacent property Iplants. 1 . Rootballs: j � Ain hp 0 RootbaLl 5) feet j Four (4) inches Five Six (( feet Six (6) inches Seven ('i) 'eet Eight (8) inches, Rootballs shall be securely wrapped with burlap and twine to remain intact during the moving operation. Backfill holes with approved soil and leave site clean. Trees and/or shrubs shall be transported to planting location with care to 2. Moving: and bark protected with prevent damage. Branches sh`aleSeatieadlb�kS s No treesnecessa an shrubs may be burlap bags from chafing bwithouI protection of branches and rootballs. dragged along the ground 1 VJMB,rTIGARD 4/23/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL CROUP SECTION 03001 TIGARD, OREGON CONCRETE PART IGENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cast-in place concrete. 2. Concrete accessories. 3. Formwork,shoring,bracing,and anchorage, 4. Concrete reinforcement. B. Related Sections: 1. 07900-Joint Sealers: Expansion joint fillers. C. Work Installed but Furnished in Other Sections: 1. 05500 - Metal Fabrications: Embedded metal items. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. E. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement,including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division l specification sections apply to all work of this Section. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Concrete lnstitute(ACI) 1. 301 - Specifications of Structural Concrete for Buildings. 2. 315 - Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. C94-Ready-Mixed Concrete 2. A185 - Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. 3. C494 -Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. 4. A615 - Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel for Concrete Reinforcement. 5. C33-Concrete Aggregates. 6. C150-Portland Cement. 7. D1752-Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansior.Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. C. Federal Specification (FS) 1. TT-C-800-Curing Compound,Concrete,for New and Existing Surfaces. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301. Maintain copy of ACI 301 on site. 13. Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to appointed firm for review prior to commencement of work. C. Concrete work is subject to special testing and inspection as specified in 01400. Notify Architect at least 48 hours before concrete is poured. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 03001-1 SECTION 03001 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP CONCRETE — TiGARD, OREGON r1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with 01300. B. Shop Drawings: I. Reinforcing and Concrete Configuration: a. Detail reinforcing in accordance with ACI 315. Indicate reinforcement sizes, spacings, locations and quantities of reinforcing,bending and cutting schedules,splicing,and supporting and spacing devices. b. Indicate embedded items. ' c. Show concrete configurations. 2. Slab Layouts: Dimension locations of control,expansion,and construction pints. Relate to building grid lines. C. Product Data: Submit data for each accessory,admixture,and curing material proposed for the work. D. Mix Designs: Prior to concrete work,submit mix designs for approval. ' PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FORM MATERIALS A. Unless specified otherwise,conform to ACI 301. ' B. Plywood: 1. APA B-B Plyform Class 1, ext. C. Form Ties: Snap off metal;cone ends. 2.02 REINFORCING STEEL A. Reinforcing Steel: Types as indicated on the structural drawings. B. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: Types as indicated on the structural drawings. 1 C. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports,and Spacers: Sized and shaped for strength and support of reinforcement during instLilation and placement of concrete. ' 2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM C150,normal-Type 1 Portland,grey color. B. Normal Weight Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33;severe weather exposure. ' C. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete. 03001-2 11/5/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 71 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP ' TIGARD, OREGON SECTION 03001 CONCRETE 214 ADMIXTURES A. Use admixtures only as approved by Structural Engineer. B. Air Entrainment Admixture: Conform with ASTM C260, Chern-Masters "ADZ-AIR", "Darex AEA", or approved,added in accorda.ice with manufacturer's printed instructions. C. Water Reducer. ASTM C494,Type A; Euclid Chemical Company "Eucon Retarder-75", Master Builders "Pozzolith 200N", Sika Chemcial Corp. "Plastocrete", or approved. t D. Super Plasticizer: ASTM C494, Type F or G. Euclid Chemical Company "Eucon 327',Sika Chemical Corporation "Sikament", or approved. 2.05 ACCESSORIES ' A. Bonding Agent: Acrylic type; Sonneborn "Sonnocrete", W.R. Grace"Duraweld C",Fuclid Chemical Co. "Flex-con", or approved. B. Prefabricated Slab Construction Joints: The Burke Company "Keyed Kold Joint," with splice r plates, stakes, and driving accessories, or approved; depth 1/2 inch less than slab thickness, galvanized sheet metal tongue and groove joint form, with knockouts for passing reinforcing bars through. C. Form Release Agent: Colorless material which will not stain c ' bonding or color characteristics of coating intended f,)r use on concrete.e, absorb moisture, or impair D. Expansion joint Material: ASTM C1752; type 1. E. Prefabricated Control Joint: Burke "Plastic Zip Strip Joint Fortner",or equal. F. Curing Compounds: , 1. Curing ompound: Burke "Res-X"All Resin Base; fugitive dye. 2. Curing/Sealing Compound: Slabs: Sonneborn "Kure-N-Seal,"or approved. G. Curing Paper: Burke Kraft Curing Paper Type I-SK-30,or approved. 2.06 CONCRETE MIX ' A. Mix concrete in accordance with ASTM C94,and in accordance with the requirements indicated on the structural drawings. ' B. Admixtures: I. All concrete shall contain a water reducing admixture. 2. Normal weight concrete: 5%- 7%entrained air by volume, for concrete exposed to freeze-thaw ()r de-icing salts, and all exterior concrete including, but not limited to,slabs,paving, sidewalks and perimeter building foundations. 3. All pumped concrete,architectural concrete,and concrete with required water/cement ratio below 0.50 shall contain superplasticizer. 2.07 REINFORCEMENT FABRICATION ' A. Fabricate as indicated and in accordance with i '1315. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 03(x)1-3 1 e SECTION 03001 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP CONCRETE TIGARD, OREGON PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 FORMWORK ERECTION A. Verify lines,levels,and measurement before proceeding with formwork. Align form joints. B. Use plywood forms, unless other systems are approved by the Architect. C. Use form release agent on forms in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Verify that form release agents will not affect the bond of subsequent concrete surface treatments. D. Coordinate with work of other Sections in forming and setting openings,slots,recesses,chases, sleeves, bolts, anchors, and other inserts. F. Tolerances: Comply with ACI 301,Table 4.3.1 -Tolerances for Formed Surfaces. I'. Where earth ft are used,hand trim sides and bottoms of earth forms. Remove loose dirt. 3.02 REINFORCEMENT A. Place,support,and secure reinforcement against displacement. B. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on the drawings at points of minimum stress. C. Provide laps and concrete cover as indicated in the Drawings. 3.03 PLACING CONCRETE. A. In accordance with Ar'1 301. 3.04 SUBSEQUENT TREATMENT FOR FORMED SURFACES A. Where fluid applied waterproofing is scheduled or indicated, grout fill all rock pockets, tie holes, and other surface imperfectio+rs to create a smooth surface ready to receive the waterproof membrane. Grind con-rete fins and other surface projections Flat with adjacent surfaces. 3.05 SLABS A. Expansion points: 1. Place expansion joints where exterior slabs abut concrete walls, the building perimeter,and other fixed objects abutting or within the slab area. At exterior sidewalks, place expansion joints at maximum 20 foot intervals unless otherwise indicated. 2. Place perpendicular to longitudinal axis of wall and curbs. 3. Form expansion joints with joint filler. Recess joint filler 1/2 inch below finished concrete surface to receive sealant specified in Section 07(0). B. Control Joints: 1. Make joints straight; perpendicular or parallel to building lines and slab edges, as appropriate. 2. Control joints shall be saw cut,or tooled,as indicated on the drawings. 3. Control joints shall penetrate the slab a minimum of 1/4 the thickness of the slab. 030014 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 I �wr w 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 03001 TIGARD, OREGON CONCRETE C. Construction Joints: Place at either expansion or control joint locations. D. Curing: 1. Apply curing compound to slabs not to rece;ve additional finishes. 2. Apply curing/sealing compound at slabs to receive sealer. 3. Moisture cure slabs to receive tile, resilient flooring, and other floor finish materials which are bonded to the concrete substrate. Moist,---c cure with c,.nng paper. Seal the edges and secure in position to avoid displacement durinf,subseclaent construction operations. E. Finishes: 1. Full Trowel finish interior floor slab surfaces, unless specified otherwise. ' 2. Light steel trowel finish interior floor slab surfaces scheduled to receive tile. 3. Broom finish exterior slabs, sidewalks,and curbs. F. Sealer: Apply a second coat of curing/sealing compound to concrete slabs sc'ieduled to receive scaler. Apply in accordance with the manufacturer's re;ommendations. G. Slab Tolerances: Class B in accordance with ACI 301. END OF SECTION 1 r r r r r r r r 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 03MI-5 1 WASHINGTON MU'T'UAL FINANCIAL GROUP 1 TIGARD, OREGON SECTION 04210 BRICK VENEER PART GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY JJ I A. Section Incluc+c,: I� 1. Face brick. 2. Reinforcement,anchorages,and accessories. 3. Related flashing. B. Related Sections: 1. 05120- Structural Steel: Relieving angles. 2• 06112 - Framing and Sheathing: Sheathing and building paper. 3. 07900-Sealants: Control and expansion joint sealing. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agre(ment, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of t Section 01600. Requests for substitution of brick/manufacturer shall he accompanied by samples t representative of proposed color,resume of projects of type and scope similar to that of this project, and production schedule information sufficient to demonstrate plant capacity to meet project scheduling requirements. 1.02 REFERENCES i A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1• A153 -Zinc Coating(Hot Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware. 2• 0216- Facing Brick. 3. C270- Mortar for Unit Masonry. 4. 0476-Grout for Reinforced and Non-reinforced Masonrv. 5. D449 - Asphalt Used in Dampproofing and Waterproofing; 6. D1187-Test Method for Asphalt-Base Emulsions for Use as Protective Coatings for Metal; 7. D1727- Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Roofing Used as a n-otective Coating for Built-Up 1.03 SUBMITTALS A• Make submittals in accordance with Section 013W. B Samples: 1. Bricks: Minimum six samples of brick type proposed for the work. a. Furnish samples from proposed supply source. b. Submit quantity of bricks as required to represent extreme range of color and f to be furnished, finish of brick c. Where custom sizes are spvcifiecl, submit brick of similar size tfrnish o that to 2. Mortar: a. Three cured samples of mortar proposed for the work. be u ed. b. Furnish cured sample of approved exterior masonry veneer mortar to Section 07900 for color matching. i 11/6/90\4/2l/92\4/22/92 04210-1 'I WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 04210 TIGARD, OREGON BRICK VENEER PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EXTERIOR FACEBRICK A. Conforming to to ASTM 0216 Type FBX-Jobsite,Grade SW. B. "Limestone"Brick: 11-1/2"x 3-1/2"x 1-1/2"and 11-1/2"x 3-1/2"x 2-1/2"sizes;!;mooth cut. Manufacturer: Mutual Materials Co. C. "Autumn Blend"Brick: 15-1/2" x 3-1/2"x 3-1/2"; wire cut. Brick to match shopping;center, verify size and finish. Manufacturer: Masons United Co. D. Provide special shapes as indicated. 1 2.02 ACCFSSORIF5 A. Mortar: ASTM C270,Type S or M;custom color as selected by the Architect. B. Grout: In accordance with ASTM C476; 2000 psi compressive strength. C. Reinforcing Wire: Contirnious 9 gage wire. D. Attachment System: I. For Attachment to Wood Framed Wails: Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. "DW-10 Seismiclip Interlock System", including "DW-10-X" attachment anchor with neoprene gasket, "Byna-Tic," and "Seismiclip" for 9 gage wire. 2. Finishes, General: Wher( hot dip galvanized coating is indicated, comply with ASTM A153, Class B-3 E. Tie System: Hohmann & Barnard, Ing (516/.234-0600) "DW-10 Series." 1. Brick Tie:. Fabricate from minim-Lim 3/16"diameter steel whe; hot dip galvanize after fabrication. 2. Wire Clip. "Seismiclip #250." 3. Tie wire: 9 gage galvanized steel wire. 4. Finishes, General: Where hot dip galvanized coating is indicated, comply with ASTM A153, Class B-3 F. Fasteners: Galvanized self drilling type, for attachment of fastening system through sheathing into metal framing. G. Flexible Flashing: W.R. Grace "Perm-A-Barrier" Wall Flashing. H. Rope Weeps:Cotton rope;3/8 diameter. I. Cleaner:Non-acid4c,as recommended by brick manufacturer. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/72/92 04210-3 1 SECTION 04210 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP BRICK VENEER TIGARD, OREGON C. Shop Drawings: Indicate locations and configurations of brick,prefaced masonry,and precast concrete to to installed, dimension points, locations of all flashings, critical details, reinforcing, special shapes, and brick schedule. D. Product Literature: For all accessory components,mortar mixes,and additives. E. Certifications: 1. Submit manufacturer's certificate that masonry,and reinforcing, meet or exceed specified requirements. 2. Submit manufacturer's certification that mortar and grout meet the specified requirements. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Work of this Section is subject to testing and inspection as specified in Section 01400. B. Mock-up: 1. Prior to starting brick masonry work,construct on site a sample 6 x 6 foot brick panel. Sample panel shall include: a. Proposed brick indicating color and texture range. b. Mortar indicating proposed color. c. Proposed coursing,bond,joints,weep holes,and flashing. d. Sealant joint as provided in section 07900. e. Treatment of one half of the panel with proposed cleaning procedure. f. Water repellent coating as provided in Section 07180, 2. Do not start work until Architect has approved mock-tip. Construct addihc^.11 ^--el(s)as required by the Architect for approval. ' 3. Panel will be used as standard of comparison for a;i masonry work built of same material. Do not destroy or move panel until work is completed and accepted by Owner. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with Section 01600. B. As bricks are.inloaded and made ready for use,compare units with job samples for appearance and quality. Reject and return broken,damaged,battered or nonconforming brick. C. Store masonry units off ground to prevent contamination by mud,dust,or materials likelto cause staining or other defects. y 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Wet Weather: Provide suitable cover over work exposed to weather, protect materials. Maintain cover over finished work for 48 hours after completion. S. Cold Weather: When outside temperature is below 40 degrees F,or is expected to fall below freezing withir. 48 hours (Weather Bureau forecast), heat materials and provide suitable enclosures to maintain temperatures above 40 degrees F in masonry work in place for 48 hours after complevon. Obtain approval of methods of protection before proceeding. 04210-2 11/6/vll\4/21/yJ_\4/V/U2 (� l !s SECTION 04210 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP BRICK VENEER TIGARD,OREGON C. Ties: 1. Install ties and anchorage clips in sequence with masonry installation ' 2, Provide continuous 9 gage reinforcing nwire a acted iinto the anchorage clips. Lap 9 gage,e`eas recommended by the anchorage system 3, Set ties and reinforcing wire in a bed of mortar and cover with mortar for secure and comp embedment. D. Coursing: 1. Place masonry to lines and levels indicate. 2. Maintain masonry courses to uniform height. 3. Lay brick masonry units in runningbond omc d Work; flush adimensions conccealed locations,including concave mortar joints where exposed in t he joints concealed it cavities. E. Provide cleanouts at eaci course supl'ort as necessary to maintain cavities free of droppings. F. Placing and Bonding r�, rl ointed with other work. Buttering corners of joints, 1, Lay masonry in full bed of mortar,properly Y I � and deep or,i lcrsect►ons intfurrowersections, and internal cof mortar joints are orn ot permitted. 2. Fully bond ► 3. Do not use chipped or broken units. be q. Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has taken initial set. Where adjustment must made,remove mortar and replace. 5. Remove excess mortar. 6. Bonding fresh masonry to set,or partially set,masonry: 3 a. Remove loose mortar. d surface of set masonry prior to laying fresh masonry b. Clean and lightly wet expose • G. Cutting and Fitting: fi of 1. Cut and fit masonry units to form the c11 e work reqiT n '►ingcutti g with a masonry SawuC.00rdinatehfully with other sections• Saw macoe sure cy unt c rr ct size,shape, location. other se--tions of work t 2. Cut or block out chases fWr cp(�r torcatting ores as ro-led by other trades at fitt ng o y area which is►not indicated on (►r j 3. Obtain Architect's review p drawings,or which may impair appearance or strength of masonry work. 4. Do not cut faces exposed to weather. i H, Flexible Flashing: asonry smooth and free from projections which might puncture or otherwise 1 Clean surface of m damage flashing material. 2. Install membrane flexible flashing as indicated, and in .ccordancc with the mam►facturer's recommendations. 3. At relieving angles, install flexible flashing s gcientbrick surface adheringl ►for adherence of to inch from the face of the brick in order to expose Spec ified in Section 07900• Extend inhes hinge top c f back to adhere relievingangle vertical glegncj�►p onto substrate a minimum Of 4. Dam flashing at expansion joints and at ends of lintels.by turning up the flashing a minimum of 4 inches. co-t brick over flashing in a bed of mortar. 04210-5 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 �' �' til t ti♦ SECTION 04210 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP BRICK VENEER TIGARD, OREGON PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Verify adjacent work is ready to accept the work of this Section; verify that items provided by other Sections are properly sized and located. Commencement of masonry work constitutes acceptance of adjacent and underlying construction. Immediately notify Architect of all deficiencies. B. Establish lines,levels,and coursing. Protect from disturbance. C. Provide temporary bracing during erection of masonry work. Maintain in place until building structure provides permanent bracing. 3.02 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXING A. Thoroughly mix mortar and grout ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use in accordance with tl - referenced standards. B. Add approved admixtures in accordance with manufacturer's Hstructions. Provide uniformity of mix and coloration. C. Do not use anti-freeze compounds to lower the freezing point of mortar or grout. D. If water is lost by evaporation,retemper mortar within two hours of mixing. Do n A retemper mortar after two hours of mixing. E. Use no lime in grout. 3.03 INSTALLA BION A. Building Paper: 1. Sequence with installation of " ging. 2. Install one piy of building pap ever sheathing or substrate as detailed. Lap vertical joints 8 inches, minimum; weatherlap horizontal joints 4 inches, minimum. Fasten to substrate. 3. Lar. over through-wall flashings. 4. Seal around all penetrations. B. Anchorage System: I. Install attachment system as indicated. Where not indicated, place each attachment anchor at 16 inches on center vertically along each stud for studs at 16 inches on center. 2. Coordinate with installation of flashing materials and relieving angles. 3. IFurnish additional anchors at top courses,openings,corners;at each side of expansion joints, and at other special conditions. 4. Set ties and reinforcing wire in a bed of mortar and cover with mortar for secure and complete embedment. 04210-4 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SEC17ON 04210 TIGARD, OREGON BRICK VENEER C. Clean exposed masonry with a stiff brush and approved non-acidic solution which will not harm masonry and adjacent surfaces. If cleaning operations do not produce satisfactory results,apply an alternate cleaning agent to sample wall area of 20 sq. ft. in a location as directed by the Architect. 1. Do not proceed with cleaning until sample area is acceptable to Architect. ' 2. Use cleaner in accordance with the manufacturer'!;recommendations. 3. Work small sections at a time. 4. Work from top to bottom. 5. Protect adjacent materials and construction,including landscape wort.in place, which may be damaged by masonry cleaning operations. D. Leave work area and surrounding surfaces clean and free of mortar spots droppings,and broken ' masonry. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect finished installation under provisions of Section 01500. B. Protect face materials, sills, ledges,and offsets from mortar drippings or other damage during construction. C. Maintain protective boards at exposed external corners which may be damaged by construction ' activities. D. At day's end, cover unfinished walls to prevent moisture infiltration. 3.06 WEATHERPROOFING A. Water repellent coatings are specified under Section 07180. ' END OF SECTION ' 1 e 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 04210-7 r +. WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 04210 TIGARD, OREGON BRICK VENEER 1. Weepholes: 1. Provide weep openings in head joints in first course immediately above all flashing. 2. Install rope weeps at locations indicated. 3. Leave head joint free and clean of mortar. 4. Maximum spacing: T-O"o.c. 5. Keep weepholes and area above flashing free of mortar droppings. J. Expansion/Control Joilits: 1. Provide expansion/control pints as indicated. 2. Keep joints clear of mortar. 3. Provide expansion joints directly below relieving angles. 4. Provide vertical joints at all inside comers in brick veneer and at other locations as indicated on the Drawings. 5. Joint Width: Match typical mortar joint. 6. Installation of sealants is specified in Section 07900. 7. Do not continue masonry reinforcing across expansion/control 'pints. K. Build-in Work: 1. As.cork progresses,build-in hollow metal frames, window frames,steel lintels,shelf angles, nailing st,ips, anchor bolts, plates, and other similar items supplied by other trades. 2. Build-in items plumb and true. 3. Bed anchors of hollow metal frames in mortar joints. Fill frame voids solid with mortar. Fill masonry cores with grout minimum 12 inches from framed openings. Is which will be subjected to rot or deterioration. 4. Do not build-in organic materia L. At the end of each days work,stop off horizontal runs by stepping back each course;toothing is not Permitted, except at toothed control joints, where indicated. M. Tolerances: 1. Maximum Variation From Plumb: a. In lines and surfaces of columns.walls and arises: 1 1/4 in.in 10 ft. 2. 3/8 in.in any story or 20 ft.maximum. 3. 1/2 in.in 40 ft. b. For external comers,expansion joints and other conspicuous lines 1. 1/4 in.in any story or 20 ft.maximum. 2. 1/2 in.in 40 ft. 2. Maximum variation from level or grades for exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves, and other conspicuous lines: 1/4 in.in any bay or 20 ft. 3, Maximum variation of linear building line from an estabhFhed position in plan and related portions of columns, walls and partitions: a. 1/2 in.in any bay or 20 ft.maximum. b. 3/4 inch in 40 ft. 3.04 POINTING AND CLEANING A. Cut out defective joints and holes in exposed masonry and repoint with mortar. B. Dry brush masonry surface after mortar has set at end of each day's work and after final pointing. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 04210-6 I WASHINGTON MUTUAL. FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 05500 TIGARD, OREGON METAL FABRICATIONS ' PART GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Custom metal fabrications not specified in other sections. 2. 17-^+ory prefabricated components not specifies in other sections. B. Related Sections: Ll 1. 03001 -Concrete:Steel pipe bollards, embedded items. 2. 09900-Painting: Field painting of metal fabm.itions shop primed in this section. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. A36 - Specification for Structural Steel 2. A53 - Specification for Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe 3. A120 - Specification for Black and Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe for Ordinary Uses. 4. A307 - Specification for Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners. 1.03 SUBMITTALS 1 A. Make submittals in accordance with 013(X). B. Shop Drawings: Show details of fabrication and installation; indicate materials, thickness of materials,sizes,dimensions, methods of reinforcement and embedment,attachments,anchorages, provisions for work of other trades,and other pertinent information as requested by Architect. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Must be experienced and regularly engaged in producing metal fabrications of the type specified;must employ only skilled personnel using proper equipment to produce work. B. Testing and Inspection: All metal fabrications are subject to special inspection as specified in 01400. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Carbon Steel: 1. Pipe: ASTM A120 seamless,Type S, plain end;schedule 40 unless indicated otherwise. B. Fasteners: Provide fasteners of tyles as indicated, specified, or required for the assembly and installation of fabricated items. 1. Bolts: ASTM A307, unless indicated otherwise; include nuts and plain harden washers. 2. Drillc-1-In Concrete /anchors: Ramset "I'rubolt Stud Anchor",or Hilti Fastening Systems "Kwikbolt", or approved. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 05500-1 W SECTION 05500 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP METAL FABRICATIONS TIGARD,OREGON C. Miscellaneous Materials: Provide all incidental accessory materials, tools, methods and equipment required for fabrication and installation of miscellaneous metal items as indicated on drawings. 1. Non-Shrink Grout: Master Builder's"Master Flow 713",Sonneborn "Sonogrout",or approved. 2.02 FABRICATION - FERROUS METAL FABRICATIONS A. General Fabrication Requirements: Fabricate as follows, unless specified or indicated otherwise. 1. Verify all dimensions and fabricate to u^►ail with accurate sizes and shapes, straight lines, smooth curves,and sharp angles. 2. Welds shall have sufficient strength to withstand the loads applied. 3. For items exposed to view or subject to contact,grind welds smooth and level with adjacent surfaces;remove all burrs from cut edges. Fill imperfections with body putty as necessary for a smooth even finish. 4. Bend curved sections to a smooth radius free from buckles and twists. 203 FINISHES A. Ferrous Metal: 1. Galvanizing: a. G-90 zinc coating in accordance with ASTM A386. b. Provide for all metal fabrications in exterior or moist ccnditions,and where noted. 2. Special Primer: Tnemec "Series 66 Hi-Build Epoxoline" epoxy polyamide coating,or approved. 3. Finish Coating: Tnemec "Series 73 Endura Shield Ill" acrylic polv»rethane enamel or approved,semi-gloss sheen;custom colors as selected. 2.04 PROTECTION A. For Metal in contact with concrete, masonry, and other dissimilar materials, provide contact surfaces with coating of an approved zinc-chromate primer in manner to obtain not less than 1.0 mil dry film thickness. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install metal fabrications in accurate locations shown. 1. Installation shall be in accordance with approved shop drawings, rigid, plumb and level. END OF SECTION j i 091;(X)-2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 wa w wi w •� SECTION 06112 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUT' FRAMING AND SHEATHING TiGARD, OREGON B. Conform to UL nx jirements to achieve rating indicated. f� 1.05 SUBMITTALS ]u� A. in lieu of grade stamping exposed-to-view lumber and plywood,submit manufacturer's certificate under provisions of Section 01400 that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01609. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 LUMBER MATERIALS A. Lumber Grading Rules: NFPA,or WCLiB. B. Joist Framing: Hem-Fir,or Spruce.-Pine-Fir species,No. 2 and Better grade, 19 percent maximum moisture content. C. Rafter Framing: Hem-Fir,or Spruce-Pine-Fir species, No. 2 and Better grade, 19 percent maximum moisture content. D. Studding: Hein-Fir,or Spruce-Pine-Fir species,Standard and Better grade, 19 percent maximum moisture content. 2.02 PLYWOOD MATERIALS A. Roof Sheathing: APA Structural I, Grade C-D; Exterior unsanded. B. Wall Sheathing: APA Structural 1, Grade C-D; Exterior unsanded (5 ply at EiFS projects). 2.03 GYPSUM BOARD MATERIALS A. Provide boards of maximum permissible length for types of installation indicated, tapered edge for boards to be e>posed,taped and finished;tongue-and-groove edge for exterior sheathing boards; 1/2 inch thick un'ess indicated otherwise. B. Types: 1. Sheathing: ASTM C79. 2. Soffit Board: ASTM C931 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: Hot-dipped galvanized steel for exterior, high humidity, and treated wood locations; plain finish elsewhere; size and type to suit condition. B. Joist Hangers: Galvanized steel,sized to suit joists and framing conditions. C. Anchors:Expansion shield and lap,bolt type for anchorage to solid masonry or concrete. Bolts or ballistic fasteners for anchorage to steel. I 06112-2 11/6/90\4/2;/92\4/22,'92 f f � ff W 1W s >� SECTION 06112 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP FRAMING AND SHEATHING TIGARD,OREGON PAkT1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Structural wall, and roof framing. 2. plywood wall and roof sheathing. 3. Exterior gypsum sheathing 4. Exterior gypsum soffit board 5. Preservative treatment of wood. B. Drawings,the provisions of the Agreement,including bonds and certificates,the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. C. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 016M. 112 REFERENCES A. ALSC-American Lumber Standards Committee: Softwood Lumber Standards. B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 1. A135.4 - Basic I lardwood. 2. A208.1 - Mat Formed Wood Particleboard. C. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) 1. C79 -Gypsum Sheathing Board 2. C931 - Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board D. APA- American Plywood Association. E. AWPA - American Wood Preservers' Association: Book of Standards. F FS-TT-W-571 - Wood Preservation: Treating Practices. G. NFPA - National Forest Products Association. H. WCLIB-West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau: Standard Grading Rules for West Coast Lumber. I. WWPA-Western Wood Products Association. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Lumber Grading Agency: Certified by ALSO. B. Plywood Grading Agency: Certified by APA. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for fire retardant requirements. 06112-1 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 SECTION 06112 ' WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL. GROUP FRAMING AND SHEATHING TIGARD, OREGON 3.04 TOLERANCES I A. Framing Members: 1/4 inch maximum from true position. END OF SECTION ' I I I it I_I � l � I [l � i ! I I l 1 k 06112-4 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/24/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 06112 TIGARD,OREGON FRAMING AND SHEATHING D. Sill Gasket: 1/4 inch thick, plate width; closed cell foam from continuous rolls. IE. Sill Flashing: 6 mil ►hick, polyethylene sheet. F. Sheathing Screws: Bugle head, steel, power driven type length as recommended by sheathing manufacturer. 205 WOOD TREATMENT t A. Wood Preservative(Pressure Treatment): AWPA Treatment C2 using waterborne preservative with 0.30 percent retainage. 1. Treated plywood shall have a maximum moisture content of 15%; treated lumber, 19%. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SITE APPLIED WOOD TREATMENT A. Brush apply two coats of preservative treatment on cut ends of treated wood. B. Apply preservative treatment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.02 FRAMING A. Erect wood framing members level and plumb. B. Place horizontal members laid Flat, crown side-up. C. Construct framing members full length without splices. D. Construct double joist headers at floor and ceiling openings. Frame rigidly into joists. E. Construct double joists under wall studding. F. Bridge framing in excess of 8 feet span as detailed. G. Place full width continuous sill flashings under framed walls on mentitious foundations. Lap flashing joint 4 inches. H. Place sill gasket directly- on sill Flashing. Puncture gasket clean and fit tight to protruding foundation anchor'Polts. I. Coordinate installation of plywood web joists. 3.03 PLYWOOD SHEATHING A. Secure roof sheathing perpendicular to framing members with ends staggered Secure sheet edges j over firm bearing. Provide solid edge blocking between sheets. i B. Secure wall sheathing horizontally,perpendicular to wall studs, with Fads s+aggered, over firm bearing. ll/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 06112-3 qW1 ORA WX WAMT aa� s WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 06135 TiGAR.D,OREGON PREFABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES PAR'r 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Prefabricated wood trusses for roof framing. 2. Bridging,bracing, and anchorage. B. Drawings,the provisions of the Agreement,including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. C. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions k. Section 01600. 1.02 REFERENCES A. TPI - Truss Plate institute. B. AITC-American institute of Timber Construction. 1.03 SYS'rF.M DESCRIPTION A. Design Roof Dead Load:as indicated on structural drawings. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacture of prefabricated wood trusses with three years minimum experience. B. Design trusses under direct supervision of Professional Engineer experienced in structural framing design registered in State where the project is located. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for loads,seismic zoning,and other governing criteria. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings,design calculations and prong±,r data under provisions of Section 01300 and as per Structural Engineer's drawings. Drawings and calculations shall be scaled and signed by registered Professional Engineer. B. Indicate framing system,member sizes and spacing,loads and cambers,bearing and anchor details, bridging,and bracing. C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site under provisions of Section 01600. B. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600. 11/6/9(\4/21/92\4/72/92 06135-1 SECTION 06135 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL CROUP PREFABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES TIGP RD, OREGON 1 C. Protect trusses from moisture,warpage,and distortion during transit and when site stored. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Lumber:machine stress rated(MSR)lumber as required to meet design loads,maximum moisture ' content 19%. B. Bridging and Bracing: Type,size and spacing required by manufacturer. , 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Wood Blocking Members and Framing for Openings:Softwood lumber,construction grade,maximum ' moisture content of 19 percent. B. Fasteners: Galvanized steel, type to suit application. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Verify dimensions and site conditions prior to fabrication. ' B. Fabrication shall be in accordance with RITC and TPI requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION ' A. Verify that supports and openings are ready to receive trusses. B. Verify sufficient end bearing area. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. ' 302 PREPARATION A. Coordinate placement of bearing items. ' 3.0" INSTALLATION A. Install trusses in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Place trusses true to line and level. C. Provide temporary bracing to position trusses in place until permanently secured. D. Place permanent bridging,bracing,and anchors to maintain trusses straight and :n correct osition before installation of decking or inducing loads. p 06135-2 I 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/71/92 I WASHINGTON MUTUAL. FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 06135 ITIGARD, OREGON PREFABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Framing Members: 1/2 inch in 12 feet,maximum from trite position. IB. Maximum gap intension member joints:1/16 inch. END OF SECTION I f t I I 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/91 0613M 1 SECTION 06181 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP GLUE LAMINATED WOOD MEMBERS +iGARD, OREGON PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Provide glue Laminated structural units as indicated on the structural drawings. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabricate glue larninated structural members in accordance with AITC 117-82 Industrial grade. B. Fabricate members to the dimensions,combinations,and cambers indicated. C. After end trimming, seal with penetrating sealer in accordance with AiTC requirements. 2.03 WOOD TREATMENT A. Wood Preservative (Pressure Treatment): 1. Preservative treat all glued laminated units. Site treat sawn ends with preservative treatment. 2. For above ground use,use AWPA Treatment C-2 using CCA waterborne preservative. with 0.25 pounds per cubic foot of woad retention. 3. Treated wood shall bear the quality stamp of an inspection agency approved by the jurisdictional code authorities. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine the preparatory work of other Sections, and verify that work is sufficiently complete for =' the proper installation of the work of this Section. B. Notify the Architect of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed in the area of unsatisfactory conditions, until they have been resolved. C. Verify position of sup}x)rts and sufficient end bearing area. D. Beginning of installation means acceptance of condition of adjacent constniction. 1 r.1 3.02 ERECTION A. Set members accurately in the locations as indicated. Provide all fasteners and connectors not specified in other Sections. B. Set cambered units with crown side up. � C. Do not make field cuts unless approved by the Architect. When approved,make field cuts neat and straight. Reseal all cut ends immediately after trimming. D. Provide temporary bracing and anchorage to hold members in place until permanently secured. I 06181-2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 i et► # tit '� �tw w1 e� WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 06181 TIGARD, OREGON GLUE LAMINATED WOOD MEMBERS PART] GENERAL I.Oi SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Glue laminated wood members. 2. Related Accessories 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Institute.of Timber Construction(AITC) B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 1. 190.1 -Structural Glued Laminated Timber. C. Americar Wood Preservers' Association (AWPA) 1. Bovk of Standards. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manofacturer: Company specializing in manufacture of glued laminated wood structural units with three yeam minimum experience,and certified by the AITC, in accordance with ANSI A190.1. B. Glued laminated structural units shall conform to Voluntary Product Standards PS 36 'Structural Glue Laminated Timber"and AITC 117 "Standard Specifications for Structural Glue-Laminated Timber of Softwood Species". 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Units shall be stamped to meet the requirements of the local jurisdictional code authorities. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with 013(x)and as per Structural Engineer's drawings. B. Submit product data for the proposed glue-laminated units. C. Submit shop drawings. Indicate framing system,sizes and spacing of members,cambers,bearing and anchor details,bridging and bracing,and framed openings. D. Submit manufacturer's certification that glue laminated structural members meet the specified requirements. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver,store,and protect products to site under provi;ions of Section 01600. B. Use padded,non-marring slings when handling architectural grade members. C. Prevent glued laminated members from becoming wet. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/222/92 06181 I WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 06181 TIGARD, OREGON GLUE LAMINATED WOOD MEMBERS E. Fit members together accurately without trimming,cutting,or any other unauthorized r-.edification. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Location 1/2 inch maximum from true position. END OF SECTION 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 06181-3 SECTION 06196 WASHINGTON MUTUAL. FINANCIAL GROUP PLYWOOD WEB JOISTS TIGARD, OREGON 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site under provisions of Section 01600. B. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600. C. Transport and store joists in vertical position resting on bearing ends. D. Protect joists from moisture,warpage,and distortion during transit and when site stored. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Trus Joist Corp. B. Ti�njoist, Inc. C. Western Wood Structures,Inc. i D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. �..� 2.02 MATERIALS A. Wood Chord Members: rnachine stress rated (MSR)lumber,maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Minimum flange width 3-1/2 inches. i B. Web: Plywood graded by APA;C-C Structural I exterior grade, waterproof glue. L C. Joist Bridging: Type,size and spacing required by joist manufacturer. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Wood Blocking Members andFraming for Openings:Softwood lumber, construction grade,maximum moisture content of 19 percent. B. Fasteners: Galvanized steel, type to suit application. j 2.04 FABRICATION r A. Verify dimensions and site conditions prior to fabrication. B. Assemble with web face grain in vertirai direction and ends of the panels V-grooved to form a continuous member. 06196-2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 FA 4WA w w WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 06196 TIGARD, OREGON PLYWOOD WEB JOISTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Wood chord and plywood web joists for roof framing. 2. Bridging,bracing,and anchorage. 3. Framing for openings. B. Drawings,the provisions of the Agreement, i ncluding bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division l specification sections a,,,siy to all work of this Se:tion. C. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.02 REFERENCES A. APA -American Plywood Association. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Roof Live and Dead Load:as indicated on structural drawings. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacture of plywood web joists with three years minimum experience. B. Design joists under direct supervision of Professional Engineer experienced in structural framing design registered in State where the Project is located. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for loads,seismic zoning,and other governing criteria. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisirnis of Section 01300 and as per Structural Engineer's drawings. B. Indicate framing system,sizes and spacing of joists, loads and joist cambers,bearing and anchor detail bridging,and bracing,and framed openings. C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. 11/6/90\4/21/42\4/22/92 06196 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 06196 PLYWOOD WEB JOISTS TIGARD,OREGON N PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify that supports and openings are ready to receive joists. I B. Verify sufficient end bearing area. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. w 3.02 PREPARATION A. Coordinate placement of bearing items. ' 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install joists in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 8. Place joists true to line and level. C. Provide temporary bracing to position joists in pl�.:e until permanently secured. D. Place permanent bridging,bracing,and anchors to maintain joists straight and in correct position i before installation of decking or inducing loads. i E. Place headers and supports to frame openings required. F. Frame openings between joists with lumber. 3.04 TOLERANCES 4. Framing Members: 112 inch maximum from true position. j END OF SECTION l II ' 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 061963 i SECTION 06200 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP FINISH CARPENTRY TIGARD, OREGON I C. Samples: Solid Wood with Transparent Finish-submit a minimum of 3- 12 inch long samples representative of the maximum range of color and graining to be expected for each species,hut,an finish combination specified. Include samples of transparent finish with putty filled holes and ' specified field applied top coat. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. In accordance with 01600,and as follows: 1. Do not deliver wood materials to the building until "wet" work such as gypsum wallboard work has been completed. 2. Store materials indoors in ventilated area with a minimum temperature of 60 degrees F., and a maximum humidity of 55%. r PART PRODUCTS 2.01 MnTFR1A« Lumber: 1. Maximum moisture content of 6%. 2. Transparent Finish Lumber: AWI Grade 1; American Cherry, hand select for color and grain match. 3. Opaque Finish Lumber: AWI Grade Il Poplar. 4. Concealed Framing Lumber: AWI Grade ll pine, fir,hemlock, or other species as approved. 2.02 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM FABRICATION A. Shop cut and mill all lamb,r to the shalxs indicated. ' B. Mill and assemble built-up sections. All glue lines shall be free of sqeeze-out where transparent , finishes are to be applied. C. Tolerances for overall assembly dimensions shall be within 1/32 of an inch. D. Shop fit and assemble to the greatest extent possible. r 2.03 WOOD DOOR FRAME FABRICATION , A. Fabricate door frames to the shapes indicated. B. Fabricate to provide the following door installation clearances: 1. 1/9 inch at top,and edges. 2. 1/2 inch from door bettom to the floor finish. C. Machine frames to receive hardware specified in Section 08700. Request templates from the r hardware supplier. 1 r 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/24/92 062110-2 ' i WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 06200 TiGARD,OREGON FINISH CARPENTRY PARTI GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Wood standing and running trim; 2. Door frames; 3. Shop and field applied finishing; B. Related Sections: 1. 06100-Rough Carpentry: Blocking for finish carpentry 2. 06410-Custom Casework:Adjacent casework. 3. 08210-Wood Doors 4. 06700 - Hardware. ' S. 08730 - Door and Hardware Installation. 6. 09900 - Painting: Stains and finish coatings. C. Drawings,the provisions of the Agreement,including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division I Specification Sections apply to all the Work of this Section. D. Substitutions: No substitute products will be considered. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator: A minimum of 5 years experience in the fabrication of custom architectural woodwork of the type specified. The Fabricator shall be approved by the h+rchitect. r B. Qualifications of Installers: Use only journeyman finish ca.-Penters who are thoroughly trained and skilled in the work, and who are completely familiar with the materials and quality standards specified. No allowance will be made for lack of skill on the part of workmen. 1.03 REFERENCED STANDARDS A. Architectural Woodwork institute (AWI): 1. Architectural Woodwork Qualitv Standards, Guide Specifications and Quality Certification Program.Current Edition. B. West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (WCLB) 1. Standard Grading Rules No. 16 C. U.S. Product Standard (PS) ' 1. PS 1 Product Standard for Construction and Industrial Plywood 1.(14 SUBMITTALS rA. Make submittals in accordance with 013(A) B. Submit shop drawings. Indicate materials,components,profiles, fastening methods,jointing details, finishes and accessories. Details shall be at a minimum scale of 1-1/2 inch per foot. r 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 06200-1 31R 1W � MW 4 SECTION 06200 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP FINISH CARPENTRY TIGARD, OREGON C. Fastening: 1. Install all items straight, true, level, plumb, and firmly anchored in place; where blocking or backing is required,coordinate as necessary with other trades to ensure placement of all required backing and blocking in a timely manner. 2. Fasten trim with finish nails of proper dimension to hold the member firmly in place without splitting the wood. 3. On exposed finish work, set all nails and putty at transparent finish wood;use non-shrink filler at opaque finish wood.. 4. Align exposed fasteners for uniform pattern;random or"shotgun"patterns will not be accepted. 3.04 DOOR FRAMES A. Install wood door frames to receive operable doors in accordance with 08739. B. Install in accordance with the applicable requirements specified for standing and running trim. C. Provide wood support framing and nailers. 3.09 SITE FINISHING OF OPAQUE FINISH WOOD A. Set all exposed fasteners. B. Apply matching non-shrink wood filler to exposed fastener indentations. and other minor imperfections. C. Final topcoat shall be field applied (spray or brush at Contractor's option). Finish product shall be free of runs,sags and brushmarks. 3.11 CLEANING UP A. Keep the premises in a neat, safe,and orderly condition at all times during execution of this portion of the work,free from accumulation of sawdust,cut-ends,and debris. B. At the end of each working day,or more often if necessary,thoroughly sweep and/or vacuum surfaces. Remove the refuse to the area of the job site set aside for its storage. END OF SECTION 1 i 1162(104 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/42 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 062.00 TIGARD, OREGON FINISH CARPENTRY D. Fabricate frames from single length pieces, without joints, for each straight length. E. Fabricate each section from solid stock,except composite construction consisting of fabricator selected solid wood clad with specified transparent finish veneer may be used. Exposed edges shall consist of minimum 1/8 inch thick solid wood to match the veneer. 2.05 FINISHING A. Sand all exposed and semi-exposed wood surfaces smooth,always sanding in the direction of the wood grain. B. Sand all exposed transparent finish wood surfaces to AWI 'Premium "grade standards. Sand all semi-exposed transparent or opaque finish wood surtams to AWI "Custom"grade standard,;. C. Fiil all depressions and imperfections with color matched putty. D. Finish Coating: As specified in section 09900. E. Items which have been shop finished shall be retouched as necessary to conceal all damage. Items which cannot be successfully repaired shall be replalced ch new complying items. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. B. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Coordinate the installation of blocking and other supports required for the installation of architectural woodwork elements. 3.03 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM A. Jointing: 1. Make all joints to conceal shrinkage; miter all exterior corners;cope all interior corners, miter or scarf all end-to-end joints; install all trim pieces as long as possible, jointing only where solid support is obtained. Make no joints closer than 4 feet to corners. B. Lengths of Material: Use random lengths and :;how typical joint locations on shop drawings. The minimum length shall be 8 feet, except where short lengths are required by installation conditions. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 06200 3 SECTION 06410 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD, OREGON CUSTOM CASEWORK I B. Shop Drawings: Show all casework configurations,construction details, and locations of all hardware. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery: Do not deliver casework to building until "wet work" such as concrete,plaster and gypsum wallboard work have been completed and cured. B. Casework Storage: Store in dry place with adequate air circulation, avoiding excessive moisture, limiting average moisture content of wood to 8% or less at delivery time. C. Handling: Protect casework from excessive moisture and damage during shipment from fabrication plant. D. Replacement: In the event of damage to casework, immediately make all repairs or replace as L necessary, to the approval of the Architect at no additional cost to the Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Prefinished Board: Low pressure laminate pohvester over particle board core;Pickering Industries "PlyGuard", or Simpson "Decraguard';color its selected. ! a B. Plaetic Laminate: Brands and colors as noted rn the drawings. and vert cal grade as specified. 1. Expo%ed: NEMA LD-3, general purpo : 2. Backing Sheets: NEMA LD-3; backirt;grade; undecorated. C. Particle Board: Medium density particle board: comply with HUD standard 24 CFR Part 3280.308 for formaldehyde emissions. D. Plvwood: PS 1;exterior grade; A grade face veneer where plastic laminate is bonded to the face; r touch sanded. 2.02 HARDWARE ARE AND AC'--ESSORiES ` A. Casework Adjustable Shelf Support Clips: Zinc plated metal; K&V ff346. � B. Drawer and Door Pulls:Greenstreet Details Series 350A, Model #350/021/100,metallic blue wire pulls. Phone number(206)762-5355 or 7634119. I C. Hinges: European style concealed hinges; Blum,Grass, Hafele, or approved;self closing; 110 degree opening;number of hinges as recommended by the manufacturer for the door size and weight. D. Wall Standards: KV No. 87 standard with No. 187 brackets. E. Drawer Glides: Accuride or approved;75 lb. minimum load rating.. F. Closet RoAs: Knape and Vogt No. 770; 764/766 brackets; 111194 intermediate support,paint to match shelf. i 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/24/92 N410-2 i WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 06410 TIGARD, OREGON CUSTOM CASEWORK PARTI GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes. I. Plastic laminate casework; 2. Closet shelves and hardware; 3. Wall shelves and wall standards; i B. Related Sections: 1. 06100-Rough Carpentry: Blocking for wall mounted items; 2. 06112-Framing and sheathing: support framing for casework. 3. 06200- Finished Carpentry: Adjacent finish work. C. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. D. Drawings,the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. 1.02 REFERENCED STANDARDS A. The Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI) 1. Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards, Guide Specifications and Quality Certification Program - Latest edition. B. American Plywood Association (APA): Grades and Specifications 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Exposed Portions: Those surfaces visible when doors and drawers are closed,including edges of doors and drawers,edges of cabinet boxes visible between drawers and doors,and countertop kneebraces. B. Semi-Exposed Portions: Those areas not defined as exposed,but visible when solid (not glazed) doors and drawers are opened. C. Concealed Portions: All remaining areas not defined w;exposed or semi-exposed. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Requirements: Fabricator shall have a minimum of 5 years experience in producing premium grade commercial quality millwork. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Make all submittals in accordance with Section 01300, Submittals. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/24/92 0"10.11 SECTION 06410 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP I CUSTOM CASEWORK TIGARD, OREGON J I B. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work 1 constitutes acceptance nf site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior ]f observable conditions. ` 3.02 INSTALLATION i t A. Coordinate casework installation with the work of other trades for final electrical and mechanical connections. B. Install all casework accurately,scribed plumb,square,and level, and permanently secured in accurate position as indicated on the Drawings. C. All fasteners securing casework shall be in concealed or semi-concealed locations D. Repair or replace all damaged components in a manner approved by the Architect. E. Install wall shelves with standards firmly anchored to studs or other supports. Coordinate installation of studs or other supports to create symmetrical location of wall standards. 3.03 CLEAN UP A. Following completion of casework installation, remove all rubbish and debris resulting from the work from the premises, legally disposed of,and leave the entire project in a neat,clean condition acceptable to the Architect. B. Do not damage adjacent surfaces while cleaning the work of this section. END OF SECTION � i 1 i 064104 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 r nt� � wr Etta ter wev WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 06410 TIGARD, OREGON CUSTOM CASEWORK 2.03 CASEWORK FABRICATION A. Plastic Laminate Casework Construction: I. Fabricate casework in accordance with AWI standard section 401;custom grade. 2. Design: AWI flush overlay design, unless indicated otherwise.Joint between exposed doors, drawer faces,and countertop edges shall be 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/16. 3. Unless indicated otherwise, fabricate casework of plastic laminate covered particle board with plastic laminate self edging. Prefinished board with matching plastic laminate or PVC edges may be used for the semi-exposed portions of the casework. 4. Particle board shall be minimum 3/4" thick unless indicated otherwise. 5. Provide openings in casework for the incorporation of all electrical and mechanical components. 6. Provide all hardware, fasteners, and exposed trim. 7. Adjustable Shelves: Provisions for shelf adjustment shall be by adjustable shelf hardware as specified herein. 8. Provide adjustable base to provide level installation which accommodates variations in floor levelness. B. Hardware Installation: 1. Install hardware straight and true and in perfect alignment horizontally and vertically with adjacent casework and hardware. 2. Carefully fit and securely attach cabinet hardware in accordance with manufacturers' printed instructions,and exercise caution not to mar or injure existing surfaces. 3. Recess adjustable shelf standards to be flush with face of finished surface. 4. Upon completion of work,and in the Architect's,presence,demonstrate hardware to work.freely as intended. 2.04 PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOPS A. Fabricate to AW] Custom grade. B. Fabricate countertops from particle board and general purpose grade plastic laminate in the shapes indicated. C. Where countertops are indicated with sinks, use exterior grade: plywood in lieu of particle board. 2.05 WALL AND CLOSET SHELF FABRICATION A. Unless indicated otherwise, fabricate from minimum 3/4 inch thick prefinished board with matching PVC edging. B. Provide intermediate supports for closet pole at maximum 3 feet on center. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Arcl.itect in writing of conditions detriments, to the proper and timely completion of the work. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 06410-3 11 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GFOUP 07180 ,OREGON SE�C"iION WATER REPELLENT COATING 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAi. REQUIREMENTS A. Do not apply water repellent tmasonry surfaces or 24 hoursrafterw ter epelle, flow 40°or ' rface o above 100 F, maintain temperatures s rage f application. i tions of substrate to ive water B. Comply with manufacturer'sdns before andduring installation,tions regarding and protection protection of then stalid water- repellent, weather co repellent coating. 1,()6 WARRANTY A. Submit under provisions of Section 01700. inst water g. Warranty: Manufacturer's standard 10 year material ent coactin mrat�rials and arranty workmanship. pel'.0ration attributable to defects in water rep g 1I PART 2 PRODUCTS 2,01 MATEI'.IALS A. Cleaning Agent: One of the following as recommended by the brick manufacturer and the cleaner manufacturer as most appropriate for the brick typ(.;ProSoCo inc. "No.600 Detergent"or ProSoCo, Inc. "Yana Trol." B. Stain Remover: As recommended by the manufacturer of the cleaning agent. C. Water Repellent Material: 6 to 8 percent oligomeric alkylalkoxysiloxane in volatile solvent, I formulated for application to brick,stone and mortar surfaces without significant change in appearance of surface; ProSoCo, Inc. "Weather Seal Siloxane." Include "Protection Plus" biocidal additive. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION hey are clean. dry, A. inspection: inspect substrates tr the aVelication of ater cleaningnt land water epellening and- -.erify ftfm materials. Verify , properly pointed, and ready PP that sealants are installed, cured, and have been accepted. Water repellent work may precede sealant application only if sealant adhesion and compatibility have been tested and verified using substrate, water repellent, and sealant materials identical to those uset� in the Work. , B. Notify the Architect of all unacceptablenresolved�Commenceme tcommence a applicatit those n co sti utes areas, imtil been the unacceptable conditions have hoe acceptance of cc editions. 3.02 PREPARATION . Mask A. Protect adjacent surfaces from svhalt surface s to be painted,n and overspray with rwi windows,andotective allother surfaces oty, and cover plants and shrubs; p scheduled to receive water repellent mating. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/U' 07180-2 SECTION 07180 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP WATER REPELLENT COATING TIGARD,OREGON PART IGENERAL 101 SUMMARY A Section Includes: 1• Water repellent coating for exterior brick veneer. 2. Field apj1bc31icn. i B. Related Sections: " 1 04210 -Brick Veneer- including bonds and certificates,the Genera the provisions of the AgTCement, i to all work of this Section- C. ection•C• Drawings, ificat.on sections app y r Condi lions, and Division I spec Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of ® D• Section(11600• 1.02 SUBMITTALS A, Make submittals under the Pr°visions of Section 01300• Il e corn i tete product literature. B. Product Literature: Include data and recommended application rates for each masonry type. C. Manufacturer's laboratory test D. Manufacturer's printed application instructions. 1 specified exceptions and with in product data submittal,subn'tt draft of manufacturer's E. Warranty Draft: Concurrent w Draft shall includ Pc'c warranty for Architect's review �� terms. inclusions. 1 03 QUA) 'TY ASSURANCE 1 with the applicable Re�uirrments: Pr^dt.rcts and installation. techniques shall comp y A. Regulatory 1 uircmcnts for`lOC emissions. the coating jurisdictional req roved by r Water relxilent coatings shall bc� applied by a single firm app 13. Instate les of masonry materials manufacturer, performed prior to bid,submit camp Preliminary Testing: Unless testing has�'�'n C. to be used in the work. Submittals shall be in accordance with water units from stock of those acturer's regtiirerr'ents, repellent coating ma D. Mock-up: h si al, and chemical) of planned 1. Apply in accordance with Section 042111. penetration and water repellent action. 2. Mock-up will be evaluated for final effect (visual, p y installatirn. Verify proper 1.04 DELIVFRY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A, Ir, accordance with Section 01600• 07180.1 11/6/90\4/21/9-,t14/22/92 1 WAS141NGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 07180 WAS`ER REPELLENT COATING '11GARD,OREGON . + B. Remove stains,efflorescence,excess mortar, and other deleterious materials in accordance with the I cleaning agent and stain remover manufacturer's instructions. C. The use of muriatic acid for cleaning masonry surfaces is prohibited. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Apply water repellent materials by airless spray, in accordance with water repellent coating manufacturer's printed application instructions. B.I Removenpsurfaces eimanufacturer'sre it dries using recommended solvent. Restore oreplae all building comiately ponentpermanently damaged by overspray. IC. Replace, with new equivalent materials, all landscape materials damaged by overspray or othek work of this Section. END OF SECTION I� 1 1 07180-3 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/71/92 s� WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUT' SECTION 07240 TiGARD, OREGON EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting work,carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. B. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions ars_ resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protect adjacent surfaces,including bituminous roofing materials, from contact with overspray anL1 spatter of solvent based primers, adhesives, and finish coats. 3.03 INSTALLATiON A. install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations,unless indicated or specified otherwise. 1. insulation shall be mechanically tastened to plywood substrate bcmea.►.h. Where gypsum sheathing is used fasteners shall be located to penetrate wood friming members. B. Install synthetic plaster system to the shapes indicated. C. Tolerances: 1. Surface Flatness: Maximum deviation of 1/8 inch from a true plane when tested with a 10 foot straightedge. 2. Curves: No point on the curve shall vary from the prescribed arc more than 1 percent of the radius. 3. Arrises: No point on an arris shall vary more than 1/8th inch in 10 feet. D. Install heavy duty reinforcing at locations indicated. ENicnd reinforcing to the nearest joint or break line. Ends of heavy duty mesh shall be tightly butted without lapping;avoid wrinkles; smooth until fabric is not visible. E. Finish Coat: 1. The finish coat shall be appliea continuously and in one operation to an entire distinct wall surface area. A wet edge shall be maintainea.. the finish coat shall not be allowed to set up in a distinct area. Sufficient manpower, scaffolding,and equipment shall be employed to ensure a continuous operation and a uniform appearance. 2. Finish: Provide fine texture similar to Dryvit Sandblast as approved by Architect. END OF SECTION 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 07240-3 SECTION 07514 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP BUiLT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING SYSTEM TIGARD, OREGON 3. Completion of installation: Certify materials were installed in accordance with the Contract Documents and in compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations. E. Statement of Review: Prior to installation, submit written statement from an officer of the company manufacturing the roofing materials, stating that the Architect's drawings and specifications have been reviewed,and that the selected systems proposed by the Contractor for use on this project are proper, compatible, and adequate for the applications shown, and that the conditions and details are not in conflict with the roofing manufacturer's recommendations. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with 01100. B. Product literature: Submit complete manufactuter's product literature for the following: 1. Roofing materials 2. installation specifications 3. insulation 4. Traffic walkway. C. Certifications: 1. Submit certification that the proposed roofing applicator is approved by the manufacturer of the roofing system. 2. Submit certification that the roofing system meets the fire and wind uplift requirements. 3. Submit manufacturer certifications. D. Statement of Review: Prior to installation, submit the specified manufacturer's statement of review. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with 01600. B. Store all roof system materials on pallets,off ground. Cover products to protect from weather. Moisture damaged materials shall be removed from the site. C. If bulk or tsnker asphalt is used, provide certification that asphalt meets specified requirements. D. Store insulation in ac:ordance with NFPA standards or au lhority having jurisdiction. 1.05 SITE CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Apply roofing in dry weather. 2. Do not apply roofing when ambient temperature is below 4(PF. B. Protection: i. Restore to original condition or replace work or materials damaged during handling e.bili mens and roofing materials. 2. Protect paving and building walls adjacent to hoist and kettles prior to starting work. a. Lap suitable protective material at least 3 inches. b. Secure protective coverings against wind. 3. Leave protective coverings in place for the duration of the work. 07514-2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 IMA ij SECTION 07514 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING SYSTEM TIGARD,OREGON PART 1 GENERAL, 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes. 1. Built-up roofing. 2. Roof insulation. 3. Traffic walkways B. Related Sections 1. 06100-Rough Carpentry:Curbs;wood cants and nailers. 2. 06112- Framing and Sheathing: Wood deck substrate. 3. 07620 - Flashing and Trim. 4. Division 15: Curbs and roof penetrations;lead Flashings furnished to this Section for installation at drains and roof penetrations C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement,including bonds and certificates,the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: No substitute products will be considered. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Roofing system shall conform to the following: 1. Wird uplift: Factory Mutual i-90. 2. Fire: Underwriter's Laboratory Class A. 13. Qualifications of installers: 1. Ape,roved by the membrane roofing manufacturer in accordance with warranty requirements. 2. M ninon of 5 years experience;use only competent and skilled roofers familiar with the nded methods of installation. p-,oducts and the manufacturer's current recomme C. Pre-roofing Meeting: Prior to ordering materials and starting work of this Section,administer a preroofing meeting in accordance with(!12(10. 1. Require the following parties in attendance: a. Architect I b. Contractor , ' c. Roofing Installer ; d. Sheet Metal Installer e. Mechanical instalier. f. Roofing manufacturer's representative 2. Agenda: Review all specification procedures, details and order of application regarding roofing and related construction. Discuss and determine responsibility for protection of the completed work during and after construction and subsequent maintenance of the roofing system. D. Manufacturer's Certifications: Require the roofing manufacturer's reptesentative to inspect and certify the installation for the stages of work as follows. 1. Pre-roofing: Certify substrate is in a condition suitable for the successful application of the roofing membrane. 2. During installation Certify materials used c_ompiv with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 I SECTION 07514 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING SYSTEM TIGARD, OREGON 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Gravel: Round, washed,clean,and dry roofer's gravel;3/8 tc 5/8 inch diameter. " B. Fiber Cants and Tapered Edge Strips: Asphalt impregnated wood fiberboard,preformed to 45 � degree angle, unless detailed otherwise. C. Insulation Joint Tape: Asphalt treated glass fiber reinforced; 6 inches wide; self-adhering. D. Traffic Walkway: Asphalt impregnated mineral boards with granular surfaces;36 x 72 x 1/2 inch size;similar to Tex-Mastic Roofwalk by J.P. Petroleum Products, Inc. Dallas Texas,or approved. E. All ovher materials, not specifically described but required for a complete installation of built-up bituminous roofing, shall be new, first quality of their respective kinds,and subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION T 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION OF SURFACES A. Prior to starting the work, the roofing applicator shall inspect all surfaces to be covered. Defects in workmanship and materials of other trades that may affect the finished work of this section shall be corrected before work starts. The starting of work on any surface shall imply that the surface has been inspected and approved by the applicator. B. The laying of materials shall not start until surfaces are smooth, finr, dry,and free from dirt, foreign materials, sharp projections, or voids. 3.02 INSULATION INS'TAi.LAT'ION A. Apply insulation as required to meet wind uplift requirements,and in accordance with approved shop drawings. B. Fasten tapered aged foam insulation to form the slopes indicated. C. Install a top layer of cover board with joints staggered from the insulation layer below. Hot mop backside of cover board and flip over into position, firmly bonded to foam insulation substrate to meet wind uplift requirements. Tape the insulation joints. D. Securely butt edges without deformation. Miter board edges at ridges and elsewhere to prevent open joints. F. Protect insulation from weather exposure at all times until roofing is installed. Seal off exposed edges at the end of each days work. F. Provide roof insulation with an average aged R value of 30. 3.03 TAPERED CRICKET, EDGE AND CANT STRIPS A. Install in full bed of hot steep asphalt. 075144 11/6/40\4/21/92\4/22/92 SECTION 07514 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING SYSTEM TIGARD,OREGON 1.06 MANUFACTURER'S GUARANTEE ted arantee A. Prior to acceptance of work,shall furnishmanufacturer's labor andrmatcrials with an 10 car n unlimited penal sum.executed to the Owner. Guarantee 1.07 INSTALLERS GUARANTEE A. The Contractor shall furnish from the roofing installer, a 2 year unlimited guarantee covering defects in workmanship and materials in accordance with 01700. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 APPROVED ROOFING SYSTEM MAN UFACl`URFRS A. Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corporation B. Manville Roofing Systems Division C. Consolidated Fiberglass Products, Inc. "Conglas" 2.02 SHEET MATERIALS A. Glass Fiber Felt: ASTM D2178,Type V1. B. Base Sheet: Type as recommended by the approved manufacturer for the substrate. C. Base Flashing: Smooth surface SBS or APP modified asphalt. 2.03 ASPHALT MATERIALS A. Asphalt Bitumen: ASTM D312, type Ill. B. Asphalt Primer: ASTM D41. C. Plastic Cement. ASTM D2822, cutback asphalt type. 2.()4 ROOF INSULATION A. Foam Insulation: phenolic insulation rated 't,nmaximum as 8 �per dnc h°rthelyi-c roofing mate materials insulation rated at a maximum of .5.56 R p tyre manufacturer to meet warranty requirements; fiberglass facers both faces; FM Class 1. B. Tapered Insulation: Factory tapered to form an installed minimum slope of 1/4 inch per foot; approved by the manufacturer of the roofing system. Provide tapered insulation where required to form the crickets and slopes indicated. C. Cover Board: 3/4 inch thick rigid fiberglass or perlite board. 07514-3 11/6/4(1\4/21/91.\4/22/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROJP SECTION 07514 TiGARD, OREGON BUiLT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING SYSTEM 3.04 MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A. Install selectLd roofing membrane in accordance with the respective manufacturer's published installation specifications listed below, except modify systems listed to provide 1 base ply,3 intermediate plys,and gravel surfacing. 1. Over Insulation: Owens/Corning;Fiberglass- 43-IG Manville: 4GIG Conglas: Ri-34-G B. Prior to gravel installation, glaze coat installed roof felts which will remain exposed to the elements for more than 8 hours. 3.05 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. Traffic Walkway: Set boards in locations indicated, spaced 6 inches on apart,and adhered by one of the following means: 1. Hot mop at 20lbs/square using ti.c lame bitumen used in the built-up roof assembly. 2. Use Tex-Mastic Adhesive No. 810; apply adhesi,,e at 2 gallons/sq ft. with serrated trowel. 3.06 CLEANUP A. Remove all traces of splashed and spilled asphalt materials. END OF SECTION 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 07514-5 C 4 !w SECTION 07610 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP METAL ROOFING; TIGARD, OREGON 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. installer: Company specializing in sheet metal roofing installation with minimum three years documented experience in installations of 'ype and scope similar to that of this project. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store products in accordance with Section 01600. B. Stack preformed and prefinished material to prevent twisting,bending,or abrasion,and to provide ventilation. C. Protect stored materials from heat and direct sunlight. D. Prevent contact with materials during storage which may cause discoloration or staining. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS i A. Do not apply waterproofing during inclement weather or when air temperature is below 40 degrees F. 1.08 IVARRANTIr' A. Furnish warranties in accordance with Section 017(x). B. Prior to acceptance of work, furnish written two year warranty covering repairs required to maintain metal roof and associated flashing in watertight condition. Warrant installed system against defects due to faulty materials and workmanship C Furnish non-prorated 5 year warranty covering loss of film integrity,color change,and chalking. Finish on installed materials shall not show a color change greater than 5 NBS color units, per ASTM D2244,and shall not show chalking in excess of 8,per ASTM D659. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SHEET MF_.TAI_ ROOFING SYSTEM A. Manufacturer: One of the following, subject to compliance with Drawings and specifications. 1. ASC Pacific, inc., "Batten System" 2. Alumax Aluminum Corporation; "Sup-R-Batten" B. System: System shall consist of cleat retained snap-on batten metal roofing pans, nominal width 20 to 22-1/2 inch, seam width 1-1/2" to 2-3/8", seam height 1-'/8" to 2-1/4". 2.02 SHEET MATERIALS A. Galvanized Steel: 24 gage core steel with ASTM A525 G90 galvanized coating; flat surface. B. Finish: Minimum 70 percent resin Ky-,.. 500 Fluorop, !vmer system; "Snowdrift White" C. Protective Backing Paint: Manufacturer's standard wash ,-oat finish. 07610-2 11/6/9(1\4/21/92\4/24/92 r wwr WA,MAI SECTION 07610 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP METAL ROOFING TIGARD,OREGON PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: . Snap-o a�Flash ngs at meta roof edges and atm Flashings. 2. Membrane B. Related Sections: 1 06112 - Framing and Sheathing: Roof sheathing; 2. 07514 - Built-Up Asphalt Roofing System; eet Metdl Flashing and Trim: Flashing for built-up roofing;copings;materials 3. 07620-Sh specified under this Section; the provisions of the Agreement,ire nsdapp bonds ly to l Work ofthisSection.eneral C. Drawings, Conditions, and Division'I specification sectio PP D. Substitutions: No substitute products will be considered. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1 A525 -Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated, gree Of Chalking of Exterioized) by the Hot r�Paints. 2. D659 - Method for Evaluating Degree 3. D2244 Method for Instrumental Evaluation of Color Differenms of Opaque Materials. B Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Ass.�ciation (SMACNA): Arc Sheet Metal Manual. 1.p3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ashin , cars, and accessories directly related to the Sheet metal roofing system includes snap tal-onflashing, bitten rnofin;applies over plywood sheathing A. Sh pitched substrate, and includes sheet meg roofing system. stem shall be designed and installed to preclude en 13. Sytral:,(' of water to the building interior. C. Installed system shall be capable of resisting wind uplift c9uivalent to that required for C. 60. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.Class 1'(14 SUBMITTALS ordance with Section 01300- Submittals. A. Make submittals in acc B. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate material profile, jointing pattern, jointing details, fastening methods, flashings,,rk. penetrations, and installation details. 2. Include manufacturer's installation instructions for manufactured items incorporated eproposed fo' C Samples: Submit a minimum of 3 samples of roofing material, with finish an the work. 07610-1 11/6/90\4/21/92.\4/22/92 1 -M SECTION 07610 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP METAL ROOFING TIGARD, OREGON 1 B. Apply slip sheet in single layer; weather lap edges 2 inches, minimum,and nail in place. C. Install starter strips, edge strips, Flashing receivers, valley liners, and cleats before starting installation of roofing sheets; nail cleats at 12 inches on center, using two nails per cleat,or, where cleats are continuous,space nails two per foot. �] D. Install each roofing pan as a single continuous piece. Install systems to allow for expansion of the J panels. { E. Install ridge caps and valley pans as single continuous lengths. F. Con_eal fasteners wherever possible. r, G. Except as otherwise indicated, seal all 'pints with the exception of batten panel flanges; seal end- (� to-end intersections of batten panel flanges. H. Install cap Flashings into receivers and screw through with color matched stainless steel rivets, maximum 24"o.c. I. Coordinate and schedule work such that the sheet membrane roofing installation is complete prior i l to installation of the metal roofing system. END Of- SECTION j I 076104 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 • I J WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 07610 TiGARD, OREGON METAL ROOFING 2.03 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Fasteners: 1. Exposed Applications: Galvanized steel with soft neoprene washers, factory prefinished to match roofing color. 2. Nailers, Cleats, an(+ Other Concealed Applications: Hot dip galvanized; sizes as recommended by the roofing materials manufacturer. B. Slip Sheet: Rosin sized building raper, or ,,O# asphalt impregnated building felt. C. Sealant: As recommended by Nie manufacturer of the roofing materials. D. Bedding Compound: Rubber asphalt type. E. Touch-up Paint: Manufacturer's special color-matched material, formulated for retouching fluoropolymer finishes. i 2.04 FABRICATION A. Fabricate cleats and starter strips from minimum 22-gage galvanized steel sheet material, unless heavier gauge recommended for application indicated. B. Finishing: Apply in accordance with finish material manufacturer's requirements. C. Cut and form in accordance with approved shop:drawings,using recognized sheet metal practices. Perform cutting with clean,sharp properly aligned shearing tools;do not saw or file edges of sheets. D. Form pieces in longest practical lengths. PART 3 EXECUTION i 3.01 INSPECTION A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trv,des and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly coria encu. B. Verify that suhstrate is clean,dry, and smooth, free of depressions, waves, and projections Verify i that items required to penetrate roof are solidly set. C. Notify the Architect immediately of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. D. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 ROOFING INSTALLATION A. Perform metal roofing work in accordance with r(K)fing manufacturer's instructions. I 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 07610-3 �f till li ' a'i a SECTION 07620 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM — TIGARD, OREGON 1.06 STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store products under provisions of Section 01600. B. Stack preformed and prefinished material to prevent 'wisiLing,bending,or abrasion,and to provide ventilation. C. Prevent contact with materials during storage which may cause discoloration, staining,or damage. t PART 2 PRODUM jL 2.01 SHEET MATERIALS A. Pre-coated Galvanized Stec:: ASTM A525,G90;24 gage core steel,shop pre-coated with 70% Kynar-based fluorocarbon coating of color to match metal roofing or window mullions as indicated on drawings. B. Galvanized Steel: ASTM A525,G90;24 gage core steel. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Fastener: Galvanized steel or Stainless steel with soft neoprene washers t exposed fasteners. Finish exposed fasteners same as flashing metal. B. Sealart: Butyl rubber type;one of the following: r 1. Curtain Wall Sealant, by Tremco; 2. Adcoseal BP4W,by Adm Products,Inc. ` 1 2.03 FABRICATION A. Fabricate sheet metal items in accordance with approved shop drawings and standard practice of Sheet Metal Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association (SMACNA). B. Form sections true to shape,accurate in size,square,and free frem distortion or defects. C. Fabricate cleats aid starter strips of same material as sheet, interlockable with sheet. D. Form pieces in long£et practical lengths. F. Hem expos-d edges on uw,lerside 1/2 inch(13 mm);miter and seam corners. F. Form material with nal lock scam G. Fabricate corners from one piece with mu,:mum IH inch long legs; seam for rigidity,seal with sealant. !� H. Fabricate vertical faces with bottom edge formed outward 1/4 inch (6 mm)and hemmed to form drip. 07620-2 11/6%90\4/21/92\4/22/92 1 a sw w� a w WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL CROUP TIGARD, ORECON PART 1 GENERAL SHEET METALSECTIO FLASI i1620 NG AND TRIM 1.01 SUA4MARY A. motion Includes: I• Coping,owr;et,and rap flashings 2 Cutters, 3. Facias. pouts and splashpans 4. Roof flashings. 5. Counterflashing 6. Roof joint cos over bituminous B Related terflus ba 7• Coun ver flashings.mose flashings ashings at roof untc,d mechanical Sectiosls: equipment and 1 06100. vent stacks. 2. 07514 B ouilt d blockinb hailers,and 3• 0761()- Metal Rcxrs halt Roofings. System• 079(10 _ Sealants. fi1'• 5, � ' Painting: Prime and finish painting. Conditions, and Division l's.. Agreement,mchrdrn . pacification sections a g bends and ce D. Substitutions: pply to all rtificate s, the 01600• Suhsu,uteprod►�rts wit► Fork of this Genera! be consider section. I.02 REFERENCES �°nIy under the terms rms and conditions OfSection A- ASTM A525 - Steel Sheet, Zinc Coate B• SMACN d, (Galvanized) b A - Architer_tural Sheet Y the Hot-Ui 1.03 Metal Manual. P Pror_'ss. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A• Work Of that would Permit Section is to physical! Permit water leaks y pr'�tect membrane 1.(14 QUALITY ge to building i, roofing, and A. ASSURANCE g '►terior, base flashings,from dama e Applicator. Company � 1.05 many specializing in sheat metal tal flashir► g work with 5 years minima� experience. A. Subnut shop drawings and product B. data under provisions of Describe material profile, jointin • Sec. details. 01300• , k pattern jointing details; fastening metho C' Submit manui�c;urer's installs ds, and hon inst installation D• Submit, ructions under samples under provisions of previsions o f Section 0;30i`. Section 01300. 11/f,'911\4/21,'92\4/22/q2 07620.1 +ter s � A ■. � � WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 07620 TIGARD,OREGON SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 2.04 FINISH A. Shop prepare and prime exposed unfinished ferrous metal surfaces. B. Backpaint concealed metal surfaces with protective backing paint to a minimum dry film thickness; of 15 mil. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify roof openings,curbs,pipes,sleeves,ducts,or vents through roof are solidly set,cant strips and reglets in place,and nailing strips located.. F. Verify membrane termination and base flashings are in place, sealed,and secure. C Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field measure_ site conditions prior to fabricating work. B. Install starter and edge strips, and cleats before starting installation. C. Install surface mounted reglets true to lines and levels. Seal top of reglets with sealant. D. Secure flashings in place using concealed fasteners. E. Seam and seal all joints. F. Apply plastic cement compound between metal flashings and felt Flashings. G. Fit Flashings tight in place. Make corners square, surfaces true and straight in planes, and lines accurate to profiles. H. Seal metal joints watertight. 3.03 cNSTALL.ATION A. Install sheet metal flashing and trim in accordance with SMACNA guidelines. B. Conform to drawing details and approved shop drawings. END OF SECTION t 1 11/6/4)\4/21 'Q7\4/'22/0, 07620-3 SECTION 07710 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP PREFABRICATED ROOF SPECIALTIES TIGARD, OREGON B. Do not begin installation ur.til all unsatisfactory conditions are Tesolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install components in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,and as indicated. Coordinate with concrete roof insulation system,bulli.-up roofing,flashing,and other trades as necessary to L� ensure secure and watertight installation. 1L END OF SECTION -� !_1 07710-2 11/6/90\4/21/42\4/22/92 1� ire WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 07710 TIGARD, OREGON PREFABRICATED ROOF SPECIALTIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Roof access hatches. B. Related. Sections 1. 06100-Rough Carpentry: Wood curbs 2. 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: CounterFlashing. 3. 07514 - Built-up Asphalt Roofing: Coordination; 1 4. 09900• Painting: Painting of preprimed accessories. I C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement,including bonds and certificates,the Gene-al f Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. I D. Substitutions: No substitute products will be considered. PART 2 PRODUCTS I2.01 ROOF ACCESS HATCH A. Manufacturer: The Bilco Company,or Milcor, Inc. B. Type: Similar to Bilco "S" c,r Milcor "M-1." 4f_ C. Size,Configuration: 30 x 18 inch nominal size,single leaf type. D. Curb: 14 game galvanized steel with 1 inch rigid insulation; integral cap Flashing to receive roof flashing system;extended flange for mounting. IE. Cover: 14 gage galvanized steel with minimum one inch glass fiber insulation retained by inner liner. Continuous gasket to provide weatherproof seal F. Hardware: Manufacturer's standard manually operated type with compression spring or torsion bar counterbalance, positive snap latch with turn handles inside and out and padlock hasp outside; automatic hold-open arm with grip handle for easy release. G. Hinges: Manufacturer's standard heavy duty zinc-plated pintle type. H. Provide for removal of condensation. I. Provide neoprene or closed cell compression weather seal and weathertight assembly. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify that deck o;vnings, supports, and other items affecting the work of this Section are complete and positioned correctly. 11/6/9(`.\4/21/92\4/22/92 07710 1 SECTION 07900 WASHINGTON W)TUAA, FINANCIAL GROUP SEALANTS TIGARD, OREGON 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDI'T'IONS y A. Install and protect installed sealants under conditions recomr endc�f;+y the rk nufacturerand as follows: 1. Do not apply sealant when ambient temperatures are b,',-A t0 deg-ens F, or expected to fall below 40 degrees F before sealant cure is complete. 2. Do not apply sealant to substrates or accessories that 4,,e moist. 1.06 GUARANTEE A. Sealant contractor shall provide a 5 year guarantee covering materials and installation in accordance with Section 01700. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SEALANTS j A. Type 1: ASTM C920,Type M,grade NS,Class 25;Tremco "Dymeric", Chem-Calk 500, Pecora ` "Dynatrol 11", Sonnevorn "Sonalastic NP-11", PRC "Permapol RC-2',, or approved. B. Type 2: ASTM C920,Type M,Grade P,class 25;Tremco"THC 900",Sonneborn"Sonolastic Paving Joint Sealant", Pecora "Urexpan NR-200", or apFroved. C. Type 3: ASTM C834;Tremco"Acrylic Latex Caulk", Pecora "AC-20",Sonneborn "Sonolac"or approved. D. Type 4: Mildew Resistant Silicone Sealant: USDA Approved; Dow Corning 786 by Dow Chemical, GE Sanitary Sealant or Approved; clear. 202 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Primer: Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit applicaticn. B. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive rind non-staining tylx•,recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. C. Joint Filler: Closed cell polyethelene foam; round profile; thickness approximately 1309E of joint width. D. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. PART 3 EXECUTION {� 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify joint dimensions and conditions are acceptable to receive eceive the work of this Section. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance. f .a 07900-2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 meni WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 07900 TIGARD, OREGON SEALANTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cleaning and preparation of joint surfaces; 2. Sealant and backing materials. B. Related Sections: 1. 03001 -Concrete: Expansion joints; 2. 07240 - Synthetic Plaster System: Substrate Compatibility. 3. 07620-Sheet Metal Flashing ?nd Trim: Lap pints sealants, furnished and installed as part of flashing and sheet metal work: 4. 08410-Aluminum Storefront and Window System; 5. 09260-Gypsum Board Systems: Control joints; 6. 09100-Ceramic Tile: Expansion/control joints in ceramic the fields; C. Drawings,the provisions of the Agreement,including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.02 REFERENCED STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. 0790-R,xommended Practices for Use of Latex Sealing Compounds. ?._ C804 - 'tecommended Practice for Use of Sclvent-Release'type Sealants. f 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01300. 1. Product Literature for each material used. 2. Samples: a. Submit cured samples of each sealant type and color proposed for the work. b. 1'r r each sealant type ind?cat:,d for "color as selected,"or for which no color is indicated, submit manufacturer's standard color card indicating available stock colors hr entire line of sealants of each type. c. For custom colors,obtain color selection from the Architect prior to sample submittal. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installers: Use only skilled workmen spe ially trained in the techniques of sealing, and familiar with the published recommendations of the manufacturers of the sealants t+e ing used. ' B. Verify that sealants are compatible with the substrates and accessory materials provided under other Sections. Notify Architect of evidence of incompatiblity. 1. Conduct field test with flexible flashing to v^rify color will not bleed into sealant. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 07900.1 t tSECTION 07900 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD,OR7GON SEALANTS 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean and prepare joints in accor,' .ice with manufacturer's instructions. Remove any loose materials and other foreign matt--r which might impair adhesion of sealant. B. Apply masking tightly around joints to protect adjacent surfaces from excess sealant. C. Prime as required for proper bond to substrate materials. D. Place backing materials to achieve proper sealant width/depth ratios and to prevent sealant sag. Use bond breaker where required. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Perform work in accordance with ASTM C804 for solvent release and C790 for latex base sealants. B. Install sealant In strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Sealant beads shall have a sectional width to depth ratio of = to 1, except no bead shall have a depth greater than 3/4 inch. D. Apply sealant within recommended temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within recommended temperature ranges. E. Tool 'pints concave,unless ind-*cated otherwise. Finish free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, Iridges,and sags. 3.04 CLEANUP IA. Clean adjacent surfaces free of excess sealant as the work progresses. Use cleaning agents recommended by the sealant manufacturer. IB. Upon completion,remove and dispu,se of masking. 3.05 SCHEDULE A. Type l: Provide at all exterior joints, unle:,s specified otherwise. B. Type 2: Provide at all exterior and interior horizonta'l joints subject to traffic and abrasion. C. Type 3: Provide at all interior joints, unless specified otherwise. p D. Type 4 Provide at joints around countertops in lounge and toilet rooms. 1 END OF SECTION 1 11/6/90\4/21/92\a/22/92 07900`3 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 08110 TIGARD, OREGON HOLLOW STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Rolled steel doors,and frameL-. 2. Galvanized metal doors and frai-ne at dumpster cncl,-.ure. B. Related Sections: 1. 08700 - Hardware. 2. 09900- Painting: Field painting of doors and frames. C. Drawings, the pro•risions of the Agreement,including bonds and certificates,the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section Ol ti00. 1.02 REFERENCES A. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. NEPA 30-Fire Doors and Windows. B. Steel Doer Institute (SDI) 1. SDI-100 - Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 2. SDI-105-Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames. C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. A366 - SpeciUcation for Steel, Carbon, Cola Rolled Sheet Commercial Quality. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of SDI-100. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with 013(1(1. B. Submit shop drawings and product data. ',ndicate frame configuration,anchor types and spacings, location of cutouts for hardware, reinforcement, and finish. Indicate door elevations,internal reinforcement,closure method,and cut outs fer glazing,reinforcing,and louvers. C. Submit manufacturer's published literature for doors and h aures. D. Submit manufacturer's installation instructian s. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. In accordance with Section 016(x). B. Protect doors and frames with resilient packaging. 11/6/9(1\4/21/42\4/22/92 08110-1 ++.r ,as a •. +,. 1 SECTION 08110 WASHINGTON MUTUAL, FINANCIAL GROUP HOLLOW STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES TiGARD,OREGON , C. Store on-site to permit ventilation. ' PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Members of the Steel Door institute and of the National Association of Architectural Metal ' Manufacturer's,subject to compliance with the specified requirements. 2.02 DOORS A. SDI-100, Type 11, Style 3; (flush design). ' 1. Galvanized at dumpster enclosure. B. Minimum 16 gage face sheets for exterior doors. Fabricate face sheet from ASTM A366 steel sheet. C. Top and bottom shall be closed with 16 gage steel channels;flush top,weeps at bottom for dumpster ' enclosure doors. D. At dumpster enclosure;continuously fill vertical edge joints between face sheets,grind smooth,free of exposed seams. E. Core: Polystyrene or polyurethane foam cora. 2.03 FRAMES , A. Design: Double equal rabbet, unless indicated otherwise; fully welded. B. Gages: ' 1. Exterior Frames: Minimum 14 gage. 2.04 FABRICATION A. Fabricate frames as one piece welded units to the shapes iad,,ated. ' B. Shop fabricate units to accommodate the hardware specified in rection 08700. C. Fabricate frames and doors with hardware reinforcement plates welded in place. Reinforce for 1 butts,closers,and other similar moving hardware items. Reinforcing shall be-I T:-!um 3/16 inch steel plate. Reinforce each butt with minimum 10-1/2 x 1-1/2 inch plate on hing les of both door and frame. Reintorce for closers the full width of the door. ' D. Prepare frame for silencers;three single rubber silencers for single doors,and mullion„of double doors,on strike side,and two single silencers on frame head at double doors withow mullions. E. Attach fire rated label to each frame and door unit. F. Close top edge of exterior door flush with inverted steel chancel closure. Seal joints watertight. t G. Provide metal rain hood for exterior door frames. 081101.2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 +w WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 08110 TIGARD, OREGON HOLLOW STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 2.05 FINISH A. Exterior Units: 0.60 oz/sq ft. galvanized. B. All units shad be cleaned, phosphatized, ane coated with factory baked on rust inhibiting primer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF FRAMES A. Install frames in accordance with SDI-105 and in accordance with labeling requirements;grout solid at dumpster enclosure and elsewhere as indicated. B. Cot-,rdinate with wall construction for an--hor placement. C. Install accessories. D. Installation Tolerances: 1. Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16 inch measured with straightedge,corner to corner. E. Door and hardware installation is specified in Section 08739. END OF SECTION I F 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/9^z 08110-3 SECTION 08210 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP WOOD DOORS AND FRAMES TIGARD, OREGON PART 2 PRODUCTS J 2.01 DOORS A. Solid Core Flush Doors: 1. AWI Section 1300;soU:e, particle board core,unless required otherwise for fire labeling requirements. 2. Provide labeled dnors as required to meet the hourly fire rating indicated. ? 3. Face Veneers: Provide premium grade American Cherry; paint grade birch;and Minimum.050 inch thick plastic laminate veneer where indicated. 4. 1-3/4 inch thick, unless scheduled otherwise. 2.02 FABRICATION .A. Fabricate doors to the configurations indicated, in accordance with the A1'VI standards specified, Lind to fire rated labeling requirements. Attach fire rating labels. B. Provide flush doors with 1/2 inch thick edge strips of wood species to match face vender. C. Bevel lock and hinge edgeF, 1/8 inch in 2 inches on all single acting doors. it D. Prefit and premachine doors and frames in accordance with AWI 1300-". Premachine for hardware specified in Section 08700, and locate as specified in Section 08739. E. Doors shall be finished as scheduled in Section 09900, to match Architect's sample. F. Flush Door Blocking: For flush doors.provide solid lock blocks and special blocking as required for the hardware components specified elsewhere. Blocking for fire rated door's shall meet the door `^t manufacturer's lalviing requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install doors as specified in Section 08739 and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,and the fire rated labeling requirements. is B. Prepare doors to receive finish hardware in accordance with AWI requirements. 3.02 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust for smooth and balanced door movement. END OF SECTION N� 08210-2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/2./^2 SECTION 08210 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP WOC1D DOORS AND FRAMES TIGARD,OREGON PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Wood doors; 2. Door and frame accessories. B. Related Sections: 1. 06200-Finish Carpentry:Wood door frames; 2. 08110-Hollow Steel Doors and Frames:Steel frames; 3. 08700 - Hardware; 4. 08739 - Door and Hardware Installation; C. Drawings,the provisions of the Agreement,including bonds and certificates,the Genera+ Connditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply, to all work of this Section. D. c uostitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.02 REFERENCES A. AWI - Quality Standards of Architectural Woodwork Institute. 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of the jurisdictional code authority. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with 011(H'. B. Submit shop drawings and product data. Ih- ate door elevations, stile and rail reinforcement, internal blocking for hardware attachment. C. Submit two 8 x 1i)� ::'� Maniples of each door finish applied to specified veneer. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, ANP PROTECTION A In accordance with Section 0160). B. Package,deliver,and store doors in accordance with AWI requirements. 1,06 WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturer's standard warranty under provisicns of Section 01700. 0821(1 I 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 1 w w w w w w r. SECTION 08410 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL CROUP ALUMINUM STOREFRONT AND WINDOW TIGARD, OREGON SYSTEM B. Shop Drawings: Include wall opening dimensions,component dimensions, tolerances required, anchorages and fasteners, and installation details. C. Samples: Submit two samples indicating color and finish. D. Submit either of the following to verify that the proposed systems meet the structural performance requirements specified. 1. Shop drawings signed and scaled by a Professional Engineer registered in the State where the project is located. i 2. Certified test report data verifying structural compliance of systems similar to those to be provided. I E. Submit verification that the systems have', en tested to meet the performance requirements specifiecu. 1.05 MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY t A. Furnish five year written warranty executed to the Owner, from the manufacturer of the storefront .t system,against defects in materials and workmanship, in accordance with Section 01700. j 1.06 GUARANTEE � A. Furnish from the installer, a five year written guarantee against defects in installation in accordance with Section 01700. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In acc.trdance with Section 01600. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Extruded Aluminum: A1--TM B221;6%3 T5 alloy and temper. B. Sheet Aluminum- ASTM B200;5005-H32 alloy, or approved. 2.02 COMPONENTS A. Storefront and Window Framing: t:cwneer 451, U.S. Aluminum Corporation "451-S", Arcadia or approved;2 x 4-1/2 inch extruded alumit.-im section;center set flush design. B. Doors: Kawneer 190, U.S. Aluminum Corporation 250,Arcadia or approved;extruded aluminum frame; narrow stile. C. Door Hardware: Manuf, carer shall provide standard flush bolts for inactive leaf of pairs of doors. E Balance of hardware is specified in Section 08700. D. ATM Enclosure: As per 2.02A with Crystalite or apprc -ed skylite extrusions. 08410-2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL, FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 08410 TIGARD, OREGON ALUMINUM STOREFRONT ANIS WINDOW SYSTEM PART] GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Aluminum framed storefront and window systems. 2. Aluminum framed glass doors B. Related Sections 1. 08739 - Door and Hardware Installation: Installation of aluminum door hardware. 2. 08700 - Hardware: Door hardware other than chat specified in this Section; templates. 3. 08800-Glazing: Glass and glazing C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement,including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. B209 - Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy-Sheet and Plate. 2. B.221 - Aluminum Alloy Extruded Bars,Rods, Wire, Shapes,and Tubes. 3. ASTM E283 - Rate of Air Leakage through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors. 4. ASTM E.330-Structural Performance of Exterior Windows,Curtain Walls,and Doors oy Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. B. Architectural Aluminum Manufacturer's Association (HAMA). 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Performance- Aluminum Window and Storefront System: 1. System shall accommodate expansion and contraction caused by a temperature range of 20 degrees F to 140 degrees F. without detrimental effects to components,sealing systems,and surrounding construction. 2. Design system with provisions to drain moisture to the exterior of the system. 3. Air Infiltration: Shall not exceed .05 CFM pr square foot of fixed area when tested in accordance with ASTM E283. 4. Water Infiltration: No water penetration at a test pressure of 6.24 Ib/sq It. when measured in accordance with ASTM E331. B. Window and Storefront Structural Design: 1. Design and size members to withstand positive and negative wind loads as required by the currently enforced edition of the Uniform Building Code. 2. Limit mullion deflection to 1/175, or flexure limit of glass with full recover),of glazing materials, whichever is less. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with 01300. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 08410-1 r SECTION 08410 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP ALUMINUM STOREFRONT AND WINDOW TIGARD, OREGON SYSTEM F. Adjust hardware in�taded in this section for smooth operation. G. Protect aluminum from dissimilar materials with a coating of bituminous paint,a minimum 1 mil thickness of zinc chromate primer, plastic ::parator materials, or isolation tape. Keep isolation materials unexposed to view. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. After completion of all glazing and sealing work, hose test all glazed storefront and window systems. B. All areas which exhibit water penetration to the inside of the building shall be repaired, resealed, and retested until watertightness can be demonstrated. 1 END OF SECTION r 1 1 1 1 1 r r r r 08410.4 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/12/92 . r WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 08410 TIGARD, OREGON ALUMINUM STOREFRONT AND WINDOW SYSTEM E. Glazing beads: manufacturer's standard EPDM or neoprene glazing beads, for a complete weatherproof seal. Furnish for installation as a part cf the work of Section 08800. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Fabricate frames allowing for shim spacing around perimeter of assembly,yet enabling installation. B. Rigidly fit joints and corners. Accurately fit and secure corners tight. Make corner joints Flush, hairline, and weatherproof. Seal joints with sealant. C. Provide drainage holes to allow water to Flow to exterior. D. Prepare components to receive anchorage devices. Fabricate anchorsg i `tans. I E. Provide internal reinforcement in mullions with members to maintain rIgnclity. Provide reinforcing at all door strike jambs. F. Fabricate storefront system to accommodate hardware using templates fur Dished from Section 08700. G. Fabricate custom extrusions, closures,and sheet materials to the shape, indicated; fabricate for Iattachment with concealed fasteners to the greatest possible extent. H. Finish: PVF 70% "Kynar 500'; "Bone White." Apply in accordance with manufacturer's Irecommendations. Provide at all exposed aluminum surfaces. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify wall openings are ready to receive work of this Section. B. Notifv Archited of unacceptable conditions, prior to installation. Do not install units until such conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION 1 A. Install frames,doors,and hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Use anchorage devices to securely attach frame to structure. C. Align frames plumb and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain dimensional tolerances, Fligning with adjacent work. D. Install aluminum Flashings at head and sill (PVF Kynar-500 "Bone White"). E. Perimeter sealant is provided under Section 07900- Sealants. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 08410-3 SECTION 08700 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP HARDWARE TiGARD, OREGON B. Replacements: In the event of damage,immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary. C. Mark each item of hardware as to descriptiGn and location of installation in accordance with approved hardware schedule. D. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect the firish on hardware before,during and after installation. 1.05 GUARANTEES A. In addition to required one year warranty under Conditions of the Contract, furnish 5-year ur_^onditional guarantees for all door closers,under provisions of Section 01700. 1.06 MAINTENANCE A. Factory representatives for door closers, exit bolts, and locksets shall be available during the construction to instruct the Contractor on the proper method of installation of their materials.They shall inspect and adjust their materials at the completion of the work, and supply proper maintenance manuals to the Owner. B. Furnish two(2) sets of special tools for installation and maintenance of hardware. Tools for maintenance and adjustments are to be delivered to the Owner upon completion of the work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 HARDWARE A. Furnish hardware items as schedules', and specified. B. Except as listed in the following paragraphs, no substitutions of materials will be allowed unless approved by the Architect five days prior to bid opening. 2.02 FINISHES A. In general, unless otherwise indicated, hi.ishes shall be satin chrome US26D. 2.03 KEYING. A. General: Construction ma;ter-k.ey all locksets and cylinder items;provide 12 construction masterkeys. B. Owner shall be responsible for final keying. Contractor shall return all construction keys to the Owner. 2.04 DOOR HARDWARE A. Butts: 1. In the following paragraphs where McKinney Sales Company numbers are listed,equivalent items of Lawrence or the Stanley Works may be supplied. 2. Exterior doors(outswing)38" wide or less shall have McKinney TA2314 butts,size 4-1/2 x 4-1/2. 08700-2 11/6/90\4/21/42\4/22/42 SECTION 08700 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL, GROUP HARDWARE TIGARD,OREGON PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY F,. Section Includes: Finish hardware items. B. Relates: Sections 1. 01700-Contract Closeout: Submittal of keys. 2. 06200-Finish Carpentry: Wood frames. 3. 08110- Hollow Steel Doors and Frames. 4. 08210- Wood Doors. 5. 08739 - Door and Hardware Installation. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Make all submittals in accordance with Sectioli 01300, Submittals. B. Schedules: Upon award of hardware contract, submit three (3)copies of the finish hardware schedule,organized into"hardware sets" and indicating complete designation of every item required for each door or opening. List in vertical form. Architect's review of hardware schedules does not relieve Contractor's responsibility to fulfill project requirements in accordance with Contract Documents. C. Templates: Furnish hardware templates to door and frame fabricators, and hardware installers. Upon request,check shop drawings of such other work to confirm that adequate provisions will be made for the proper installation of hardware. D. Manufacturer's Data: Submit three(3) copies of manufacturer's data for each item of finish hardware. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Supplier: Finish hardware shall samuare ased bthe project for abuilders' period of n t less than two years.The has been furnishing hardware m t supplier's organization shall include a member of the American Society of Architectural Hardware Consultants who is available actor for reasonable blehartimes during ura ugtthe course of the work to meet with the Owner, Architect or Co 1' n. B. installer: Finish hardware shall be installed only by experienced tradesmen in compliance wit! trade union jurisdictions, either at the door and frame fabrication plant or at the project site. C. Codes: 1. All finish hardware shall comply with applicable local and/or state current building codes. 2. 1!a7dware for fire-rated openings shall also be in compliance with all fire building codes applicable to the district in which the building is located. Provide only hardware which has been tested and listed by UL for the types and sizes of doors required,and which complies with the requirements of the door and door frame labels. 1.04 DF.LiVFRY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery: Deliver all'hardwareeand n manuf aand contentonginal unopened undamaged packages,clearly identifying manufacturer, s. 097001 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 SECTION t)8700 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP HARDWARE TIGARD, OREGON 2.05 HA•I'DWARE GROUPS A. Furnish for each door, the items scheduled within the designated hardware groups: HW-1 2 ea Floor closer 27105 x NHO x LFP x CC US26D 2 ea Intermediate pivot M19 3/4 US26D 1 ea DPadlnck MS1850S US28 2 ea Cylinder 20-001 US26D 1-1/8" 2 set Push/pulls 29W12"CTC US32D'Type"N" Mtg at TB 1 ea Dustproof strike 4878 x 4898 US26D 1 ea Threshold 3 x 700 Alum 72" MS& ES I Floor stop and holder F523 x LJS26D 1 ea Sign "These doors...." •Flush bolts and gasket by door supplier. •Sign specified in section 10999. HW-2(not used) 1-1/2 pr Butts 179 US26D 1 ea Lockset L9050 Al2 US32D CLS WBX 1 ea Overhead stop 5-031 US26D 3 ea silencers HAY--3 1-1/2 pr Butts 179 US26D 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 1 ea Lockset L9050 Al2 US32D CLS WBX I ea Wall stop WC9 x US26D 3 ea Silencers HW-4 1-1/2 pr Butts BB179 US26D 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 NRP 1 ea Lockset L9080 Al2 US32D CLS WBX 1 ea Overhead stop 5-031 US26D 3 ea Silencers HW-5 1•'1/2 pr Butts BB179 US26D 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 1 ea Lockset L9473 Al2 US32D CLS WBX 1 ea Floor stop 1:8063-1/2 x US26D 3 ea Silencers HW-6 1-1/2 pr Butts BB179 US26D 4-1/2 x4-1/2 1 ea Lockset L9040 Al2 US3?_D CLS WBX 1 ea Closer K120 SBL x SNR 1 ea Wall stop WC9X US26D 3 ea Silencers 08700-4 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 SECTION 08700 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP HARDWARE TIGARD,OREGON 3. Interior doors 38" wide or lessshall th nonrmovable pi s(set screw n barrel,pin non.emovable 4. Provide butts on exterior doo when door is closed),and safety stud. 5. All doors shall Hr d screw(for wood doors and/or iambsntim vntrance doors shall . pivots. 6. Provide 11.11 threaded 7. Butt widths I,sted are minimum. Provide brumetong der throw to suit conditions for 18(1[1 operation of doors,structural conditions pe Pe B. Pivots and Floor Closers 1. Rixson• C. Locksets, Deadlocks,Cylinders and Padlocks: I. Manufacturer: Adams Rite,or approved. a. Locks and Deadlocks -Schlage, b. Cylinders and Padlocks - Schlage. 2. Provide lock strikes with minimum projection to protect trim. 3. Provide wrought boxes for locksets and deadlocks. 4. Provide deadlocks with armored fronts. 5. Function as indicated in hardware groups- 6. Dead bolts at exterior doors shall have a minimum throw of 1 inch and minimum embedment o 3/4 inch. D. Door Closers: 1, Manufacturer:Corbin. !, 2. Types:as scheduled. to wood 3. Provide finished fc and) l�ength for all to suit all appliedconditions. Floors. 4. Provide suitable proper 5. Sizes shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. Closers shall have a 5-year unconditional guarantee. Finish shall match locksetsNo 6. All door closers to be mounteprivate de of doaP erode. thru bolts. 7. Maximum closure pressure 8.5 pounds, per i E. Flush Bolts:by door manufacturer. F. Door Stops and Overhead Stops: 1. Manufacturer: a. Builders Brass as scheduled. b. Rixson 2. Locate floor stops free from foot traffic. 3. Provide silencers for metal jambs,3 for single jambs and 4 for double jambs. G. Thresholds, Wephrnko Mf Co., Bottom approved equal by Rixon. 1. Makes: g' 2. Types as indicated in Hardware Groups. H. Door Viewer: 1. Make: Ives 2. Type as indicated in Hardware Groups. ()8700-3 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 1 SECTION 08700 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP HARDWARE TIGARD, OREGON HW-14 l••1/2 pr Self-closing Hinges #2060 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 US26D 1 ea Lockset L9080 Al2 US32D CLS WBX 1 ea Floor Stop F8063-1/2 US26D 1 set Smoke Gaskets S88D PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Installation of hardware is specified in Section 08739. END OF SECTION 08700-6 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGA.RD, OREGON SECTION 08700 HARDWARE HW-7 1-1/2 pr Butts BB179 US26D 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 1 ea Latchset L9010 Al2 LJS32D CLS WBX 1 ea Wall stop WC9X U926D 3 ea Silencers HW-8(not u&d) 1-1/2 pr Butts BB179 US26D 4-1/2 x4-1/2 NRP I ea Lockset L9080 Alt US32D CLS WBX 1 ea Floor stop F8063-1/2 US26D 3 ea Silencers W-9 1-1/2 pr Butts BB191 US32D 4-1/2 x 4-1/2,NRP 1 ea Lockset HT L9080 Al2 US32D CLS WBX" 1 ea Closer/stop KP120B SBL x SNB LH 1 ea Threshold 171 A 36" MS & ES 1 ea Door Bottom 315CN 36" 1 pc Gasket 305C:R 36" 2 pc Gasket 305CR 84" 1 ea peephole U-700 B26D 3 ea Silencers Lever trim on inside only. HW-]0 1 ea Butt BB 191 US26D 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 1 ea Spring Hinge Bommer#4310 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 US26D 1 ea Latchset - Furnished by Owner, Installed by Contractor. 2 ea Silencers 1 ea Wall stop WC9X US26D LIV-1-1 LnQLu101 3 pr Butts BBI 91 US32D 5 x 4-1/2 x NRP 1 ea Latch- Lawrence SC109 Zinc 1 ea Cane Bolt- Lawrence T230 x 24"Zinc 1 ea Astragal 357 Sp MS 2 ea Wall Stop WC9 x US32D HW-l2 1-1/2 pr Butts BB179 US26134-1/2 x 4-1/2 1 ea Latchset L9010 Al2 US26D CLS WBX 1 ea Closer K120 SBL x SNB 3 ea Silencers 1-1/2 pr Self-closing Hinges #2060 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 US26D 1 ea Lockset L9050 Al2 US32D CLS WBX 1 ea Overhead Stop 55 Series,Surface Mounted US26D 1 set Smoke Gaskets S88D 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/24/92 08700-5 SECTION 08739 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL r ROUP DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTALLATION TIGARD, OkEGON j 3.02 WOOD ODOR AND FRAME INSTALLATION A. Fit and prepare doors and frames for installation in accordance with the door manufacturer's printed instructions. I B. Install doors plumb and square. C. Provide clearances of 1/8 inch at jambs and heads, 1/8 inch at meeting stiles for pairs of doors,and I 1/2 inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering,except where threshold is shown or scheduled provide 1/4-inch clearance from bottom of door to top of threshold. D. Bevel doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches at lock and hinge edges. I 1. Wood Veneer Faced Doors: Install roses,kick plates,closers,and other surface mounted hardware only after door finishing is complete and finishes are completely cured. 3.03 HOLLOW STEEL DOOR INSTALLATION A. Fit hollow metal doors accurately to the respective frames, within ciearances specified in SDI 100. 3.04 FINISH HARDWARE INSTALLATION A. Installer shall receive delivery and unpack, tag, index, and file all keys. Keep hardware in a ' separate room under lock and key at the site until installation is made. B. Verify all dimensions and be responsible for the correct installation and fit of hardware at the locations indicated on the drawings and as specified. C. Install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. D. Wherever cutting and fitting are required to install hardware onto or into surfaces which are later to be painted or finished in another way, install each item completely and then remove and store in 1 a secure place during the finish application. After completion of the finishes, reinstall each item. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrate. E. Hardware Mounting Heights: Mounting heights are based on recommendations of the National , Builders Hardware Association (NBHA). Generally, mount hardware units at the following locations on each door or door opening,exceF`as otherwise indicated on the drawings or required to meet code and handicapped requirements. Verify any conflicts with location of other hardware for proper clearances for installation prior to cutting or milling for specified hardware. Notify Architect immediately if such conflicts are determined. 1. Latch and Locksets: 38 inches finish floor to center of knob. 2. Dead Locks: 52 inches finish floor to center of cylinder. 3. Emergency Exit Cross Bar: 36 inches from finish floor. 4. Top Hinge: 5 inches from top of door to top of hinge. ' 5. Bottom Hinge: 10 inches from finish floor to bottom of hinge. 6. Center Hinge: Equal distance between top and bottom hinges. 7. Multiple hinge locations shall be equally spaced between top and bottom hinge. 8. Wall Stops: Centerline of knob or point of first contact. 9. Thresholds: Mount at exterior doors such that slope breakpoint on threshold is at lea i edge of door. Set in full bed of caulking material. 08739-2 11/6/90\4/?l/02\1/1? r WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 08739 TIGARD, OREGON DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTALLATION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Installation of wood doors and frames. 2. Installation of hardware specified in Section 08700. 3. Installation of aluminum and hollow steel doors in frames installed in other Sections. B. Related Sections 1. 08110- Hollow Steel Doors and Frames. 2. 08210-Wood Doors and Frames. 3. 08410-Aluminum Storefront and Window System. 4. 08260 - Door and Hardware Installation. 5. 08700 - Finish Hardware. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The types of doors included under work of this Section consist of wood doors and hollow metal doors used for pedestrian traffic or other similar functions, and not specified under other Sections. B. Work of this Section includes installation of all hardware specified in Section 08700. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installers of doors and finish hardware shall be skilled mechanics experienced in this type of work. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Do not subject wood doors to abnotTnal heat,dryness,or humidity,or sudden changes thereof. Condition doors to average prevailing humidity prior to hanging. I PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DOORS, FRAMES, AND HARDWARE IA. D,,)ors, frames and hardware are specified in other sections. PART 3 E:ECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Install doors at locations indicated with the hardware scheduled. 1 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/21/92 08739-1 i WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 08739 TIGARD, OREGON DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTALLATION 10. Closing: Mount for maximum degree of opening obtainable considering other hardware provided and opening conditions.Size closers for conditions and code requirements. 11. Trim/Protection: kickplate shall be 2" LDW x height indicated. 12. Other hardware items shall be located as recommended by NBHA,or as may be shown or required otherwise. 3.05 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING I A. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware arid each door to ensure proper operation of function of every unit. Lubricate moving parts with graphite type lubricant unless otherwise recommended by the hardware manufacturer. Replace units which cannot be adjusted and lubricated to operate freely and smoothly as intended for the application made. I 3.06 FINAL, ADJUSTMENT A. Wherever hardware installation is made more than 1 month prior to acceptance or occupancy of a space or area,return to the work during the week prior to acceptance or occupancy and make a final check and adjustment of all hardware items in such space of area. Clean and relubricate operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control t devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment,spring power,back check,closing and latching speeds,and handicap requirements. B. Protect all items of finish hardware from damage until acceptance of the building. C. Instruct Owner's personnel in proper adjustment of hardware and hardware finishes during the Ifinal adjustment of hardware. I END OF SECTION 1 I 1 11/6/90\4/21/97.\4/22/92 08739-3 SECTION 08800 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP GLAZING TIGARD, OREGON C. Structural Criteria: 1. Windload: (Design factor of 2.5 based on statistical glass breakage of 8 liter per 1,000). Positive and negative(inward and outward) wind pressure shall be in accordance with UBC using wind speed and exposure classification indicated on structural drawings. Breakage of either lite in an insulating glass unit shall constitute unit breakage. 2. Center Deflection: Maximum deflection shall not exceed L/175 or 3/4 inch, whichever is less. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Comply with all pertinen• recommendations contained in the "Manual of Glazing" of the Flat Glass Marketing Association. B. Safety Glass Standard: Comply with UBC code requirements. C. Qualifications of Glass Manufacturer: Provide glass produced by a nationally recognized manufacturer of high efficiency glass. D. Qualifications of Glazers: Provide personnel thoroughly trained and experienced in the skills required,and at least one person completely familiar with the referenced standards and the requirements of thiF Work, who shall personally direct installation of work herein. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with 01300. B. Glass Analysis: Submit glass manufacturer's,analysis demonstrating compliance with the requirements for windload,thermal stresses,and center deflection. 1. Submittal shall identify each glass type and the maximum design wind load each type can accommodate. 2. Each separate glass type shall indicate glass thickness and whether glass in annealed, heat- strengthened,or tempered. C. Certification: Submit coated glass manufacturer's written verification of review and approval of all glazing details and conditions,including pocket widths,edge bites and edge stresses,and glass thicknesses. D. Warranty: Submit draft of manufacturer's and fabricator's warranty for Architect's review. Draft of warranties shall be submitted concurrent with glass analysis submittal and shall include all specified inclusions. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with applicable provisions of Section 01600. B. Provide cushions at edges of glass to prevent impact damage during shipment and storage. C. Keep vacuum cups free from foreign material that could scratch glass. 1). Comply with insulating unit fabricators requirements for limits on exposure to reduced barometric pressure during shipment. Q3800-2 11/6/90\4/21/1912\4/22/92 1 71 i 1 1 I WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL C,:OUP SECTION 08800 TIGARD, OREGON GLAZING I PARTI GENERAL 1.91 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: } 1. Glass and glazing for aluminum windows. 2. Glass and glazing for aluminum entrance and storefront. 3. Laminated glass and glazing for overhead installation. B. Related Sections: 1. 08110-Hollow Steel Doors and Frames: Doors and frames to receive glazing; �? 2. 08410- Aluminum Storefront and Window System: Metal framing and glazing materials; C. Drawings,the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates,the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: No substitute products will be considered. 1.02 REFERENCES I A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. C1036 - Standard Specification for Flat Glass. 2. C1048 - Standard Specification for Heat Treated Flat Glass, Kind HS, Kind FT(Coated and Uncoated). i 3. E773 - Test Method for Seal Durability of Sealed Insulating Glass Units. 4. E774 - Specifications for Sealed Insulating Glass Units. B. Flat Glass Marketing Association (FGMA): FGMA Glazing Manual. C. American National Standard (ANSI): 7_97.1 - Performance Specifications and Test Methods for Safety Glazing Materials in Buildings. D. Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturer's Association (SIGMA): #70-7-1, 76-Glazing Recommendations for Sealed Glass Units. E. Consumer Products Safety Commission (CPSC): 16 CFR Part 1201 -Safety Standards for Architectural Glazing Materials. F. International Conference of Building Officials- Uniform Building Code(UBC) -currently enforced edition. 1.03 GLASS PERFORMANCE CRITERIA A. The glass manufacturer shall perform stress analysis to determine the proper glass thickness and treatment required to resist the structural and thermal stresses for each glazing condition. All costs in conjunction with the analysis shall be borne by the glass manufacturer. B. Should the stress analysis show that glass of greater strength or thickness is required over that scheduled, then all such changes shall be included in the bid price. The glass manufacturer or installer shall net he entitled to any claims for additional compensation for his failure to meet this requirement. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 08800-1 I =MKJL2M_ "`M_.ALM_A_MM_JLM1 MIIIM t SECTION 08800 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP GLAZING TIGARD, OREGON ' 1. Tempered Glass: Glass which has been heat treated to strengthen glass in bending to not less than 4 times the annealed strength; free e'"tong marks". Certified safety glass in accordance with ANSI Z97.1. 2. Heat Strengthened Glass: ASTM C1048; glass which has been heat treated to strengthen glass in bending to not less than 1.8 times annealed strength;frac of tong marks. 3. Fabricate tempered and heat strengthened glass units so that principle distortion will be in the horizontal direction in the finished installation. 4. Unless otherwise approved by the building official, provide manufacturer's label on each , light, indicating type and thickness of glass. 5. Comply with UBC Section .5406 for identification and labeling of safety-glazing materials in hazardous locations subject to human impact loads. C. Laminated Glass: 1. Two layers of 1/8 inch,minimum,heat-strengthened glass with .060 inch clear vinyl inner layer sandwiched between to form a monolithic unit. PART 3 EXECUTION , 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify surfaces of glazing channels or recesses are clean,free of obstructions,and ready for work of ' this Section. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of substrate. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean contact surfaces with solvent and wipe dry. r B. Seal frame corner joints, and other leakage points with sealant. At insulating glass units the sealant shall be compatible with the seal of the unit. Do not plug weep holes. C. Prime surfaces scheduled to receive sealant, unless otherwise recommended by the sealant manufacturer. ' 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Setting Blocks: Place setting blocks in frames for support of glass. Place at quarter points unless , approved otherwise. B. Set glass tightly in position with proper clearances in accordance with the referenced standards. C. Perimeter glass clearances within setting frame shall be as required by the manufacturer to meet the requirements of UBC'rable No. 54-C and as required to provide for wind,earthquake drift,and 1 thermal expansion. D. Unless specified otherwise, glaze units with gaskets furnished with the framing systems specified ' in other sections. E. Where glazing gaskets are not furnished, install with glazing tape. 08800A 11/6/90\4/21/42\4/22/92 91( A 1 I i WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 08800 TIGARD,OREGON GLAZING 1.07 WARRANTY A. Submit warranties under provisions of Section MAX). B. Replace all installed units which fail under use with new conforming units. Replacement shall include coordination with the Owner,immediate provision for maintaining openings secure and weathertight, timely ordering and fabrication of replacement items as required, installation, and cleaning. C. Structural Failure: The Installer shall furnish written guarantee to replace all glass units broken by temperature changes, flaws in materials,environmental conditions(excluding fire and impact), and normal deflection conditions for one year. No allowances for statistical probability of breakage under anticipated loading conditions will be made in consideration of failure of glass materials under load. This warranty shall include all labor and materials for replacement of Ifailed unit(s). D. Insulating Glass Units: 1. Furnish ten year manufacturer's warranty,including coverage of units for seal failure, interpane dusting or misting,and replacement of same,under provisions of Section 01700. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GLASS IA. Float or Plate Glass: ASTM C1036, Type 1,class 1,clear,quality q3 glazing select. I2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Setting Blocks: Neoprene;70-90 Shore A durometer hardness;4 inches long x 1/4 high x width as ( required for application indicated. 1 B. Glazing Sealant: Compatible with insulating glass seal. C. Glazing Tape(Interior): Norton "V-980", PTI "303",or approved. Size: 1/8 inch by 1/2 inch. 2.03 FABRICATION IA. Insulating Glass Units: 1. Dual lite units fabricated from glass as scheduled; 1/2 inch nominal airspace;dual seal system. 2. Twin primary seals of polyisobutylene and secondary seal of silicone or polysulfide sealant. Outer seal shall be compatible with glazing system. 3. Spacer Bar: Mill finish aluminum; fill with desiccant; corners shall be partially miter cut and bent(not cut through),or formed with corner keys ultrasonically soldered in place. 4. Certified through the Insulating Glass Certification Council (IGC) in accordance with ASTM F.773 and E774; certified to level CBA. 5. Each piece shall bear certification number, date, and manufacturer's identification mark. 6. Assembly of insulating units shall be by a fabricator approved 'ry the glass materials manufachircr. B. Tempered and Heat Strengthened Glass: 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 08800-3 I s gar � WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 08800GLAZING TIGARD,OREGON F. Adjust glazing materials to form a uniform sightline. 3.04 CLEANING ' A►. Clean excess glazing materials from adjacent finished surfaces. B. Remove labels after work is completed. 3.05 SCHEDULE A. Exterior glass: Clear Low•E glass;Interpane IPLUS Neutral,or Hartung Agalite LOF Low E 02 Surface) over clear. B. Provide tempered safety glass when located in the following areas: 1. In all hinged and sliding glazed doors,except where wire glass is required to meet fire rating requirements. 2. Glass whose nearest vertical edge is within 12 inches of a door opening,and whose bottom edge is less than 60 inches above the floor or walking surface. 3. Glass units whose bottom edge is within 18 inches of a floor or walking surface within 36 inches of the glass unit. END OF SECTION I 08800-5 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/24/92 1 ++ a SECTION 09260 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD, OREGON GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS B. Acoustical Sealant:Non-hardening,non-skinning,for use in conjunction,with gypsum board. C. Trim: 1. Conform to GA 216,unless indicated or specified otherwise. 2. Concealed flange screw-on type,metal or PVC at Contrac'or's option. 1. Control Joint Trim: USG 093 or approved. D. joint Compound,Tape,and Finishing Compound: ASTM C475. E. Screws: ASTM C1002. F. Water Resistant Sealant: USG Sheetrock W/R Sealant. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting work,carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. B. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning wol L constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. 3.02 GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION A. Install gypsum hoard in accordance with GA 216,and fire rated assembly requirements. B. Er;ct wallboard so that all edges and corners are firmly supported. C. Use s j. i to fasten gypsum board to metal furring or framing. D. Double Layer Applications: I 1. Use backing board or standard board for first layer. 2. Offset joints of second layer from joints of first layer. E. Adhesive application of gypsum board may be used if it is in accordance with the manufacturer's I recommendations and meets fire rating requirements. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 09260-2 , ■ WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 09260 TIGARD,OREGON GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Interior gypsum board; B. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement,including bonds and certificates,the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. C. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. C36-Gypsum Wallboard. 2. C442-Gypsum Backing Board. 3 C475 -Joint Treatment Materials for Gypsum Wallboard Construction. 4. C630-Specification for Water Resistant Gypsum Backing Board 5 01002 -Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Board. B. Gypsum Association(GA) 1. GA-216-Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Perform work in accordance with GA 216,unless specified otherwise,or required otherwise to meet fire rating requirements. B. Assembly Instructions: Contractor shall keep at the site and make available to installers a copy of the GA 216. i PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GYPSUM BOARD MATERIALS I A. Provide boards of maximum permissible length for type of installation indicated, tapered edge for boards to be exposed, taped anal finished;square edge for boards in concealed applications;5/8 inch thick unless noted or specified otherwise; provide type X in fire rated partitions. iB. Types: 1. St,ndard Board: ASTM C36. 2. Water Resistant Board: ASTM C630 3. Backing Board: ASTM C442. 2.02 ACCESSORIES fA. Adhesive for laminated construction: ASTM C557,unless recommended otherwise by the gypsum board manufacturer. 11/6/90\4/21/42\4/22/92 OQ260-1 I WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 09260 1 TIGARD, OREGON GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS F. Trim: I. Use longest practical lengths, with no piece less than 2 feet long for continuous runs greater than 8 feet. Securely fasten and align trim ends at pints. 2. Place concealed flange corner beads at all external corners. At angles other than 90 degrees, bend the flange to conform to the angle. 3. Place concealed flange type L trim where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. 4. Use] trim where sealant joint is indicated. G. Allow a minimum of 1/4 inch and a maximum of 1/2 inch gap where gypsum board extends to overhead structure Where the ceiling is exposed in the finished work, finish top edge with a rasing bead, and caulk with acrylic sealant as specified in Section 07900. H. Provide water resistant gypsum board in restrooms, toilets, janitor closets, adjacent to lavatories;at coffee bar and other areas subject to similar damp conditions. I. Coat cut edges,fastener heads,and joints of water resistant gypsum board with water resistant I sealant. Treat fastener heads after installation. 3.03 FINISHING 1 A. Taping: 1. Apply a uniform layer of taping compound to all joints and angles to be reinforced. 2. Apply reinforcing!ape immediately centered over the joint and seated into the compound. 3. Skim coat shall follow immediately but shall not function as a fill or second coat. 4. Tape shall be properly folded and embedded in all angles to provide a true angle. B. Filling: i 1. After taping compound has hardened,apply taping compound, filling the board flush with the surface. 2. The fill coat shall cover the tape and feather out slightly beyond the tape. C. Finishing: 1. Fastener Depressions: Apply taping compound to all fastener depressions followed when hardened by at least 2 coats of taping compound, leaving all depressions level with the plane of the surface. 2. Apply taping compound to all bead and trim,feathering out fr,)m the ground to the plane of the surface as specified for joints. 3. Finish 'pints with at least 2 coats of taping compound,each coat extending beyond preceding coat. Joints shall be feathered to 12 inches each side of the joint. 4. Feather the finish coat from the ground to the plane of the surface, with a maximum camber of 1/32 inch. 5. Where necessary to sand,do so without damaging the face of the gypsum board. 6. Provide a smooth wall surface with joints fully concealed. D. Smooth Wall Finish: 1. Provide a smooth wall finish, unless specified otherwise. 2. Skim coat exposed bare paper surfaces,except at utility rooms,storage rooms,and other locations where a completely smooth surface is not critical. F. Acoustical Sealant: ti 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 09260-3 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANICIAL UP T GARD,OREGON SECTION 09260 GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS , one bead 1 Install acoustical sealant around perimeter of all aco fors nl le layer cc insulated ion,and at edge each side of framing member interface with substrate of base layer for double layer construction. Sea, all penetrations. 3.04 TOLERANCES board with 1/B inch in 10 feet maximum variation from plane in any direction. A. Install gypsum 1 END OF SECTION [ s 1.l L� L� 1.7 11/6/ 1\4/21/92\4/22/92 092601-4 1 SECTION 093(x) WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUT TILE TIGARD, OREGON 1.07 EXTRA STOCK A. Furnish 1% additional quantities of each type of tile installed for maintenance purposes. B. Leave uninstalled quantities at site where directed, in clearly marked sealed cartons. C. Extra stock tile which is used to satisfy extra stock requirements shall be free of damaged tiles, ' seconds,or the which is not in conformance with these specifications. PART 2 PRODUCTS , 2.01 TILE A. General: Furnish the manufactured in accordance with ANSI A137.1. B. Special Shapes: Unless otherwise indicated or specified, furnish special shapes as standard with the tile manufacturer for uniform transitions and concealed edges in the finished installation. Shapes shall include without limitation, bullnoses,double bullnoses,corner bullnoses,cove assemblies, and other special shapes C. Tile Types Types as indicated on the drawings. Substitute products will not be considered. 2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A Setting Materials: 1. Thinset mortar: Latex-portland cement in accordance with ANSI A118.4; 100% acrylic latex additive at all locations. PCI US Division (404/971-5819) "PCI-Lastoflex" mixed with Non- Sag," Mapei "Premium Kerabond" with "Universal Keralastic"; proportions as recommended by the manufacturer. 2. Organic Adhesives: Bostik Construction Product Division of Emhart (UPCO) "Ultra-Set", or approved. B. Screed Strips: Schluter Systems"AE 125", solid anodized aluminum angle, 1/2" high or approved. C. Reinforcing Mesh: 2"x 2"x 16/16 gage welded wire mesh or approved. D. Fasteners: Cadmium plated, type as required for application indicated. ' G Tile Waterproofing Membrane:: Laticrete International, Inc., "Laticrete 9235 General Purpose Waterproof Membrane" system; T Noble Company, "Nobleseal TS"; Hydroment "Ultra-set," or approved. F. Grout: Mapei "Plastjoints," Bostik Construction Products Division of Emhart (UPCO), "Hydroment"Ceramic Tile Grout,Custom Building Products, "Custom"Colored Tile Grout;sanded ' as appropriate for installation; 100 percent acrylic or SBR latex additive as recommended by the grout manufacturer. G. Vapor Barrier: Minimum 4 mil polyethylene. , 09300-2. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 09300 TIGARD,OREGON TILE PART] GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Interior wall tile. 2. Interior floor tile. B. Related Sections: 1. 03001 -Concrete: Substrate; 2. 07900 -Sealants: Expansion joint fillers. 3. 09260 -Gypsum board Systems: Substrate. C. Drawings,the provisions of the Agreement,including bonds and certificates,the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. A108.5 - Ceramic Tile Installed with Dry-Set and Latex Portland Gement Mortar. 2. A108.4 - Ceramic Tile Installed with Organic Adhesives. 3. A118.4 - Latex-Portland Cement Mortar. 4 A136.1 -Organic Adhesive for Installation of Ceramic Tile B. Tile Council of America (TCA): 1. Handbook of for Ceramic Tile Installation, current edition. 2. 137.1 - Recommended Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Expansion Joints: Unless otherwise detailed, expansion joints in tile fields are sealant-filled joints to accommodate expansion and contraction of the and possible substrate movement at slab control and construction joints. B. Reinforced Waterproofing Membrane: Proprietary waterproofing membrane system installed in combination with thinset the application, as part of the ceramic tile work. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to ANSI Standard Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with Section 0160(1. 1.06 GUARANTEE A. In accordance with Section MAX), furnish from the tile installer, a two year written guarantee, executed to the Owner,against defects in workmanship and materials. 11/b/4)\4/21/92\4/22/92 0930(1-1 f WWI.JW WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP j SECTION 09300 TIGARD, OREGON TILE 3.03 WATERPROOF MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A. Install waterproof membranes in strict accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. B. At above grade locations,install waterproof membrane completely over floor surfaces indicated, and a minimum of 6 inches up the wall base. C. Use embedded reinforcingmesh at changes in plane and material. D. Protect waterproof membrane from damage until after tile installation is complete. �y 3.04 INSTALLATION OF TILE (J A. Interior Floor Application -Thinset over Concrete Substrate or Waterproof Membrane. 1. TCA System: F113. 2. Installation Standard: ANSI A1(18.5. 3. Setting Materials: Thinset mortar; 3/32 inch minimum thickness. B. Wall Application - Gypsum Board Substrata: 1. TCA System: W221. E 2. Installation Stanaard: ANSI A108.4. 3. Setting Materials: Organic adhesive. C. Joint Pattern: � 3 ommencing tile installation. 1. Lay out file pattern prior to c 2. Accurately locate grout joints on lines indicated; where not indicated,adjust grout joints within specified tolerances to minimize use of cut tiles at field edges. of each 3. Where cut tiles are necessary,position Floor tile such that cut tile at each edg rectilinear field is not less than half of a full size unit. D. Installation Tolerances, Level: 1. Install tile fields level to within tolerance specified for finished concrete substrate. 2. No portion of a the surface shall vary more than 1/16 inch above or below an adjacent tile surface. E. Mix tiles from several boxes prior to installation to ensure that color variations within each tile field are uniformly distributed throughout the field. F. Install tiles with faces in same plane, and aligned with adjacent finishes, where indicated. G. Except as otherwise indicated, install bullnose tiles at exposed tile edges, including without limitation, the following: edges adiacent to carpet,edge,of planters,external corners,and tops of bases. H. Install ceramic tile for square corners at vertical inside corners. I. Clean joints of mortar to minimum depth of 1/4 inch to allow subsequent grout installation. �. joint Tolerances: 1. joint Width Variation: Plus or minus 25% of the proposed joint width. �t 2. Taper:Plus or minus 25% from one end to the other. r 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/72/92 093(x1-4 � t WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 09300 TIGARD, OREGON TILE H. Curing Paper: Fortifiber"All Propose Building Paper,"or approved; do not use polyethylene or products containing bituminous materials. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting work,carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. B. Verify that locations of control joints and construction joints in substrate correspond to tile expansion joint locations. C. Notify the Architmt in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. D. Do not begin work until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes conditions. acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces free of grease,dirt,dust,organic impurities,curing agents,and other materials which would impair bond. Clean floors with "Blast-track" unit if necessary. I I 1 I I 09300-3 1W4 SECTION 09300 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TILE TIGARD, OREGON 3.08 PROTECTION A. Protect tile installations from damage, in accordance with Section 01500. B. Replace all damage) tiles. 1 3.09 CLEANING A. In accordance with Section 01500 and Section 01700. B. Coordinate final cleaning with work of Section 07900-Sealants. Do not begin cleaning operations ' until tile expansion joints sealants are hilly cured. C. Prior to building turnover, wash and thoroughly rinse all tile. Leave all tile surfaces clean. 1 END OF SECTION i 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 09300-6 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 +ar SECTION 09300 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TILE TIGARD,OREGON ' K. Special Floor Tile Installation Requirements: il which would compromise adhesion 1. Wash backs of each the to r,-move to revdnt exc ust s sive suction. Towel mortar onto surfaces to 2. Dampen substrate as necessary P receive tile. 3 Apply mortar bond coat with notched trowel as required for proper level. 4. Set tile within 15 minutes of spreading setting mortar. 5. Back butter tiles prior to setting to achieve 100 percent contact. 6. Set tiles in accurate alignment. Beat in with a wood block and small hammer as necessary 10 level tiles. 3,0; EXPANSION JOINTS A. Place expansion joints at maximum 30 foot intervals for interior installations. B. Place expansion joints at control and expansion joints in concrete slabs,and at intersections with walls and columns. C. Joint Sizes: Set to match width of typical grouted 'pint;but in no case less than 1/4". D. Leave exp joints joints free of mortar. IE. Sealant materials and installation are specified in Section 07900. 3,06 GROUTING A. Mix grouts in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Grout all joints,except expansion joints, n accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Float joints to a slightly concave Profile- C. C. Remove excess grout from file surface',i amountsrdancwaterwith the grout and file manufacturer's recommendations. Do not use exces_5 D. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage if acid cleaners are used. nts tween F Do not grout joints indicated to receive sealants,incl nd�ng inside cular to expantsionljo nt sha111be h�nished floors and walls of column bases. Grout joints perpe flush with the edges. F. Cured grout joints shall be made free of efflorescence,prior to sealing. 3.07 CURING g, wet cure installation with wiring paper for a minimum A. Immediately after grouting and cleanin period of 72 hours. B. Protect tile surfaces during curing. Keep traffic off the surfaces for a minimum of 4 days,unless recommended otherwise by the grout or mortar manufacturer. 09100-5 11/6/90\4/21 92\4/22/92 SECTION 09510 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD, OREGON SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify that existing conditions are ready to receive work. B. Verify that layout of hangers will not interfere with other work. C. Install after major above-ceiling work is coi.iplete. Coordinate the location of hangers with other work. Ensure the layout of hangers are located to accommodate fittings and units of equipment which are to be placed after the installation of ceiling grid system. D. Beginning of installation means acceptance of conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION, SUSPENDED TILE SYSTEMS A. Install system in accordance with ASTM C636, the manufacturer's instructions,and as supplemented in this Section. B. Install grid to produce finished ceiling true to lines and levels indicated, within th^specified tolerances. C. Install suspension systems in a manner to support all superimposed loads,with maximum permissible deflection of 1/270 of span. D. Hang system independent of walls,columns,ducts,pipes and conduit. Where ducts or other equipment prevent the regular spacing of hangers,provide secondary carrying members for indirect support of the suspension system,or reinforce the nearest adjacent hangers and related carrying channels as required to span the required distance. F. Center system on mom axis according to reflected ceiling plans. F. Provide all anchors required for the installation of the ceiling system. G. Install edge molding at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces, using longest practical lengths. Miter corners. Provide edge moldings at junctions with other interruptions. Fabricate edge moldings to fit the surfaces encountered. H. Form expansion joints as detailed. Maintain visual closure. I. Fit acoustic lay-in panels in place, free from damage:. edges or other defects detrimental to appearance and function. Fit border units neatly,agr ist abutting surfaces. Scribe and mill recessed tegular edge into partial border units supported at edge by wall molding. J. Adjust any sags or twists which develop in the ceiling system and replace any part which is damaged or faulty. K. install hold-down clips to retain panels tight to grid system within 20 ft of an exterior door. L. Tolerances: 1. Variation from Flat and Level Surface: 1/8 inch in 10 ft 2. Variation from Plumb of Grid Nlcmber,�Caused by Eccentric Loads:Two degrees maximum. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 09510-2 IRW M[ IMA.w NNIAL AM �. na I WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 09510 TIGARD,OREGON SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Suspended acoustical ceilings. B. Related Sections: 1. 09260-Gypsum Board Systems: Adjacent wall and ceiling surfaces. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Code: Comply with the seismic requirements of the Uniform Building Code,seismic zone 3,and the requirements of the local code authorities. 1.03 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. C635- Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panel Ceilings, 2. C636-Recommended Practice for the Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Paneis. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL. REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain uniform temperature of minimum 60 degrees F,and hamidity of 20 to 40 percent prior to, during, and after installation. f1.05 SEQUENCING/SCHEDULING A. Do not install acoustical ceilings until building is enclosed, sufficient heat is provided,dust generating activities have terminated, and overhead work is completed, tested, and approved. B. Schedule installation of acoustic units after interior wet work is dry. 1.06 EXTRA STOCK A. Provide 5%extra quantity of acoustic units under provisions of Section 01700. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Exposed T System: ASTM 0635, intermediate duty classification;direct hung;exposed 'T"design; factory baked on finish to match acoustical panels. Provide all stabilizer bars, splices,edge and wall moldings,and other items as requit:i to complete suspended ceiling grid system. ' 2.02 ACOUSTICAL PANELS A. ACT-1:24 x 24 inch size;tegular edge;white color; flame spread of 25 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. Use with exposed T System Manufacturer,style and texture as indicated on drawings. e 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 i � (Y451 0-1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 09510 TIGARD, OREGON SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS END OF SECTION 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 09510-3 UP WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL TIGARD, OREGON SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 RESILIENT FLOORING A. Resilient Tile Flooring: As scheduled on the drawings. 2.112 RESILIENT BASE 1/8 inch thick;coved base;manufacturer,color and height as scheduled on A. Resilient Base: Rubber; the drawings. 2.01 ACCESSORIES A. Subfloor Filler: White premix latex filler, mixed with water to produce a cementitious paste. B. Primers and Adhesives: Waterproof;types recommended by resilient flooring and base manufacturers for specific application. C. Transition Strips: Vinyl; color as selected by the .4rcui,(`� for a complete and proper installation D. All other materials not specifically described,hilt req hall be only as recommc , dfithby the e Archeet manufacturer of the material to whit it of resilient Flooring, s is applied and shall be subject to the approval PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION m ma properly commence. Notify the Architect in A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work pof other er trades and verify that such work is complete to the Point where: work of this Se writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. B. Ensure concrete f (x)rs are dry (Maximum 7 Percent moisture content)and exhibit negative alkalinity, carbonization, or dusting. C. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory c�nsibility for itions are re defect ve inn to lation nu, Beginning rsed by prior constitutes acceptance of site condctic n P observable conditions. 3.07 PREPARATION A. Install subfloor filler to fill low spots. crackes scontruction choles other Feather tomaximum sl peof 1/8 inch in afeet; required to adjust level to meet adjacent finish float to smooth, flat, hard surface. Prohibit traffic over filler. 3.113 FLOORING INSTALLATION A. Install all resilient flooring where sn accordance with the manufacturer's cheduled i recommendations. 11/6/911\4/21/92\4/22/92 09()50-2 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING TIGARD,OREGON PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Resilient tile Flooring; 2. Resilient base. B. Related Sections: 1. 03001 -Concrete;Subst,'ate 2. 09680-Carpeting C. Drawings,the provisions of the Agreement,including bonds and certificates,the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. The Tenant Improvement Construction Drawings and Division One Specification Sections apply to the work of this Section. E. Substitutions: No substitute products will be considered. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Federal Secifications (FS) 1. SS-T-312 - Tile, Floor: Asphalt, Rubber, Vinyl, Vinyl-Asbestos. 2. FS SS-W40 - Wall Base: Rubber and Vinyl Plastic. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Installers: 1. Use only skilled and experienced resilient flooring installers for preparation of substrate and actual installation of resilient flooring. 2. Helpers and apprentices used for such work shall be under full and constant supervision at all times by thoroughly skilled resilient flooring installers. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with Section 01600. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENT!) A. Maintain minimum 70 degrees F air temperature at flooring installation area for three days prior to,during, and for 24 hours after installation. B. Store flooring materials in area of application. Allow three days for material to reach equal temperature as area. 1.05 EXTRA STOCK A. Deliver I^ of each color and pattern of floor the and base: material required for project, for maintenance use. B. Clearly identify each box or roll. I09650-1 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 SECTION 09650 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL. GROUP RESILIENT FLOORING TIGARD, OREGON H. Scribe and fit to door frames, stairs,and other obstructions. I. Install straight and level to maximum variation of plus cr minus 1/8 inch over 10 feet. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Unless recommended otherwise: by the adhesive manufacturer, prohibit traffic from resilient flooring for 48 tours after installation. 3.05 CLEANING A. Upon completion of the installation, immediately remove all surplus adhesive from adjacent surfaces. B. As soon as possible after installation,and in accordance with the timing recommended by the manufacturers,clean the entire resilient flooring surface using the materials recommended for that purpose by the manufacturers of the materials being cleaned. END OF SECTION 09650,E 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TiGARD, OREGON SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING B. Unless indicated otherwise, install resilient flooring with joints and seams parallel to building lines. C. Terminate resilient Flooring at centerline of door at door openings where adjacent floor finish is dissimilar, and where no threshold is indicated. D. Install edge strips at unprotected or exposed edges where Flooring terminates. E. Scribe Flooring to walls,columns,cabinets, floor outlets and other appurtenances to produce tight joints. F. Clean substrate. Spread cement,rvenly in quantity recre flooring before initial set. ommended by manufacturer to ensu adhesion over entire area of installation. Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of G. Set flooring in place, press with heavy roller to ensure full adhesion. H. Special Requirements for Resilient Tile: I. Open floor tile cartons,enough to cover each area,and mix the to ensure shade: variations do not occur within any one area. 2. Unless indicated otherwise, lay tiles parallel to building lines to produce symmetrical tile pattern. 3. install with minimum tile width 112 full size at room or area perimeter. 4. Arrange to square grid pattern as scheduled or indicated on drawings with all joints aligned. I. Seal joint betwecm flooring and adjacent materials at restrooms, bathrooms, kitchens,and other moist areas with clear silicone sealant. 3.03 BASE INSTALLATION A. Adhesive install base materials in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Install straight style base at all walls where resilient base is scped resilient floors. heduled in areas with caret floors; install cove style base at walls scheduled for resilient base abutting hard surface and C. Install base to wa!is anti to wood casework toe kicks in all areas where resilient base is scheduled, and where no other base finish is specifically noted or detailed. D. Coordinate installation of straight base with work of Section 09680. E. Fit joints tight and vertical, in accurate alignment. F. Score back of base material with grooving tool,at all outside corners; maintain minimum leg length 18 inches where wall length permits. Mount base so that scored groove is accurately aligned with corner, and with base tightly adhered to wall at both sides of corner, with no visible gaps at top of base. Where cove base is formed around outside corners,stretch toe of cove for sm(x)th transition around corner, with toe in uniform contact with the finish flooring. G. Miter or cope inside corners for accurate fit. 11/6/90\4/21/92.\4/22/92 09650-3 I SECTION 09680 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP CARPETING TIGARD, OREGON 2.02 ACCESSORIES I A. Adhesives: Use adhesives as recommended by the manufacturer of the carpet. When none is recommended use adhesives as manufactured by Roberts Consolida►:d Industries Adhesives; waterproof for installation of carpets and mats at entries, sinks,and other wet areas. I B. Latex Underlayrnent: White premix latex filler, mixed with water to produce cementitious paste. Dependable Chemical Company, Inc., "Dependable White Skimcoat Underlayment," with "Latex I Liquid" additive; or approved. C. Hot MeltTape: Roberts"50-330 Supertape;"Orcon "CT-3 Super Tape;"or approved. D. Edge Strips: Vinyl reducer strips; size as appropriate for conditions;color as selected from the manufacturer s standard line. Roberts "Naplock," or approved. I PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION I A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect the preparatory work of other trades, and verify that such work is acceptable for the proper performance of the work of this Section. Report unacceptable i conditions to the Architect. Do not begin work until unacceptable conditions have been correct;..,d. i B. Ensure that concrete floors are free from scaling, and exhibit acid neutrality. C. Moisture Testing of Concrete Slabs: Tape and seal a 24 inch square polyethylene sheet to the Floor for a 24 hour period.Contact the Architect,and do not commence installation it condensation appears under the sheet. D. Upon commencement of carpet installation, the Contractor accepts the substrate and responsibility for unacceptable finished work caused by prior observable substrate conditions. I 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean floors of dust,dirt, grease,and other substances which would be detrimental to the proper performance of adhesive and carpet. B. Fill low spots and cracks over 1/8 inch in width with latex underlayment. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Carpet installation shall be tight and flat to the subFloor, securely fastened in position, and shall present a uniform appearance. Provide color, pattern, and texture match within each area. Seams shall be strong and flat. B. Install carpets in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions for the type of substrata and application indicated. C. Carpet shall be glue mounted. D. Installation shall be done using sequential rolls. I 09680-2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/24/92 I WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL, GROUP TIGARD, OREGON SEC770N 09680 CARPETING PARTI GENERAL -- 1.01 SUMMARY A• Section Includes: 1• Glue down carpeting. B. Related Sections: 1• 03001 -Concrete: Substrate. 2. 06200- Finish Carpentry: Wood base. 3. 09650-Resilient Flooring: Rubber base. Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General work of this Section. D. Substitutions: No substitute products will be considered. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Carpet Installer: Minimum of 3 years experience in cart Able to show evidence of experience when requested by the Architect.ns of similar size and scope. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with Section 01600. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. H'/AC system shall be permanently in operation. 13. Space shall be maintained at a 72 h minimum of 68 degrees fi,a minimum of installation, ours prior to carpet 1.05 GUARANTEE A. In accordance with Section 01700 furnish a 1 year written guarantee covering defects i of carpets. Guarantee work shall include, without limitation, reseaming, restretchi other procedures required M resolve installation deficiencies, s n installation ng, and all B. In addition to the requirements of the 1 year guarantee, if installation defects h irreparable damage to the carpet, the Contractor shall furnish and install new materials that damaged have caused at no additional cast to the Owner, at a time convenient to the Owner. to match PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CARPET A. Carpet: Manufacturer, pattern and color shall be as scheduled on drawings. carpet #] (CPT])is owner furnished. Contractor to deliver to site and install. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/24/92 09680-1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 09680 TIGARD, OREGON CARPETING E. Unless recommended otherwise by the carpet manufacturer,se im carpets by one of the following methods: 1. Hand sewing: Per Mohawk Carpet Bulloin #5A,dated February 27, 1984,except item #3. Overcast stitch will not be permitted. 2. Hot Melt Tape: Per Mohawk Carpet Bulletin #5C, dated February 27, 1984. F. Unless otherwise indicated, install resilient edge strips at carpet edges where carpet meets concrete or resilient flooring. Where carpet to resilient or concrete surface flooring transition is indicated at door openings,locate to center resilient edge strip under door. G. Glue-Application at Coupon Booth Counters: Direct glue carpet in a single piece to particle board substrate,trim for tight fit to adjacent walls, wrap around countertop apron and staple to backside as detailed. 3.04 REMNANTS A. Upon completion of the installation, contact the Owner's Representative for selection of remnants. Carefully wrap and mark separately the selected remnants for each type of carpet, and note the type and location(s) where installed. Deliver selected remnants to a location on site as directed by the Owner's Representative. Remove and dispose of remainder at a legal off-site location. 3.05 CLEANUP A. The premises shall be kept free from unnecessary accumulation of tools,equipment and surplus materials during the progress of the work. B. Remove threads with sharp scissors. Remove spots with manufacturer's recommended spot remover. C. Immediately after laying; thoroughly power vacuum entire surface using equipment with motor driven brushes. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect carpet from damage during remainder of construction and move-in period. END OF SECTION I '11/6/90\4/21/92\4/24/92 09680-3 I as w w w I SECTION 099W WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUT' TIGARD, OREGON PAINTING ' D. Visual Standards: Each distinct area of the finished work shall be free of variations in color and ' sheen,orange peel,runs,sags,blistering,checking,cracking, scratches, dust,dirt,and other contaminants. i.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with 01300. , B, Paint Samples: 1. Submit 3 -8x10 samples of each paint finish on an Kx10" piece of substrate. Reference manufacturer, type of paint, color, sheen, substrate, and application. ' 2. Furnish additional samples until all paint finishes are approved. C. Transparent Finish Samples: ' 1. Submit samples of each wood species and transparent finish combination. 2. If, in the judgment of the Contractor, the wood species or finish method selected indicate that color variations may be inevitable, submit samples in sets of 3 or more illustrating the possible range of these variations. , 3. When approved, the finished sample or sets shall become the standard for approval. ORAGE, AND HANDLING 1.06 DELIVERY, ST , A. In accordance with 016W. B. Delivery: Deliver paint materials to the jobsite in sealed, original, labeled containers, each , bearing manufacturer's name,type of paint,brand name,color designation,and instructions for mixing and/or reducing. C. Storage Materials: Store paint materials at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F. in a well ventilated area. D. Toxic, acidic, and combustible materials: Take all necessary precautionary safety measures as ' recommended by the material manufacturers and governing regulations. E. Place cotton waste, cloths, and material which may constitute a fire hazard in cl•ised metal containers and daily remove from the site. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS ' A. Weather Conditions: 1. Do no exterior work on unprotected surfaces when raining,or other moisture is present or expected,or before applied paints can dry or attain proper cure. 2. Allow wetted surfaces to dry and attain temperatures and condition specified hereinafter before proceeding with previously started work. B. Temperature: 1. Do no painting work when surface and air temperatures are below 40 degrees For below those temperatures recommended by the manufacturer for the material type used. ' 2. Minimum temperatures for latex finishes: 45 degrees F for interior work and 50 degrees F. for exterior work, unless approved otherwise. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 09900-2 ' WASHINGTON MUTUAL. FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD, OREGON SECTION 09900 PAINTING PART GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Site applied paint coatings. B. Related Sections 1. 05500- Metal Fabrications: Pre-primed metal surfaces. 2. 06200 - Finish Carpentry: Shop and field applied finishes. 3. 08110- Hollow Steel Doors and Frames: Preprimed metal surfaces. 4. 08210-Wood Doors and Frames: Substrate. 5. 09260-Gypsum Board Systems: Substrate. 6. 09950 - Wall Coverings: Finish material over primed surfaces. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Structural Steel Preparation Council (SSPC). 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. The following sheens shall be as listed below, when tested in accordance with a 60 degree gloss meter. 1. Flat: Less than 10 units. 2. Eggshell: 10 to 25 units. 3. Satin: 25 to 40 units. 4. Semi-gloss:40 to 70 units. 5. Gloss: 70 or greater units. 1.09 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator: Company specializing in commercial painting and finishing with a minimum of three years documented experience. B. Environmental Requirements for Solvent Based Paints: Comply with the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) requirements for volatile solvents content limitations, as applicable to each classification of coating. C. Unless otherwise spec-ified, all work herein shall conform to "Premium,,grade standards for materials and work required in either of the following: 1. The "Paint and Wallcoverings Specification Manual" (PWSM), latest edition, published by Peninsula Area Painting Industry Fund. 1916•F Old Middlefield Way, Mountain View, California 94043, (415) 961-8710. 2. The "Architectural Specification Manual for Painting, Wallcovering, and Gypsum Wallboard Finishing", (ASM) latest edition, published by Specification Services, 23830 Pacific Hwy South, Suite 102, Kent, WA 98032, phone (206)878-6630 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22!92 09900-1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL, IN ANCI ,OREGON UF SECTION 09900 PAINTING 3.(12 FIELD TESTING A. Check for excess moisture using an approved electronic moisture meter. Do not paint materials with moisture levels exceeding the following limits: ]. Interior Woodwork and Trim: Average of 7% with 10%maximum. 3.03 PROTECTION A. Adequately protect surfaces not to be pwihin thepaint from ►sto age and preparation areas.s,over painting,and damage caused by this work. Include surfaces �] B. Hardware and Miscellaneous Items: �+ 1. Carefully remove electrical outlet and wits to starting work. mechanical diffusers, escutcheons, surface hardware, fittings and fastenings prior h area. 2. Carefully store,dean and replaceclean hardware that wiupon ll remove the permanepletion of work in nt lacquer finish 3 U5e no solvent or abrasives normally used on some of these items. 3.04 PREPARATION irt,dust,grease,oil,moisture,and other contaminants which A. prepare surfaces by removing all d will impair the proper adhesion of the finish. B. Follow the specifications of the ASM for surfaces not noted herein. surfaces to C. Ferrous Metal Shop Primed under other Se blistered and peel ng paint to- Solvent clean lbare►metal by scraping, remove oil and grease. Remove looand se Y apply sanding, and wirr,brushing in accordance cLightly wi tl Ssand a112shop prP eSpaint d surfaces to receive uc up prime damaged or abraded surfaces. g Y paint finish. us Metal: Solvent clean in accordance with SSPC SP D. Galvanized FerrmA. C Gyprum Wall Board: Remove all light dust and dirt. 3.05 GENERAL. APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS A. Unless specified or indicated otherwise,comply with requirements of ASM,PWSM for general B. Unless specified or indicated otherwise, follow paint manufacturer's label directions g application procedures and coverage rates. li C. Apply primer mats untintd. Where more lighter in value (shade). Sand lightly between San one cot of paint is required, tint each succeeding coat up to the final coat similar in tint, g coats to achieve required finish. each coat(if finish is ly dry. Make sure D. Do not applY finishes on surfaces that are n unlest s themanufacturer's directions state otherwise.ry and hard before a following coat is applied E. Rollers for application of latex flat sheen ` M ss hall have nap 1/2 inch or less; for all other paint types rollers shall have nap 3/R 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 ()4Ui104 low=RArW_MFW_= WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 09900 TIGARD, OREGON PAINTING C. Lighting: Maintain a lighting level of 15 footcandles per square foot minimum on the surfaces to be painted or finished. D. Ventilation: Provide adequate continuous ventilation. 1.08 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Furnish quantity of paint equal or greater than 10 percent of the quantity of each type,color,and sheen of paint used in the work,except amount shall be not more than 5 gallons, nor less than two one quart cans,of each type of finish coat of each color and sheen required. B. Material shall be furnished in manufacturer's labeled and unopened containers. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCT!:, A. Materials not specifically noted and otherwise required for the work, such as linseed oil, shellac, thinners and the like shall be of a quality not less than that required by applicable published Federal or State Specification Standards, and as manufactured by approved firms. B. Products for each general purpose shall be compatible. Each system shall be products of one manufacturer where ever possible. C. Acrylic-Epoxy:Tnemec Series III "Tneme-Tufcoat"or approved. 1. Solids by volume: 44.0+/-2% (Mixed) 2. Abrasion: Fed.Test Method Std. No. 141, Method 6192,CS-17 Wheel, 1,000 grams load; no more than 130 mg. loss after 1,000 cycles. 3. Scrubbability: FLA.Test Method Std. No. 141, Method 6142, 10,000 cycles; no coating removed, 15%gloss change,maximum. 2.02 MIXING A. Furnish paints ready-mixed unless otherwise specified, except site mixed coatings which are in paste or powder form,or to be site catalyzed,in accordance with manufacturer's directions. PART.3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect the preparatory work of other sections, and verify that such work is acceptable for the work of this section. Report all unacceptable conditions to the Architect. Do not begin work in areas of unacceptable conditions until the conditions have been resolved. B. Starting painting work shall cons;.,.ilte Contractor acceptance of surfaces, and responsibility for unacceptable work caused by prior observable substrate conditions. 11/6/90\4/2l/S2\4/22/92 0991111-3 SE 'TION 09900 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP PAINTING TIGARD,OREGON o D. Wood - Stain & Varnish Transparent Finish System: 1. System: Custom system to match Architect's sample. Products availabe) from Dale's; (206)633-4200; file name Washington Mutual Red; ask for Polly or Bob. 2. First coat: Aniline stain, heavy wet coat, immediately wipe completely ;minimum 4 hour drying time,check for bleeding. u 3. Second coat: Penetrating oil stain,heavy coat, wipe;minimum 8 hour drying time. 4. Third coat: Catalyzed lacquer sealer; sand with 220 grit. 5. Fourth coat: Catalyzed lacquer finish coat, low satin sheen. 6. Surfaces: Apply to all transparent finish woods as scheduled and as specified in 06200, 06410, and 08210. i E. Wood -Opaque Finish Alkyd System: 1. System: (ASM)INT 1-A,(PWSM)INT 5-A,Custom Grade; sheen as scheduled;Two coats: first coat alkyd v,^od primer, second coat alkyd finish. 2. Surfaces: Use on wood shelving and miscellaneous wood trim as scheduled. F. Ferrous Metal - Alkyd System: 1. System: (ASM) INT 16-A; (PWSM) INT 6-A, premium grade; sheen as scheduled; three coats: first coat alkyd rust-inhibitive primer, second and third coats alkyd ens mel. 2. Surfaces: Use on all interior ferrous metal surfaces incuding metal doors and frames,electrical panels, fire extinguisher cabinets,access doors and the like. I 3.08 CLEANUP A. As the work proceeds and on completion of the work,promptly remove all sealers,primers,paints and finishes where spilled, splashed or splattered in a manner not to damage the surface from which it is removed. B. Remove masking. C. Clean, or replace with new, all lamps and electrical fixtures damaged by overspray; replace with new identical components all lighting fixture louvers and reflectors damaged by overspray. I 3.09 COLOR AND SHEEN SCHEDULE t �N A. Provide paint colors and sheens to match those indicated on the drawings. Where no paint color or sheen is indicated, provide color and sheen as selected by the Architect. � l END OF SECTION ` + i i e 0QQ(X)-6 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/72/92 R WASHINGTON MUTUAL. FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 099(1(1 TIGARD,OREGON PAINTING; F. Where roller finishes are scheduled for application to gypsum board surfaces,apply first coat with a 3/8 inch nap roller to achieve desired stipple texture; finish coats may be spray applied at Contractor's option. Backroll spray applied finish coats immediately after application. G. Factory Primed Surfaces: Apply scheduled finish system, less primer coat,except as necessary to for patching damage to factory prime coating. 3.06 EXTERIOR Pi0NTING SYSTEMS A. Ferrous Metal Alkyd System: 1. System: (ASM) EXT 12-A;(PWSM) EXT 14-A,premium grade; semi-gloss sheen; three(3)coats; first coat rust-inhibitive primer, second and third coats alkyd enamel. 2. Location: Use on all exterior ferrous metal including metal doors and frames. handrails and other miscellaneous metal items except those items scheduled for Special Coatings. IB. Galvanized Metal - Alkyd System: 1. System: (ASM) EXT 14-A; (PWSM) EXT 15-A, premium grade; alkyd finish, semi-gloss sheen; four (4) coats: first coat pretreatment primer, second coat rust-inhibitive primer, third and fourth coats alkyd enamel. 2. location: use on all exterior galvanized and zinc coated metal,except as indicated under 1 Special Coatings below. C. Ferrous and Galvanized Metal - Special Coatings: Epoxy/Urethane System 1. First Coat: Solvent Wipe (fer galvanized only). I 2. Second Coat: Tnemec "Series 66 Hi-Build Epoxoline"epoxy polyamide primer;3.0-5.0 mils dry film thickness. 3. Third Coat: Tnemec "Series 73 Endura Shield III" acrylic polyurethane enamel; 3.0- 5.0 mils I DFT. 4. Locations: Wall louvers,exterior metal access doors, ferrous components of ATM Shelter,metal handrails exterior or interior, and as indicated on drawings. D. Concrete - Latex System: I. System: (ASM) EXT 6-A; (PWSM) EXT1-A, sheen to match Exterior Insulation and Finish System: First coat alkyd or latex primer, second coat exterior latex. 3.07 INTERIOR PAINTING AND FINISHING SYSTEMS A. Gypsum Wall Board and Plaster- Epoxy System: 1. System: Acrylic-Epoxy system;premium grade; sheen as scheduled; three coats- first coat PVA primer sealer(untinted), second and third coat Epoxy coating applied at 2- 2.5 mils DFT per coat. 2. Surfaces: Use on all gypsum wallboard surfaces at toilets and lounge coffee bar. 3. Verify locations of each sheen with Architect before proceeding with work. B. Gypsum Wall Board and Plaster - Latex System: 1. System: (ASM) INT 3-13; (PWSM) INT 1-B, latex finish; premium grade; sheen as scheduled; three coats - first coat latex primer sealer (untinted), second and third coats interior latex. Provide additional third coat when deep tone colors are used. 2. Surfaces: Use oin all gypsum wallboard surfaces. 3. Verify locations of each sheen with Architect before proceeding with work. C. Gypsum Board -Surfaces to Receive Wallcovering: Apply one coat of alkyd primer. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 00*4 ar N nw I SECTION 09950 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL. GROUP WALL COVERINGS TiGARD, OREGON PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WALL COVERING A. Manufacturer and pattern shall be as scheduled on drawings. .I B. All wall coverings shall have a maximum flame spread of 75 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. Fire retardant treat all nonconforming wall covering. Treatment shall not alter the appearance of the fabric. 2.02 ACCESSORIES , A. Adhesive: Gibson-Homans "Shure Stick 111", unless approved otherwise by the wall covering manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 1 3.01 INSPECTION A. inspect the wall covering materials immediately after receiving shipment. Replace all defective materials with new acceptable materials. B. Inspect substrate conditions, and notify the Architect of all unacceptable condition which would prevent a satisfactory installation. Unacceptable conditions shall include, without limitation, ! unprimed surfaces,cracks, voids,ridges,oils,grease, moisture, porosity, indelible and water soluble crayon,ball or felt tip pen marks,and foreign materials. Do no work until these conditions have been corrected. C. Ensure that all surfaces have received a coat of alkyd primer as specified elsewhere. D. The installation of wall covering constitutes the Contractor's acceptance of substrate conditions and responsibility for all unacceptable finished work caused by prior observable substrate conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Schedule work such that the subsequent work of other sections will not damage the work of this section. B. Verify the type, pattern, color, and quantity of each type wall covering for each location scheduled to receive wall covering. C. Remove eleOrical outlet and switch plates, mechanical diffusers, escutcheons, registers, surface hardware, fittings,and fastenings prior to starting work; store during and replace after work. D. Protection: Provide sufficient drop cloths, shields, and protective equipment to prevent wall covering materials from fouling adjacent surfaces, and in particular at storage and preparation areas. 099,o-2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD, OREGON SECTION 09050 �WAL COVERINGS PART GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Wall coverings. B. Relatc-d Sections: I. 09260-Gypsum Board Systems: Substrate. 2. 09900-Painting: Alkyd primer for substrate. C• Substitutions: No substitute products will be considered. D. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement,including bands and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) I• E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning 1.03 _l'' haracteristics of Building Materials. SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01300. B• Certification: Submit certification that all fabric which does not m eet has been fire retardant treated to m ng Code(edition current) enforced by the requirements of Chapter 42 oftheUnme iform requirements y ' y the local jurisdiction.) 1.04 DELIVERY; STORAGE, AND IIANI)LING A. In accordance with 01600, B. Store wall covering materials plat. not upright, 1.05 u ri ht, in a � ryof 45 degn�es F.,unless a higher temperature is area•Maintain temperature a min imumMaintain temperature commnd lcr�ies� nufacturer.equal tc, the space or area whc reENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS thalovegl he installed. A. Temperature: I• Do no wall covering work until surfaces and materials have minimum,or higher if recommended by wall covering maintained at 60 degrees F. begins. g manufacturer,fcr 3 da s be 2. Maintain minimum or above tem yf°m work temperatures have fully dried or cured c�s during the entire installing time and until adhesives B. Lighting: Charing installation, maintain ,minimum lighting level of 5 oil the surfaces to receive wall covering. Use tem level. L foot-candles per squaw foot perary lighting, if necessary, to attain specified C. Ventilation: Provide adequate continuous ventilation d ' fully dried or cured uring the work and until adhesives hav:• 11/6/9(1\4/21/92\4/22/42 09950-1 tt♦ tl♦ WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD, OREGON SECTION 09950 WALL COVERINGS 3.03 WALL COVERING INSTALLATION A. Mix and apply adhesives in strict accordance with the adhesive manufacturer's directions for the type of material being applied. B. Install wall covering secure, smooth,clean, and without wrinkles,gaps or overlaps. C. Extend wall covering continuously behind such items as mirrors,and other items which are close to but not touching walls. D. Install wall covering where scheduled in strict accordance with the wall covering manufacturer's recommendations. E. Provide double-cut seams on nonmatch patterns;butt seams on match patterns. F. Horizontal seams are not permitted. G. Corner Seams: Make no seams within 6 inches of an inside or outside corner,except where a color or pattern change is indicated. Lap wall coverings at inside corner seams to prevent substrate show through. H. Fabrics: 1. Use fabric rolls in consecutive numerical sequence of manufacture. 2. Place fabric sections consecutively in exact order in which they are cut from the roll including filling all spaces above or below windows, doors, relights, or similar penetrations. 3. Trim patterned fabrics which are not factory pretrimmed on a work table with a straight edge and an industrial razor blade for exact pattern match. 3.04 CLEANUP A. Remove all adhesives,and other contaminants in a manner which will not damage the surface from j which it is removed. 11 B. Remove debris and leave areas neat and clean. C. Replace all removed wall plates and other accessories. D. Repair to like-new condition, or replace as directed by the Architect, all surfaces damaged by work of this Section. 3.05 EXCESS YARDAGE A. Notify designated Owner's representative at the site Prior to removing excess yardage from the job. The Owner's representative will select the materir hick are to be retained by the Owner. B. Carefully wrap the excess yardage selected to be retained. Deliver to a location on site as directed by the Owner. Remove remainder from the site and dispose of legally. END OF SECTION 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 09Q50-3 i I � SECTION 10210 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP ARCHITECTURAL LOUVERS TIGARD, OREGON 2.03 FABRICATION A. Fabricate louvers to the special shapes as indicated on the drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Ensure openings affecting this work are property prepared and and that opening dimensions are as required. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install louvers in openings properly aligned and level. B. Secure louver rigid with semi-concealed fasteners. C. Clean surfaces and joints. END OF SECTION i I 1 10210-2 11/(./90\4/21/92\4/24/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL. GROUP SECTION 10210 TIGARD, OREGON ARCHITECTURAL LOUVERS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Exterior architectural metal louvers. B. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates,the General f Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. f C. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms And conditions of Section 01600. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacture of AMCA certified louvers with minimum three years experience. 1.03 REFERENCES A. AMCA-Air Moving and Conditioning Association 1.04 PROTECTION A. Protect louvers and finishes from damage during delivery and installation. B. Protect adjacent surfaces, finishes and materials from damage during installation of louvers. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 APPROVED LOUVERS A. Airolite "6776", formed metal blades and frame, or approved, 1. Louver depth:6 inches. 2. Frame and Blades: 16 gauge galvanized steel. 3. Construction: All welded. 4. Finish: Factory primed for field finish; color as indicated on Drawings. B. Louvers shall bear AMCA Certified Ratings Seals for air performance and water penetration ratings. 1. Free Area: not !-ss than indicated on drawings. 2. Water penetration: not more than 0.02 oz/sq ft of free area at an air Flow of 1320 FPM when tested for 15 minutes per AMCA Standard 500. 3. Pressure Drop- Free Area velocity at .15"W.G.: 1120 FPM minimum. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Bird Screen: Interwoven wire mesh of 16 gauge galvanized steel wire, 1/4 inch square mesh,open weave, set in frame. Provide• with each louver. 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/24/92 10210-1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 10410TRAFFIC SIGNAGE TIGARD,OREGON PARTI GENERAL i.O1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1, Exterior Traffic Signage B. Drawings,the provisions of the Agreement,includit g bonds and certificates,the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. C. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01300. B. Product Data: Submit 3 copies of manufacturer's product data where applicable. All products to be used in their original manufactured form clearly marked and fully described. i.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE i A. Fabricator: Signage manufacturer with three years documented experience in work of similar type and scope. B. Qualifications of Installers: 1. Use only skilled and experienced installers for preparation and actual installation of graphics. 2. Helpers and apprentices used for such work shall be under full and constant supervision at all times by thoroughly skilled installers. PART 2 PRODUCTS ' 2.01 SIGNS A. Seton name Plate Corporation;New Haven,CT;or approved: 1. Material: Galvanized, bonderized steel, with baked enamel finish. 2. Support: U-Channel hot-rolled steel;deep green baked enamel finish; punched for bolt mounting of sign. 3. Tyne: As indicated on Drawings. 4. Finish: a Traffic Control -beaded embossed; b. Parking Control - flat screened. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: Verify locations and spacing with Architect prior to final installation. IB. Set sign posts plumb and rigid, where indicated on drawings and as detailed. • END OF SECTION 11/6/9(1\4/21/92\4/22/92 1041(1-1 A I SECTION 10800 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL TIGARD,OREGON 1 TOILET ACCESSORIES , D. Protect adjacent or adjoining finished surfaces from damage during installation of work of this I Section. E. Verify exact location of accessories. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install fixtures,accessories and items in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install true,plumb, and level, securely and rigidly anchored to substrate. ' C. Use tamper-proof fasteners. END OF SECTION t 1 1 11/6/90\4/21/97\4/22/92 , 10800-2 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 10800 TIGARD,OREGON TOILET ACCESSORIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Toilet and bath accessories. B. Related Sections: 1. 06100-Rough Carpentry: Blocking C. Drawings,the provisions of the Agreement,including bonds and certificates,the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: No substitute products will be considered. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturers product data,including a description of each item to be supplied,under provisions of Section 01300. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver accessories to site until rooms in which they are to be installed are ready to receive them. B. Pack accessories individually in a manner to protect accessory and its finish. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCESSORIES A. P,nvide accessories as manufactured by Bobrick Washroom Equipment Company,unless approved atherwise. B. Accessories:As scheduled on the drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Deliver inserts and rough-in frames to jobsite at appropriate time for building-in. B. Furnish templates and rough-in measurements as required. C. Before starting work notify Architect in writing of conflicts detrimental to installation or operation of units. 11/6/90\4/7-1/92\4/22/42 1080()`1 MW WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 1(1`)99 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES TIGARD,OREGON PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Clear plastic corner guards. 2. Exterior metal access doors. 3. Fire Extinguishers. 4. Fire Extinguisher Cabinets. 5. Plastic Signs B. Drawings,the provisions of the Agreement,including bonds and certificates,the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. C. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section r01600. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01300- B. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data for each item specified. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING IA. In accordance with Section 01600. I PART 2 PRODUCTS 1 2.01 CORNER GUARDS A. Clear polycarbonate angle, 1/8" thick x 1-1/8" x 1-1/8" x Y-0"long. Tri-Gurads, inr.TG4118C,or approved. 1. Furnish with predrilled countersunk mounting holes and chrome plated oval head mounting screws. 2.02 METAL ACCESS DOORS A. Type: DSB-1235D Se,unty access door as manufactured by Karp Associates, Inc.,SAP-PW Security access door as manufactured by Nystrom,or approved. 1. Size:24 in x 24 in. 2. Frames:3/16"x 2"x 2"angle welded with joints ground smooth;applied 1/8"x 1"x 1"stop on four sides.. 3. Door: 10 gauge steel plate. 4. Lock: prepared for interchangeable 5-pin cylinder lock, as spe'c'ified in Section 087W. 5. Finish: factory primed for field finish, color as indicated on Drawings. 2.03 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS (FE): A. Dry Chemical Type- ABC Multi-purpose Type: t(>U99-1 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/24/92 1 I SECTION 10999 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES TiGARD, OREGON ' 1. Type:Standard Fire-west Model ABC-5, Potter-Roemer Model No. 3005, Larsen's I Manufacturing Company Model MPS, J.L. Industries Cosmic 5E,or approved. 2. 5 lb. capacity, UL rated 2A-iOB:C, approximately, 4-1/2 inch diameter x 14 inches high,baked enamel steel shell. 3. Agent: Ammonium Phosphate Base. 4. Location: Provide at all fire extinguisher and fire extinguisher cabinet locations, unless noted otherwise. 2.04 FiRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS (FEC): ' A. Potter-Roemer,Inc. #7023-DV, Larsen's Manufacturing Company#2409-R3-VD, J.L.industries I#1817-V-10 . B. Type: Semi-recessed; white baked enamel interior and door. 2..05 PLASTIC SIGNS A. Type: Engraved ES plastic signs, white core, face color as selected. 1. Text: As scheduled below. 2. Style/Size: Helvetica Medium/1" high. 3. Manufacturer: Best Sign Systems,or approved. 4. Submit sign for approval. B. Schedule i. At Entry doors: 'This door to remain unlocked during business hours;"size as required;blue core, white face color. 2. For each toilet room door: #BLTi-A, Black; "MEN" or "WOMEN" as appropriate; accompanied with Grade 2 Braille symbol; 2-1/2 inch high by length required. 3. For each toilet room door: international Symbol of Accessibility: nominal 3 inches by 3 inches- standard blue and white. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting work.carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. B. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior ' observable conditions. 3.02 iNSTALL.TiON OF CORNER GUARDS , A. install where indicated or drawings, from top of vinyl base. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF ACCESS DOORS ' A. Install metal access doors in 2 x 6 wood subframe,recessed 1/2"from exterior finish face of wall. 1. Set door frame in solid tied of sealant. 10999-2 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/24/92 WASHINC,TON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 10999 TIGARD, OREGON MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES 2. Install rain drip above door, flashed under exterior insulation and finish system. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS j A. Install fire extinguisher cabinets at locations indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's ' instructions. 1 B. When recessed cabinets are installed in fire rated walls, maintain fire resistance rating continuous behind cabinets. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF SIGNS A. Install signs permanently, in location as specified. 1. At Entry Door: as directed by Architect. 2.. At Toilet Rooms: mount on wall adjacent to latch side of door;60 inches on center above finished floor. 3. lntemational Symbol of Accessibility: mount below identification signs. END OF SECTION l 11/6/90\4/21/97\4/24/92 10999-3 - - ii u u � � u u 0 � � u si u u ii u ii u i WASHINGTON MUTUAL FiNANCIAL GROUP SECTION 12510 HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS TIGARD, OREGON PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A Section includes: 1. Horizontal window blinds with accesories for attachment. B. Drawings,the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. C. Substitutions: No substitute products will be considered. 1.02 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with SerNnn 016(x1. 1.03 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Fnvironmenta, Requirements. Do not install blinds before painting in thr immediate area is complete. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER f A. Furnish products of one of the following,subject to compliance with specification requirements: 1. Levelor 2.02 BLINDS A. "Riviera" horizintal blinds of aluminum construction, factory-painted, manufactured by Levelor, with "Magic Wand" tilting control. 1. Slat Size: 1 inch. 2 Color:as scheduled on drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting work,carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is f this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in complete to the point where work o writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. ' B. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. ' 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install window blinds in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 12510-1 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 1 SECTION 12510 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP HORIZONTAL, LOUVER BLINDS TIGARD,OREGON B. Secure with concealed fasteners where possible. C. Adjust parts for smooth operztion. i ND OF SECTION r i i2510-2 IIih/90\4/21/92\4/21/92 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 12692 TIGARD,OREGON FLOOR MATS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Carpet tread floor mat. 2. i:ecessed aluminum frame. B. Related Sections: 1. 09300 -Tile PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ENTRANCE MATS A. link Mat: 1. All aluminum hinged tread rail with carpet insert wearing surface. 2. Interior Entrance Mat: Treadline Model TL-375RM,no frame rcauired. 3. Exterior Entrance Mat: Pedimat Model PM-375RM,cast-in-place clear anodized aluminum frame. 4. Size: as indicated on drawings. 5. Carpet color: 118912 Blue. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Mat: Set flush with tile surface at interior and with concrete at exterior. B. Vinyl Filler Si ips: As required to neatly fill Floor recess; black. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install mat frame in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Coordinate with installation of tile. B. Place mats in Floor recess after final cleaning of finish Flooring. END OF SECTION 3 11/6/90\4/21/92\4/22/92 12692-1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15010 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Description Provide complete mechanical design documentation and construction for building mechanical systems, including plumbing, heating, ventilation, and air conditioning. B. Base Bid, Alternates, and Unit Prices The proposal shall clearly identify Contractor-generated Alternate and Unit Prices separately from the Base Bid. Owner reserves right to reject any and all proposals. C. The Proposal shall include percentage mark-up to be used for change orders. 1.2 SPECIFICATION INDEX A. Coordinate related work specified in other parts of these specifications, including but not limited to following: 1. 15050 - Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 2. 15250 - Mechanical Insulation 3. 15400 - Plumbing 4. 15500 - Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) 5. 15950 - Controls 6. 15990 - Testing, Adjusting, Balancing (TAB) Work 1.3 CODES, ORDINANCES AND STANDARDS A. Comply with all applicable Uniform building, Mechanical and Plumbing Codes and any local authority amendments. 1. Notify the A/E of any deviations in contract documents to applicable codes and ordinances prior to installation of the work. Provide changes in the work after initial installation due to requirements of code enforcing agencies at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. Provide and pay for all permits required. 6. Codes and Standards 1. Uniform Building Code (with Tigard Amendments) 2. Uniform Mechanical Code (with Tigard Amendments) 3. Uniform Plumbing Code ;with Tigard Amendments) 4. Oregon State Energy Code 5. NFPA-90A, Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems 6. NFPA-101, Life Safety Code 15010 ­ I WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK SECTION 15010 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 1 .4 SUBMITTALS A. Provide three copies; bind in three-ring binder. Include all materials and equipment for Division 15 in one package; not be accepted. Label front of binder with name of 1pro submittals eiof Owner, year of completion, title "MECHANICAL PROPOSAL", "MECHANICAL SUBMITTALS", or "MECHANICAL OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL' applicable), and names of Architect, (as Contractor. Label back edge of binder with title,' name of and Mechanical ct Owner, and year of completion. fold drawings to 8-1/2 size and bin above or place in " project t' submitted, including catalog o umberseor drawing numbers d as Bind index as first sheet of submittal.r. Provide index of all items unless they conform to these requirementsuittals will notbe B. Submittals ' I. Proposal Documents: Provide the Following with the proposal . a. HVAC schematic plans showing system layout, scale 1/8" - 1'-0" minimum., including equipment locations and sizes (including roof curbs), mayor duct distribution layout, and typical branch duct layout with diffusers and grilles. b• Plumbing schematic plans. C. d• Cataing cuts of HVAC equipment. Outline specification of materials and methods. e• "Basis of Design" describing the systems and controls. f• Schedule showing design and construction "milestone" datee including design progress submittals, final design completion, equipment submittal data, design and submittal review periods by A/E and Owner, etc. Coordinate with design and construction periods, and update as required. 2• Construction Documents: A/E^F and Owner during Provide construction plans and d specific;itions for construction in a timely manner to meet Owner's schedule, scale I/8" 1•_0" submittal during the design time peminimriod provide 95X progress following drawings to define the Mechanical Provide a s a minimum Equipment Schedules, Plumbing and HVAC Floor Plan; Ceiling Space Section(s), Legend and ( )+ and Details as required. Provide complete Mechanical Work specifications. Documents shall be sealed and signed b � Registered Professional Mechanical Engineer licensed in the State Oregon. Y a 3• Calculat�sans: of jr including, but not9 united to,ercent sbuilding heat gain CJI design,e of provide calculations Pump head losses, duct and pipe sizing, energy and loss, fan and and equipment selection data. g1 cede calculations, 4• Obtain approval from A/E and Owner as required on s drawings, materials, and equipment, system design, 15010 2 i� +� �r •s � � � sir w WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15010 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 5. Record Drawings: Provide reproducible record drawings prior to final acceptance of the Mechanical Work. Revise original drawings as required; reproducibles made from marked-up prints are not acceptable. 6. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Provide complete mechanical systems operation and maintenance manuals prior to final acceptance of the Mechanical Work, including sequences of operation nf each mechanical system with schematic diagrams; operation and maintenance instructions for each piece of mechanical equipment and the control systems; and spare parts lists. Labels shall be permanently imprinted on binders. 7. Certificate of Inspection: Provide written evidence of approval from the local inspecting authority upon completion of the project. S. Warranty: Provide certificate of warranty prior to final acceptance of the Mechanical Work. 1.5 STANDARDS OF QUALITY A. Substitutions: 1. Conform to Division 1; A/E shall be the final authority with respect to acceptability of substitutions. 2. Whenever any product is specified by patent or proprietary name or by the name of the manufacturer, such specification establishes the standard of quality in that particular field of manufacture. 3. When the substitute product necessitates revisions to the plans or involves other trades, include drawings and details showing all such changes, and coordinate and assume any liability from the affected trades. 4. Provide equipment to fit within the available space as indicated, including manufacturers recommended clearances. B. Codes and Ordinances: Provide all products in strict accordance with all governing codes and ordinances. C. Quantity Items: Provide products of one manufacturer only for items of any one classification which are used in quantity, such as accessories, valves, specialties, fixtures, cleanouts, drains, fittings, packaged HVAC units, exhaust fans, controls. D. Mechanical Equipment Locations: ►provide adequate space around all mechanical equipment for maintenance. 1 .6 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS A. The word "provide", as used in these specifications, means "furnish and install". B. The word 'Contractor", as used in these specifications, means the 15010 - 3 L� WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIA•, IlkoUp TIGARD OREGON BRANCiI RAP:;, SECTION 15011 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIPTYCNTS Mechanical Sub(;,ntractor. � C. Abbreviations: AA/E Architect,/i.ng1neer ANSI Air Movemont and Control Association ARI Arerican national Standards Institute ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute American Society of Heating, Refrigerating ASME Air-Conditioning Engineers ASTM Ame► ican Society of Mechanical Engineers AWS American Society for Testing and Materials CISPI American Welding Society F Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute FM Degrees, Fahrenheit ] HVAC Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation 1 MSS Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and NEC Fittings Industry, Inc. NEMA National Electric Code NFPA National Electrical ManufActurer's Association OSEC National Fire Protection Association Oregon State Energy Code Product Product Occupational Safety and Health Administration Materials and equipment Provide Furnish and instal) psi Pounds per square Inch prig Pounds per square inch gauge pressure SMACNA Sheet Metal & Air-Conditioning Contractors National UL Association V Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. UBC Volts UPC Uniform Building Code UMC Uniform Plumbing Code Uniform Mechanical Code I •7 WORKMANSHIP A. Use the best trade methods throughout. Correct or replace work which i substandard as directed by the A/E. s i 15010 - i� 1 SECTION 15010 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK 1,B SAFETY AND PkOTECTION A. Safety Measures: The A/r has ices not relatingretained the t Contractor'ssisafety and construction review se precautions, or to ntractor tooperformhhisuworkSegThecContractoreshall required for the Co of the be solely and completely all persons ande for propertynduringsperforma�performance including safety o p lies continuously and is not limited to work. This requirement appfor normal working hours. Comply7wi part Ile of the Federal Reand Health it by the Construction", Volume 36oes and U.S. Department of Labor. erdrnyte consult with the sofedalsafety inspector for interpretation whenever in doubt as conditions o not exist or whether compliance with state or federal exist 1 ,9 COORDINATION Work of Other Trades: Obtain specific locations of structural and s or equipment items from the referenced drawings, architectural ''eature f field measuramentwill a be trade allowed rovidifot material o r failureto obtain No extra payments information. ith all B. Cooperation: ever areasonable effortexecuwork ito prowconcerned owith ther trades. Make every timely notice of work affecting other trade , and to prevent conflict or interference as to space requirements, outs, sleeving or other matters which will cause delays or necessitate work-around methods. 1.10 TESTING nND DEMONSTRATION A. Cu,,missioning: Proems demonstrato be tionred prior toofinal acceptance of the Mechanical Work. I 1 . Design concept. 2. General demonstration of operation. 3. Operation and maintenance of each piece of mechanical equipment. 4. Operation and maintenance of control systems. in is Demonstrate that all and systencommendations.rat Perform as indicated ests indthe accordance with manufacturer's presence of the Owner} give m.;:4�mum one week notice prior to test. Provide all instruments and periorinel required to conduct the tests. 15010 - 5 SECTION 15010 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS IGARO BANK ------------ 1.11 WARRANTY , lementary Conditions, and Division A. Conform with General Conditions, Supp I. PART Z - NOT USED PART 3 - NOT USED , END OF SECTION e 15010 - 6 SECTION 15050 TIGARDGOREGONTBARANCHNBANKAL GROUP BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS T PART I - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED sleeves, anchors and supports, vibration A. General : Provide motors, isolation, nameplates, and earthwork. B. Contract requirements of the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 apply to all work in this Section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: county, and state codes and 1. Comply with all applicable city, ordinances. In case ofconfli with drawings or specifications, the codes and ordinancesgovern. 2. Basis: a. Uniform Build'ng Code � b. Uniform Plumbing Code c. Uniform Mechanical lode d, NFPA-90A �y 1.3 SUBMITTALS Submit in accordance with Division 1 and the following. A. General : B. Product Data: 1. Vibration Isolation Mountings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Comply with "Quality A;surance" provisions, Specifications, and Manufacturer's Data. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govcrn. M2,2 MOTORS AND CONTROL. EQUIPMENT A. Provide motors con formiugtioon: fUnlessinotherwiseg unless n indicated,oted iprovle 1 . Design And Constr this specification electric motors and licableenclosudefinitionsres d and requirements of NEMA conforming to the app MG.-I. 15050 - 1 I I WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS TIGARO OREGON BRANCH BANK 2. Standard Commeproduct. A ial Product: Provide standard�commercial tors f alrroduct ris/a standard commercialp product which has been or will be sold on the commercial market through advertisements or manufacturer's catalogs, or brochures, and represents the latest production model(s) . ' visible nameplates 3. Nameplates: e ivf a all motors quired in rNEMA eadiMG- containing th B. Control Equipment: Unless supplied (manufactured) as an integral part of the equipment, or indicated otherwise, disconnects, starting nt d in equipment, and motiaiedpundertDivision 16. for Coordinateew!0 Electrical Division 15 is provided 1 Contractor. 2.3 UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORY, INC. (UL) LISTED EQUIPMENT A. Whenever Standards exist with electrical components provide UL-approved equipment bearing the ULlabel . Otherwise provide equi,)ment certified by the manufacturer as complying with UL Standards for similar items. 2.4 MECHANICAL SOUND, VIBRATION, AND SEISMIC CONTROL. ad A. Rooftop Air Conditioning Units: leRooftop f top spring tourductwo k,en sore und between unit and traps/attenuation as required for maximum RC 35 sound level in adjacent occupied spaces. s needed fog, sound and vibration control of all B. Other measures a components. C. Acceptable Manufacturers: Mason or approved. 2.5 FORMED STEEL CHANNELS A. 12-gauge minimum, 1-3/8" x 1-5/8" w+•nimum cross-section size; Unistrut, Powerstrut, Fee 6 Mason, or Elce, 2.6 SUPPLEMENTARY STEEL FRAMING A. Standard structural steel shapes o:- Schedule 40 steel pipe. 2.7 SLEEVES A. Materials, General : Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe with unthreaded ends, cast iron pipe, galvanized sheet steel , or standard structural steel shapes. Use pipe sleeves at slabs. 15050 2 SECTION 15050 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK B. Fireproofing; Three-hour rated penetration sealing system per UL 1479 and ASTM E-814; 3M Fire Barrier, Dow Chemical RTV, Manville Cerafiber, or equivalent. 2.8 NAMEPLATES A. Laminated black plastic with lettering cut through to white background. Plastic strips with raised letters made by a marking device are not acceptable. 2.9 PAINTING A. Painting of all work specified in mechanical sections which is exposed, ' including exterior exposed mechanical work, is specified in the General Construction section of the specifications. B. Touch up mechanical rqnraoissurfaces as required by the A/E and owner us g matching factryfOrnihed paint PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify installatini. conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this corrected Do eginning install work constitutes unsatisfactory of conditions conditionsare as corrected. satisfactory. 3,? PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of work prior to commencing work of this Section. B. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this Section. 3.3 INSTALLATION. APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. Install , apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with "Quality instrucCionsrand direction . Wherenthesedmaynbeainuconflict, theamore �nstructi stringent requirements govern. 15050 - 3 l .. WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP f TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK BASIC MECHANICALMATERIAL SECTION 15050 AND METHODS 3.4 COORDINATION _ A. Electrical Interface: I. Coordinate mechanical equipment electrical requirements with the ! Electrical Engineer and Electrical Contractor, through the A/E and Owner. Rooftop HVAC units shall be provided with integral starters; starters for other motors will be provided by the Electrical Contractor. 2. Provide control wiring in conformance with the Electrical Work specifications. 3. Controls: Provide ladder-type wiring diagrams for all mechanical equipment, showing external power and control interfaces. B. Architectural Interface: # Coordinate and receive approval for required curbs, l furrings, mechanical equipment arrangements, etc. , with pthe chases, Owner. ASE and C. Structural Interface: Coordinate equipment weights and roof mounted equipment supports with the Structural Engineer, through the A/E and Owner. D. Site Work Utilities Interface: Coordinate locations and elevations of points of connection of water, !!' sanitary sewer, storm drainage, and natural gas utilities with the local utilities and Civil Engineer, through the A/E and Owner. I. Points of connection shall generally be at 5,-O" ou building exterior wall line. Provide all connectionstside of the ge E. Irrigation Interface: By Civil Engineer. 3.5 CLEANING A. Promptly remove waste material and rubbish caused b construction work. At completion of the project, clean allmequipment and fixtures ins,alled or provided under this contract. 3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHIV, A. Cut all openinss and holes required for mechanical work. Carefully examine existi0 ng conditions prior to commencing work. Patch and y the patched work. paint 15050 - 4 d r= i WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15050 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 3.7 ACCESSIBILITY A. Locate valves, dampers, controls, etc. , to be easily accessible. Provide access doors if required to achieve accessibility; coordinate ac;•.ess door locations with the A/E. B. Install all equipment which requires periodic servicing or repairs to be readily accessible. Otherwise, obtain A/E's approval of location. 3.8 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. General : Provide supports for all equipment and appurtenances as required; these include supports for rooftop air conditioning unit and fan. 3.9 PIPE AND DUCT SUPPORT► A. Attach hangers and support rigidly to the building structure; provide supplementary steel framing where required. 3.10 SLEEVES AND SEALING OF SLEEVES A. Provide all sleeving and sealing of sleeves for pipes and ducts. B. Provide annular clear space of approximately 1/4 inch to 1/2 inch; size to accommodate insulation passing through sleeve. C. Set sleeves in place prior to pouring of concrete in neve construction; core drill and grout sleeves in place for unit masonry construction and existing construction. D. Sealing of Sleeves Through Floor Slabs and Firewalls: Provide material packed tightly within I inch of ends of sleeve, and extending full depth through the wall or floor. Fill I inch of both ends of sleeve with a non-hardening silicone sealer, 15050 - 5 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GR TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK OUP BASIC MECHANICAL MCgTERIALSECTION 15050 3,11 FLASHING AT ROOF PENETRATIONS AND AND !METHODS i A. Provide EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS o through galvanized metal fleshing 9 the roof g for all supported b surface and for a Pipes,Y or attached to quieck., Sup ducts, lad conduits unless otherwise indicated, he roof PPPrts and similar deck. Items Use galvanized sheet metal B• Provide galvanized steel roof, overlapping flashln9eatherproof rainhood a 3.12 ll , around Pipes through NAMEPLATES A Provide for all equipment; fasten with adhesive. 3.13 TEMPORARY SERVICES A. Temporary heat: With the General Temporary heat is for operation when ntractor and specified in Division 1, finishin the buildin prepare the terminal heating Cooperate ' fiishing. If ventilation g addition 9 equipment temporary filters over return stem is used for enclosed and read continuous section of air intakes and in equipment heat y for c equipment intake 2-inch roll filter quipment. install and over return media tied Securel F° from B• Air S air intakes. Y over unit Systems. Do not and grille o use air systems during constru�:tionpenings with taped _on plastic sheet or dust out of the ductwork. Cover duct 3.14 EARTHWORK �1 valent to keep A• Qescription: mechanical Provide all earthwork work in the ground. Coordinate for B. Trench with Divisiinstal n 2 allation of laying of cavation: Excavate Pipe, with banks trenches of necessary grade trench bottoms to as nearly vertical as y width for Proper section of pipe, als provide uniform undisturbed Possible. �y ,points after trench bottom Accurately length. Form holes bedding for each equipment to keep as been graded. and depressions for rock excavation p excavation free from w P"Pride temporary equivalent materiajInsisting of no lesster. Provide piQe beddl ging thaw 6 inches of sand or C. Provide bracln excavation, g and shoring as � necessary to maintain stah , ity of 15050 - 6 SECTION 15050 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK D. Backfilling: Backfill trenches only after completion eo and pof re ss or trench tests and inspection by the A/E. Fill spaces between pipe by hand, shovel tamped in place. Fill rand in 6tamph remainder of layers to cbackfill 12 inches over top of pipe. material in 6 inch layersr; Provide sand relativalyffree of ecliods ore stones. consisting of clean earth o use sand. For sewer and water piping, use pea gravel ; for gas PppPng9+ Backfill under, around and to b inches above top E. Compacting: for each 6 inch layer (maximum) u9U 1 . Perform compacting individually, loose th 'F m1x sumfdensity1lTest in accordance with De a compacted ivisions 1 and percent o maxim 2 enter 2. Take special care in compacting under s Coke whereor tl be fully building to prevent settling. or property as a result a responsible for any damage to piping ■ settling around service piping. F. Surplus Earth: Disposal per Division I requirements. N ales: Place and maintain barricades, construction signs, torches, G. Barric periods of open excavation as lanterns and guards, as required during necessary to protect persons from injury and to avoid property damage. H. Clean-Up: Leave premises thoroughly clean at completion. I , Installation cf Piping in Backfilled Areas: Wherever any piping is to excavated below be installed -in areas which haveb a nnerwhich ll previnverts, prevent subsequent any purpose, install piping auntil backfill is to full compaction, settlement. Do not install piping more above the level of the completed up to a level of i8inches in re-excavated d trenches Through the installed pipe, install the p pi9 backfill . 3.15 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURE CONNECTIONS ' A. Provide piping, ductwork, and make final mechanical connections ed accordance with Manufacturer's equipment,recommendations nfixture Owner dshin equipment and fixtures, and Divisions 1-14. This applies to work of Sections 15400 and 15500. refe' acturer's Shop Drawings for to on B. Perform on-site review and Providerrough-infattlocations to conveniently details of co serve items. ENO OF SECTION 15050 - 7 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15250 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK MECHANICAL INSULATION PART I - GENERAL 1 .1 WORK INCLUDED A. Work includes insulation for plumbing piping and ductwork. B. Contract requirements of the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, and Division l apply to all work in this Section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with all applicable city, county, and state tides and ordinances. In case of conflict with drawings or specifications, the codes and ordinances govern. 2. Basis: a. Uniform Building Code b. Uniform Plumbing Code C. Uniform Mechanical Code d. Oregon State Energy Code 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General : Submit in accordance with Division 1 and the following. B. Product Data: 1. Insulation 2. Inserts 1 .4 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS (MOST RECENT EDITION) A., American Society For Testing And Materials (ASTM) Standards: E84 Surface Burn Characteristics of Building Materials E96 Test for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standards: 90A Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems 255 Building Materials, Tests of Surface Burning Characteristics C. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Publications- 723 Hazard Classification of Building Materials 1 15250 - 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL TIGARD OREGON BRANCH NBANK AL GROUP MECHANICALCNSULATION 15250 , 1 .5 -----'— --- ION DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS A. Definitions: I. "Exposed" is work exposed to the vie occupied areas and in e w °f occupant; in 2• "Concealed" is work locatedin ceiling ,. normally 3. locations not exposed to view, g •Paces " chases and other Cold Piping" includes the following to 0 Degree F: s' a• Domestic cold water. b. Horizontal rainleaders, and roof drain and overflow flow roof drain • Hot Piping" includes the following a• Domestic hot water. to 850 Degrees F: 5• "Conditioned Air Ductwork" cooled and includes supply is ductwork for " PP y and return ductwork.r that is heated or 6• Piping" includes all pipe, fittings, valves, an B• Abbreviations: d aPPurtenances. ASJ All-Service Jacket FSK Foil-Scrim-Kraft Jacket K Thermal Conductivity, Btu PCF degree F, for each inch of thickness.+ per square foot per Perm Pound per cubic foot density - SSL Water vapor transmission rate (permeability) 1 .6 Self-sealing lap �) SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS J A Provide composite or component ratings per NEPA as follows: I. Fiberglass Insulation: 255' ASTM EB4 or UL 713 2• Closed-Cell Elastomer Flame spread 25 f� Flame s read 2 p smo59 smo developed 50. B• Composite includes insulation ke developed 50. ,)ticketing and adhesive used to secure ,jacketing or fac.inq. C• Components include PVC 1 "ape and cloth. Jacketing and fittings, adhesive, mastic, cement, MINIMUM INSULATION THICKNESSES A. Thickness of I insu Thickness insulation is defined as the j g medium not including finishingthickness of materials, the basic 15250 - 2 1, r SECTION 15250 rWASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP MECHANICAL INSULATION TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK _____ B.. pPlumbsng Pipe a Insulation, Fiberglass: Conform with the following table. l I . PLUMING MINIMUM Insulation INSU ATION Insulation Thickness for Pipe Sizes Fluid Temp.r I�and and Ranye, _ " t reater Service F -- s 1.5 a. Domestic 1.0 1.0 Hot Water 100-140 b. Domestic r Cold Water, 0.5 0.5 0.5 Rainleaders 40-70 1-1/2-inch minimum thickness, or thicker as c. Ductwork, Fiberglass: rrequired to meet OSEC. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2,1 GENERAL A. Comoly the more stringers . with "Quality Assurance" provisions, Specifications, and Manufacturer's Data. Where these may be in conflict, it requirements govern. i2.2 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A, Fiberglass: Owens-Corning, Knauf, Certain Teed, Manville. 2,3 PIPING INSULATION A. Fiberglass: One-piece, molders tvwith ASJ/SSL; K value not greater than 0.23 at 75 F mea temperature. B. Fittings: 1 , General : Provide insulation of' equal thickness to adjacent tpipe insulation. 2. Indoor: Preformed fiberglass, or fihQrglass blanke , cver with PVC fitting covers ore y1 asslfabric with suitable mastic. ( . Valves: Removable flexible blanket insulation with stainless steel wire lacing. 2.4 EXTERNAL DUCTWORK INSULATION A. General : Fiberglass, maximum 0.02 perms vapor transmi,,sion rate. 3 15250 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 1.5250 T"uARD ORLGON BRANCH BANK MECHANICAL INSULATION B. Concealed Conditioned Air Ductwork, Rectangular and Round: Flexible wrap, 1.0 PCF, FSK facing, K value not greater than 0.28 at 75 degrees F mean temperature. 2.5 INSERTS (LOAD-BEARING INSULATION) BETWEEN PIPES AND PIPE HANGERS/SUPPORTS A. General : Coordinate with the work of Sections 15400. B. Provide rigid insulation inserts, thickness equal to the adjoining insulation, with vapor barrier. C. Provide insulation protection shields between inserts and pipe hangers/supports, minimum 12 inches long, 18 gauge galvanized steel , Grinnell , Fee & Mason, Elcen, or approved. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. Do not install until any unsatisfactory conditions aro corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditiei, as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARNTION A. Field Measur ments: Field verify locations of work prior to commencing work of this Section. B. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this Section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION AND PERFORMANCE A. Install , apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with "quality Assurance" provisions, Specifications, and Manufacturer's Installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict., the more stringent requirements govern. 3.4 TIME OF APPLICATION A. Apply insulation only after piping h,:s been tested and certified by the AJ as ready for insulation. If insulation is applied prior to testing, necessary removals, repairs and modifica•ions to insulation due to leaks that may occur in piping system,, shall made without additional cost to the Owner. 15250 - 4 SECTION 15250 IWASHINGTON MUTUAL. FINANCIAL GROUP MECHANICAL INSULATION TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK 3.5 EXTENT OF INSULATIUN A. Insulate piping, conditioned air ductwork, and equipment completely, Iexcept as indicated. B. Do not insulate the following: I 1 . Piping: a. Unions on domestic hot water piping. b. Vertical rainleaders. 2. Ductwork: a. Exhaust ductwork. b. Items specified to have internal acoustical (sound) lining. c. Nameplates. In general , items specidt0addationaleacoustical a ) lining insulationisr-aquiredtomee need not be insulated unless requirements of this section. 3.6 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Apply in a workmanlike manner by skilled workmen regularly engaged in Ithis type of work. B. Apply to clean and dry surfaces. unbroken moisture and vapor C. On cold surfaces, apply with continuous, seal . Insulate and vapor seal all hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections that are secured to cold surfaces, to prevent. condensation. I Extend all surface finishes to protect all raw edges, ends, and surfaces p. of insulation. E. Install all piping anuduct and insulation continuous cexcept where fir estop for ceilings, and floor openings firesafing materials are required. F . Install with all joints tightly butted. G. Tuck and tu`t all edges of insulation. H. Install insulation to allow easy access to equipment for inspection and repairs. d seal insulation around equipment. nameplates. 1 , Carefully bevel an 15250 - 5 I WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15250 ■ TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK MECHANICAL INSULATION 3.7 INDOOR PIPING INSULATION A. PVC Covers For Fittings: SEal all circumferential edges by an overlap of at least 2 inches onto adjacent pipe insulation, using PVC tape or ASJ/SSL butt strip material . B. Cold Piping: 1 . Secure all ends Frith SSL butt strips, minimum 3 inches wide. 2. Secure all Joints and exposed ends at fittings, valves, and , equipment with vapor barrier mastic. C. Hot Piping: 1 . Secure all ends with ASJ or SSL butt strips, minimum 3 inches wide; secure ASJ laps and butt strips with outward clinch staples at 4 inch spacing, or with suitable lap adhesive. 2. Secure PVC covers with tacks, outward clinch staples, or solvent type PVC adhesive. 3.8 FXTERNAL DUCTWORK INSULATION A. Concealed Conditioned Air Ductwork, Rectangular and Round: 1 . Maximum allowable compression 25%. Overlap all seams minimum 2 inches. Finish with pressure sensitive tape or glass fabric and vapor barrier mastic, minimum 3 inches wide. 2. Rectangular Ducts, Over 18 Inches Wide: Secure insulation to bottom of ductwork with mechanical fasteners on 18 inch centers; apply washers without compressing insulation. 3. Seal all seams, ,joints, breaks, punctures, and penetrations with vapor barrier mastic. END OF SECTION 15250 - 6 KNUMUM—AlW V—11 qF 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15400 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK PLUMBING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. General : Provide complete design and construction of the domestic water, sanitary drainage and vent, and roof drainage systems within the building. B. Contract requirements of the General Couditions, the Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 apply to all work in this Section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with all applicable City, County, and State Codes and Ordinances. In case of conflict with drawings or specificatiois, the Codes and Ordinances govern. 2. Basis: a. Uniform Building Code b. Uniform Plumbing Code 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General : Submit in accordance with Division 1 and the following. B. Product Data: 1. Piping 2. Plumbing Fixtures and Trim 3. Fixture Supports 4. Cleanouts 5. Stops b. Hose Bibbs 7. 'Trap Primers S. Water Hammer Arrestors 9. Pressure Reducing Valves 10. Relief Valves 11 , Plumbing Equipment C. Certificates: 1. Certificates of Inspectici, by Local Authorities. 2. Certificates of Satisfactory Bacteriological Test. 1 .4 PIPING, GENERAL A. Do not install pressure water piping or natural gas piping underground beneath floor slabs. 15400 - 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK SECTION 15400 PLUMBING PART 2 - PRODUCTS --- -- 1 2.1 GENERAL A. Comply with "Quality Assurance" provisions, Specifications,Manufacturer's Data. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. g 2.2 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Plumbing Fixtures: Refer to Architectural Drawings. ' B. Plumbing Trim: Refer to Architectural Drawings. C. Flush Valves: t I. Sloan 2. Zurn D• Closet Seats: I . Church 2. Sperzel 3. Olsonite E. Drains, Cleanouts, Fixture Supports, and Miscellaneous: I . Jay R. Smith 2. Josam 3. Wade 4• Zurn F• Water Heaters I . A.O. Smith 2� Ruud 3. Rheem 4. State G. Pressure Reducing and Relief Valves I . Watts 2. Spence ' 3• Wilkins 4• Mueller 5, Keckley 6. Rockwood ' 1• Norgren 1 I 15400 - 2 WASHINGIze MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15400 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK PLUMBING 2.3 DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM A. Service Entrances and Distribution 1. General : Coordinate all service entrance locations with the A/E and Owner. 2. Water: Coordinate required sitework devices (water meter, etc.), and determine street water pressure. Provide PRY station if water pressure exceeds 80 psig. Provide hard copper for all piping, with 95-5 joints. Provide two non-freeze type wall hydrants at the perimeter of the building, locations per Architectural Drawings. Do not route water piping in cold (uninsulated) spaces. B. Pipe (Tubing) : 1 . Above Grade: Type L copper water tl,,e, hard drawn, ASTM 888. 2. Underground: Type k copper water tune, hard drawn, ASTM B88. C. Fittings: Wrought copper solder fittings and screwed adapters, ANSI 816.22; cast bronze solder joint fittings and screwed adapters, ANSI 616.18. D. Unions: Wrought copper solder joint unions, ANSI B16.22; cast bronze solder joint fittings, ANSI B16.18. E. Joint Compound: Teflon tape. F. Solder: 95 percent tin, 5 percent antimony solder, ASTM 832, 95TA, G. Ball Valves: 250 pound bronze or brass body, ball and stem; solder or screwed ends, three piece construction, Teflon seat and seal . H Dielectric Unions: Provide at each joint between dissimilar metals; Capital insulating unions per specification Sheet IUS-2; Epco dielectric unions per Catalog 12-70. I . Escutcheon Plates- Chrome plated, spring clip type at ceilings; Beaton b Cadwell Series 10 or equivalent. 2.4 BUILDING DRAINAGE SYSTEMS A. Description: Provide the following piping systems. 1. Soi' , waste and vent. 2. Rainleader. 3. Indirect drain and cooling coil condensate drains. B. Piping Materials: 1 . Cast Iron: a Pipe: Service weight cast iron soil pipe, ASTM A74. 15400 - 3 SECTION 15400 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP PLUMBING TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK b. Hub and Spigot Joints: Compression Basketed type, specifically designed for pipe and fittings used, or caulked and leaded type. c. H) StainlessJoints: SteelSPI Glampnnd shield gaskets. assemblies. 1) Al 1 or approved clamp and f 2) Heavy Stainless Steel : Clamp- t shield assemblies. 3) Cast Iron: Clamp assemblies with stainless steel nuts, bolts and washers. d. Fittings: ASTM A74 and ANSI A112.5.1. 2. Galvanized Steel : a. Pipe: Standard weight, ASTM A120. � b. Fittings: attern, screwed, 1) Drainage Fittings: Galvanized drainage p ANSI B16.12. 2) Vent Fittings: 150 pound galvanized malleable iron, screwed, ANSI B16.3. 3. Copper: a. Pipe: Hard drawn drainage tubi8306ng, ASTM . b. Fittings: Cast bronze, ANSI B16.23. der Piping: leaI C. Above-Grade Soil , Waste, Vent, and Rain � 1. 1-1/2" and Smaller: Galvanized steel . 2. 2" and Larger: Cast iron. D. Underground Soil , Waste, Vent, and Rainleader Piping: Cast iron; for hubless, use heavy stainless steel or cast 'Iron clamps. E. Indirect Drain Piping: Copper. located F. Storm Drainage: Provide roof drains sand through l above flow roofdrains rat,�Sterminating as by the A/E. Route overflow piping in smooth finished pipe end 1/4" beyond face of wall . Provide interior rainleader piping same as Soil , Waste & Vent. 2.5 NATURAL GAS PIPING ' A. Coordinate service with local natural gas company. of 125 e. Description: Provide components with minimum pressure rating prig working pressure. C. Pipe: Black steel , standard weight, ASTM A53, Grade A or B. TM p. Fittings: 150 pound blank malleable iron, screwed, ANSI B16.3 and AS A197. 1 E. Unions: 150 pound black malleable iron, screwed, ASTM A197, brass seat. 15400 •• 4 ' WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15400 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK PLUMBING F. Joint Compound: Teflon tape. G. Flexible Connectors: Braided type, corrugated stainless steel core covered with high tensile stainless steel woven wire braiding, minimum lateral deflection 1/2 inch, suitable for use with natural gas; Keflex, Metraflex, Mercer or Garlock. H. Valves: 1. Plug: 200 psig w.o.g. , screwed, cast iron body, lubricated, UL label for 175 psi working pressure, regular port or full pipe area port., material ASTM A126, Grade B, wrench operated. 2. Ball : 275 psi w.o.g. , bronze body, screwed, UL label for 250 psi working pressure, regular post, Teflon trim. 2.6 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Provide minimum one hanger ur support between any two joints or fittings of building drainage piping. B. Provide manufactured pipe support and alignment system for plumbing chases; Sumner or equivalent. 2.7 CLEANOUTS A. Floor Cleanouts: Cast iron body and frame, round adjustable secured nickel-bronze top, lead seal , iron plug; Jay R. Smith Figure 4020 cr equivalent. B. Wall Cleanouts: Cast iron cleanout tee, square nickel-bronze frame and cover, bronze plug; Jay R. Smith Figure 4730 or equivalent. 2.8 VENTS THROUGH ROOF A. Coordinate with Division 7. 2.9 WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS A. Factory-sealed shock arrestors with direct action bellows, rated in accordance with Plumbing and Drainage institute (PDI) Standards; Jay R. Smith, Josam or equivalent. 2. 10 HOSE BIBBS A. Non-freeze box type with integral vacuum breaker, recessed bronze box, hinged locking cover, bronze hydrants, bronze casing, 3/4-inch hose connection, 12-inch extension length; Jay R. Smith 5509. 15400 - 5 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15400 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK PLUMBING 2.11 TRAP PRIMER A. Cast bronze automatic air gap type, 1/2" connection; J.M.J. , E & S, P.P.P. , Smi4h or approved. 2.12 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES A. Provide large capacity water regulators with associated integral strainer with 32 mesh screen, 250 psig minimum working pressure, 25 -to 100 psig adjustable pressure range, maximum 10 psig fall-off pressure through the valve and strainer. B. 1/2" to 2-1/2" Size: Bronze body with screwed ends, nickel alloy seat and replaceable composition disc; Watts No. 223SHP or Pouivalent. 2. 13 RELIEF VALVES A. ASME Code rated water relief valves, Watts No. 174-A Series or approved. 2. 14 PLUMBING TRIM A. Trim is defined as any metal part used with a fixture, i .e. , faucets, drains, traps, and supplies. S. Provide brass trim, except Federal Specifications grade zinc-aluminum may be furnished for faucet handles. C. Finish exposed metal parts with chromium over nickel . D. Provide stops in each water connection to each fixture, except where a $. fitting has integral stops; loose key pattern with shield, polished finish where exposed and rough where concealed; Bridgeport Brass, Brass Craft (Speedway) , Teledyne Ansonia or equivalent. E. Provide exposed supplies with 112" outside diameter tubing. F. Provide escutcheons at each point where pipe or other fittings enter wall at fixture. . G. Provide 17 gauge (0.043") traps of seamless cast brass tubing without cleanouts; adjustable; manufacturer's name and gauge on trap. H. Provide vacuum breaker on the water supply to each fixture which has a water connection located below the rim, or a hose attachment; flow-thru pattern; Sloan, Watrous, Delaney, Watts or approved. I. Provide trap primer connection on all floor drains. 154x0 - 6 r ni► +� VWA MA 11WA I mer WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 1.5400 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK PLUMBING 2.15 PLUMBING FIXTURES A. Water Closet, Lavatory, S.nk, Service Sink: Provide fixtures specified on Architectural Drawings. B� Floor Drain P-5: Foot traffic duty, square top, coated cast iron holy and flashing collar, 6" size nickel-bronze adjustable strainer head . secured square hole grate; Smith Figure 2010-B. C. Roof Drains P-6: Coated cast iron body, clamp ring with integrr.l gravel stop, roof flange, underdeck clamp, bottom outlet, polypropylene or polyethylene locking dome; Smith 1010. D. Overflow Roof Drains P-7: Same as Roof Drains except with standpipe type secured plastic internal waterguard, 2" water death. 2.16 FIXTURE SUPPORTS A. Water Closet Carriers: 1. Provide concealed cast iron carrier, vertical non adjustable pattern or adjustable horizontal pattern. Provide manufacturer and type as required to fit within available wall space. 2. Support fixture independent of wall construction, installed per manufacturer's instructions. 3. Provide support feet set on sub-floor or cast in sub-floor. 4. Provide brass fixture attachment bolts and chrome-plated acorn type nuts. B. Wall Hung Fixtures: Mount with wall bracket/hang furnished with fixture; cooroinate with General Contractor to insure adequate rigid stud supports. 2.17 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT A. Water Heater: Commercial electric type, ASME tank construction, glass- lined, magnF-sium anode, direct immersion heating elements, zutomatic temperature control thermostat, high limit controls, fiberglass insulation to meet Washington State Energy Code requiremerts, enameled steel jacket, 150 psig working pressure, UL listed, magnetic contactors, control circuit transformer, terminal black for single-point power supply connection. A.Q. Smith USE Series or equivalent. 2. 18 WALL SEAL A. Manufacture and Type: General Electric No. 1200 Silicone Building Sealant or Dow Corning No. 780 Construction Sealant. 15400 - 7 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15400 ' TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK PLUMBING PART 3 - EXECUTION ' 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. Do not install until any unsatisfactory conditions are , corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this Section. B. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this Section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION AND PERFORMANCE A. Install , apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with "Quality I Assurance" provisions, Specifications, and Manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. f B. Do not cover up or enclose work until completely inspected and approved. t If non-compliance, uncover work and replace to satisfaction of A/E at no additional cost to Owner. 3.4 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING A. General : Install pipe generally sloped to permit drainage at all low points, free from traps, and in a manner to conserve space for other work; cap or plug all open ends,. B. Conform to requirements of the UFC.. C. Space pipe supports in accordanci� with MSS SP-69. D. ►,-loor Drain Trap Primers: Connect trap primer lines to tee below flush valve on water closet; conceal trap primer lines in building construction. E. Location of Piping: I . Piping plans, sections, details and diagrams are diagrammatic indicating general arrangement of piping installation. Locate piping avoid interference with building structural members, equipment, building openings, light fixtures, ductwork, electrical work, and other obstructions. Provide offsets as required. 15400 - 8 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15400 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK PLUMBING 2. Arrange piping allow access for operation, service, disconnection, and removal and replacement of valves, fixtures and equipment. 3. Within buil6ings, conceal all piping in walls and above ceilings except where indicated to remain exposed. Do not cover up or enclose work until completely inspected and approved. Should work be, covered up or enclosed prior to inspections and approvals, uncover work as required and, after completely inspected and approved, make repairs and replacements with materials as necessary to approval of additional Owner. perpendicular to floor 4. Route piping parallel to columnlinesand perp unless indicated otherwise. F. Provide unions or flanges at valves, fixtures and equipment if a means of disconnection is not otherwise provided. I G. Provide reducing fittings for all changes in pipe size; bushings are not acceptable. H. Use fittings for all changes in direction of piping. I. Do not cut or reduce size of structural members. I J. Clean interior of piping before making joints and placing in position by blowing clean h steam or compressed air. ness of piping throughout installation; provide caps oriaplugs nonlopen iends of Icleaned piping. K. Correct leaks immediately, using new materials; do not peen or use leak- sealing compounds. L. Position valve stems horizontal or above. 3.5 BUILDING DRAINAGE PIPING A. General : 1. Provide waste, soil fand rainleader piping orm! pitch of at swithin building; pitch t 1/4" per foot for hvents nfor proper drainage. I 2. Joints and Connections: a. Bell and Spigot: Neoprene compression seals or packed oakum secured with I" deep lead caulking smoothly finished. b. Hubless: Alternately and incrementally tighten clamp bolts to manufacturers recommended torque value, using single setpoint torque wrench specifically manufactured for this purpose. Do not use screwdrivers or other types of wrenches. Retorque after 24 hours. 15400 - 9 q WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15400 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK PLUMBING B. Above-Grade Piping: 1. Support horizontal piping to maintain alignment, prevent grade reversals, and prevent sagging. a 2. Support vertical stacks at floors with clamp anchors. 3. Hub and Spigot Pipe: Support at 5 feet maximum centers and at each joint. 4. Hubless Pipe: Provide hangers and supports in accordance with CISPI No. 100. C. Underground Piping: 1. Perform trenching and backfilling associated with plumbing installation in strict accordance with pertinent provisions of excavating, filling and grading specifications in Division 2 and Section 15050. 2. Laying of Bell and Spigot. Piping: Install in bedding of trench, graded to provide uniform support for pipe with bell holes to ,permit joining; bells at upgrade end. 3.6 CLEANOUTS A. Provide as required by UPC. 3.7 VENTS THROUGH ROOF A. Provide weatherproof installation; coordinate with Division 7. 3.8 WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS A. Install in accordance with PDI recommendations. r! 3.9 FIXTURES �U{ A. Locate fixtures where indicated on the Architectural drawings. B. Secure floor outlet of floor-mounted fixtures rigidly to drainage connections and floor. C. Support wall-hung fixtures rigidly with metal supporting members such that stress is not transmitted to connections. ' D. Make all connections gas- and water-tight. U E. Use one-piece special molded gaskets for connections between earthenware of fixtures and soil pipe flanges. Do not use bulk material , including putty and plastic, for gaskets. F. Provide individual vents for each fixture. 1.5400 10 WASHINGION MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15400 TIGARD OREGON B:'.`iHCH BANK PLUMBING 3.13 CLEANING UP w A. Prior to acceptance of work, thoroughly clean exposed items, removing labels and traces of foreign material , using only cleaning solutions approved by manufacturers of plumbing items and being careful to avoid damage to finished surfaces. , END OF SECTION ' �J �l 15400 - i! � �r ■es sr WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15400 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK PLUMBING G. Provide separate trap where manufacturer does not include trap for fixture. H. Provide silicone wall sealer between top and sides of plumbing fixtures and adjacent wall surfaces. Apply per manufacturer's recommendations to form smooth unobtrusive Joint. Install one sample joint on each type of fixture for the A/E's review before proceeding with installation of remainder of sealant. 3.10 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT A. Mount water heater on platform in Janitor Room as indicated on Architectural Drawings. B. Provide plastic or galvanized steel drain pan ;under water heater, with piped indirect drain to sink in Janitor's Room or to exterior of building. C. Pipe water heater valve outlet to sink in Janitor's Room or to exterior of building. 3.11 PRESSURE TESTING A. Drainage Piping: Pressure test in accordance with UPC and local authority requirements. B. Water Piping: Test at full working pressure in accordance with UPC. 3.12 STERILIZATION AND FLUSHING A. Description: After completion )f water piping installation, flush system thoroughly. Take sample of water from system to determine compliance with Health Department standards. Obtain necessary tests from governing Health Department. If sample is not in compliance, perform sterilization as follows. B. Sterilization: 8-hour sterilization contact time, 50 parts per million chlorine concentration. Open all valves several times; follow by flushing with clean water until residual chlorine is less than 0.2 parts per million. C. Results: After sterilization and flushing is complete, conduct tests to determine compliance with Health Department standards for sterilization results. If pipe system is found to be contaminated, correct defects and perform additional sterilization and flushing until satisfactory results are obtained. 15400 - 11 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15500 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) 4. Air Filtration: Provide air handling systems with filters rated at 20% minimum efficiency (Efficiency based on test per ASHRAE Standard 52). - 5. Building Envelope and Interior Conditions: a. Components of the building envelope will be insulated to meet or exceed the requirements of the Oregon State Energy Code; coordinate with Architectural work. b. The following minimum insulation, construction, and internal load parameters shall be used for the preparation of the Mechanical r� Work proposal ; verify final design parameters with A/E and Owner: r (1) Windows . . . Double pane, clear; glass cross-section consists of 1/4-inch clear outside pane, 1/2-inch air space, and 1./4-inch clear inside pane with low emissivity coating; overall winter U-value (including frame) is 0.71. This value includes an adjustment factor for metal frame; thermal-break frames will not be used. Overall shadings coefficient, including clear panes and medium-color inside blinds, is 0.56 (glass SC 0.73, blinds SC 0.76). (2) Miscellaneous Internal Load . . . Refer to attached sheet. (3) Occupancy . . . Refer to attached sheet. (4) Ventilation . . . Refer to attached sheet for minimum occupancy requirements. Provide additional as required per 1 .1-C-3 above. (5) General Structural System . . . Wood trusses and Joists. 6. Toilet and Miscellaneous Exhaust: Provide roof-mounted exhaust fan with ductwork to each room requiring exhaust, as follows: a. Each Toilet Room. b. Janitor's Roo-n. c. Lotioge. Provide ceiling transfer grilles and lined connecting ductwork in attic as required for air makeup. D. HVAC System Selection: 1 . General : Rooftop "Demand VAV" system with DX cooling and gas heating. 2. Demand VAV System: Electronic zone damper control system; coordinate with Section 15950. 3. Perform calculations to verify compliance with the Oregon State Energy Code. 4. Provide design and construction of the HVAC System based upon individual temperature control zones as follows: a. Platform Rooms. b. Closing Room. c. Teller Area. d. Secured Area. e. Lounge. f. Elec. Room. 15500 � I WASHINGTON MUT TIGARD OREGON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP RANC1.1 E►ANK SECTIiIN 15500 TING AND AIR ECONOITIONINGIATING (HVAC� PART I - GENERAL ) 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Gent, al: Provide complete design a serve the builalirnq• HVAC system shallbeconstruction for flexibility. Tl+E� Primary HVAC s I reliability, Y features g with a high agree t ease of maintenance desired by the Or,�nProf S• Contract re • and low anergy cost• include high Conditions requirements of the General and Of 1 aPP1Y to all work Condinithis Sectio ` C• Design Parameters the Supplementary Section. 1. Outdoor DesiSin Conditions: r Sunnier: vel d_ bulb 61 wet bulb Winter; 21 F daily range, ------- 4 F d _bu1b. 1� 9 1.5 mph nw,d ----gym h wind veloci 2• Indoor Design Conditions: AREA _-----._,COOLING r General 75' F -'—H-�T-N- _ CIRCU TIQN 50% RH 70 F 6 AC_ /hr�min pR SUR10N Lounge 75, F _ 50% RH 70� F 6 AC/hr min. N Toilet R Janitor's 50% RH 70-- 2 / qf_m s .ft. Room N - Elec. Room 50% RH 70� F 4 AC/hr min. E or p Footnotes: a• AC/hr •- Air changes �— b• RH - Relative humidity hour (at 100% airflow for Variable Volume systems). c• Pressurization: P - Positive relative to ad N ` Negative relative to ad.)scenaces acent areas E ' Equal relative to t areas 3• Outdoor A t r adjacent areas Ventilation: occupancy ventilation re Provide as required to toilet and miscellaneq�srements (20 cfm meet Energy Code pressuri�-ation. exhaust make-up,r person minimum), and building 15500 - An .a WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15500 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) C. Components: Centrifugal supply fan, centrifugal exhaust fan for building pressure relief with backdraft dampers (Ibackdraft dampers only are not acceptable), 100 percent outside air economizer cycle dampers and controls, filter section, compressor-condenser section, gas heat section, discharge temperature controller, compressor short cycling protection, and single point power connection. Provide compressor unloading capability for direct expansion (DX) refrigeration systems. 2.3 ROOFTOP SPRING CURB A. Description: Roof curb for HVAC equipment support and weatherproofing with integral spring vibration isolation. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: Industries, Amber Booth, or Kinetics Corporation. Basis of design is Mason Type RSC/FDR. C. Spring Isolation Curb: Rigid steel tube lower member, adjustable and removable steel springs, upper floating section with frame to provide continuous support of HVAC unit and to remain captive while resiliently 1 resisting wind and seismic forces, all-direction neoprene snubber i bushings minimum 0.25-inch thick. Steel springs mounted on 0.25-inch neoprene acoustical pads, and cadmium or zinc electroplated. D. Spring Access Panels: Removable waterproof covers, screw.•attached. E. Minimum Spring Deflection: 2.5-inches. F. Hardware: Cadmium or zinc electroplated. G. Curb Waterproofing: Continuous galvanized flexible counterflashing joined at the corners with EPDM bellows, desigr2d to be secured over the lower curb's waterproofing. H. Flexible Duct Connection: Designed to be suspended from +jpper floating section, directly beneath unit duct opening, foam rubber gasket seal against unit bottom. I . Flexible Gas Pipe Connector: Coordinate with Section 15400. j J. Flexible Electrical and Control Conduits: Coordinate with Division 16 and Section 15950. K. Arrangement and Dimensions: Coordinate with exact rooftop HVAC unit being provided. Provide components dimensioned to exactly match the equipment. 15500 - 4 SECTION 15500 WASHINGION MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP HEATING, VENTILATING, TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) 5. Electronic Zone Damper Selection: In general , one size larger than size required for load, to permit rapid temperature satisfaction I under part load conditions. 6. Duct sizing: In general , one csize or IO% larger tf$etsof duct,at 0.08 inches of water pre_sure loss p permit rapid temperature satisfaction under part load conditions. I 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE I A. Regulatory Requirements: r nt 1. Comply allapplicable City, County, and State Codes and Ordinances. In case conflict with drawings or specifications, I the Codes and Ordinancesgovern 2. Basis: a. Uniform Building Code b. Uniform Plumbing Code c. Uniform Mechanical Code d. NFPA 90A e. OSEC 1.3 SUBMITTALS n accordance with Division 1 and the following. A. General : Submit i B. Product Data: I 1, HVAC Unit. 2. Rooftop Spring Curb. 3. Fan. 4. Duct Constr•ULtion Standards. 5. Grilles and Diffusers. PART 2 - PRODUCTS � 2.1 GENERAL " Assurance" provisions, A. specifications, and Comply with Quality manufacturer's data. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringers requirements govern. 2.2 ROOFTOP HVAC UNITS A. Description: Factory packaged gas-electric self-contained air conditioning unit arranged for vertical supply and return. B. Manufacturer: Carrier, McQuay, or approved. I 15500 - 3 I �J WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15500HEATING, VENTILATING, TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) (3) Latches: Die-cast, Ventfabrics No. 100 for doors 2'-0" � high or smaller; Cat. No. 260 for up to 3'-0" height; Cat. No. 310 or larger, use two. e. Duct Lining: Fiber glass, I-inch thickness unless noted otherwise, with a black pigmented neoprene coated mat surface on the airstream side, 1-1/2 pounds per cubic foot density, Fire Hazard Classification FHC 25/50 per UL 723; Owens-Corning Fiberglass Duct Liner Board, Knauf, Manville or Certain-Teed. 2. Volume Dampers and Quadrants: a. Construction: Provide dampers in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards. b. Quadrants Where Ducts Are Accessible: (1) Acceptable Manufacturers: Duro Dyne, Young, Ventfabrics; catalog numbers listed are Duro Dyne. (� (2) For blades with maximum dimension under 10•-inches: Cat. �1 No. KS-145, dial regulator with locking nut, round end spring-in bearing and square end damper bearing. (3) For blades with a maximum dimension 10-inches to 20-inches: Cat. No. KSR-195, dial regulator with locking nut, round end spring-in bearing, and square end bearing. (4) For blades with a maximum dimension over 20-incises: Cat. No. 12, damper quadrant with 1/2-inch size damper bearings. 3. Fiberglass Ductwork: a. Manufacturer And Type: Knauf, Manville, Owens-Corning, Certain- teed, or approved. Provide in accordance with NFPA 90A and with factory-applied UL-181 Class I air duct listing label . Duct dimensions shown are net inside dimensions. b. Rectangular Fiberglass Ductboard: Provide I-inch thick ductboard with scrim reinforced aluminum jacket, in accordance with the following requirements: (1) Thermal conductance 0.23 at 75 F. (2) SMACNA Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards. Ls (3) All grooves modified shiplap. (4) Thermal or glass fab and mastic closures. (5) Tie rod or channel reinforcement per SMACNA where duct sizes and pressures dictate. (6) Reinforce negative pressure ducts beginning at least 6" before SMACNA schedule calls for reinforcing. C. Round Fiberglass Duct: (1) General : Provide 1-inch thick, one-piece construction, rigid round fiberglass duct with scrim reinforced aluminum jacket; thermal conductance 0.23 at 75 F. (2) Fittings: a. All miter and saddle cuts done with a bandsaw; � b. All reducers cut with an alligator notcher designed specifically for that purpose; 15500 - 6 � 1� LAL WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK SECTION 15500 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDI'T'IONING (HVAC) 2.4 ROOF EXHAUST FAN _ A. AMCA 210 rated, forward-curved, belt driven centrifugal fan with back draft damper, adjustable pitch motor sheave, bird screen, baked enamel finish, factory prefabricated metal curb with acoustical fiberglass lining, bottom sloped to match roof slope, top level, 12" minimum height. B. Manufacturer: Greenheck, Cook, Penn, Jenn Air, Acme, or approved. 2.5 HVAC UNIT AND FAN DRIVES A. Description: Provide an electric motor and V-belt for each unit unless otherwise indicated. B. Drives: Variable pitch V-belt sized for 115% of motor horsepower. C. Drive Ratio: Drive ratio fur each fan shall be such as to give the required CFM at the static pressure of the system. In each case, 1f during balancing the static pressure in any system is found to vary From that shown, the Contractor shall change the drive ratio as required, at no extra cost. 2.6 AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM A. General : Provide complete low pressure ductwork for the building. including grilles and diffusers. Coordinate with ceiling and floor-to-floor heights, light fixtures, structural members, and other items. All duct work shall be concealed above suspended ceilings and in shafts and furred spaces. B. Ductwork: 1. Sheet Metal Work, General : a. Duct Construction: Comply with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible. b. Pressure Classification: Low Pressure: 1-inch M.G. , Seal Class A. c. Turning Vanes: Double thickness type with runners in accordance with SMACNA recommendations; N.E.P. or approved. d. Access Doors And Frames: (1) General : Include access door wherever access to ducts is necessary for reaching equipment; double construction, tight fitting, hinged, with latch, insulation or sound lining equivalent to that of the duct; steel angle frame. (2) Access Door Sizes: As indicated ; 12" x 15" minimum size. 15500 - 5 MIR rilKt WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15500 fl TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) �1 J. Fasteners: 1. General : Use blind rivets, sheet metal screws, or bolted connections where required by SMACNA for attachment purposes for sheet metal . Sheet metal screws and rivets shall be of the minimum 'length required for a secure fastening. Where rivets are specifically called for in this Section, sheet metal screws may be used. 2. For all ductwork, grilles, and accessories exposed to view in finished rooms, provide finish-type fasteners. a. Permanent Work: Blind stainless steel pop rivets. b. Removable Items and Grilles: Cadmium-plated pan head or countersunk tapping screws. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. Do not install until any unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of work prior to commencing work of this Section. B. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of , this Section. /( 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION AND PERFORMANCE �J A. Install , apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with "quality Assurance provisions, Specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in renflict, the more stringent requirements gown. i1� 0. Rooftop HVAC Unit, Exhaust Fan, and Ductwork Installation: 7 1. Route supply ductwork in ceiling space to VAV ter•niinals and diffusers; route return ductwork in ceiling space to grilles. 2. Provide HVAC unit condensate drain trap with discharge to roof. 3. Install duct smoke detectors furnished under Section 15950. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean entire air- handling and distribution system. 15500 - 8 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15500 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) C. All gores glued with construction adhesive and sealed with thermal closure; d. Use five-piece elbows. D. Take-Off Fittings: Provide round take-offs from rectangular fiberglass duct with conical Twist-Lok fittings including volume damper and quadrant; General Environment, Flexmasterwest, Gensco, or approved. E. Job Site Storage: Keep fiberglass ductwork dry at all times. 4. Flexible Ducts: a . Factory-insulated flexible duct with vapor barrier jacket, suitable for low pressure applications indicated, 1 inch fiber glass insulation, zinc-coated steel spring helix reinforcement bonded to fiber glass cloth, polyester or mylar liner; UL listed with flame-spread rating not over 25, smoke-developed rating not over 50. Connect to metal ducts with a slip joint made using fire-resistant mastic and clamp; Ideal "Snap-Lock" or Ventlock "Suretite" No. 670 at each end. When installing, do not install with abrupt bends or with any offsets which reduce the cross- section area. b. Acceptable Manufacturers: Wiremold, Thermaflex, or approved. 5. Spin-in Fittings: a. Conical type, GEC Series SM-2DEL with volume damper, quadrant and accessories. Complete with insulation guard for installation in acoustically lined ductwork. C. Duct Design: Use computer-assisted static regain method or equal friction method. Occupied space noise level shall not exceed RC 35 generally, RC 30 in Closing Room. D. Volume Dampers: Provide at each branch to a terminal , and at each main duct branch. E. Flexible Connections: Provide at each connection to HVAC unit and exhaust fan; Dura Dyne Super Metal Fab with Excelon fabric. f F. Flexible Duct: Insulated, maximum 7 ft. length; Ul Class 1. G. Fire Dampers: Provide to comply with local authority requirements. Provide access doors in ductwork. H. Supply Diffusers: Modular, adjustable air blow directions, 24" x 24" lay-in panel , white baked enamel finish; Krueger 1200 Series or equivalent. I. Return and Exhaust Grilles: Fixed angle blade type; Krueger S-80H or equivalent. 15500 - 7 Page 1 of 1 ABACUS CONSULTANTS, P.S. PROJ NAME: TTGARD Seattle, Washington PROJ NO.: 2038-039 FILE NAME: TIGARD-P BY/DATE: MAQ/4-21-92 PROJ TITLE: WASH MUTUAL, TIGARD (STRETCH•-B) .....................................................................■ HVAC LOAD CALCULATIONS - OCCUPANCY ........,.............................................................. VENTILATION DENSITY, BTUH/PERSON -------------- ROOM ROOM FLOOR SF/ NO. OF ------------ CFM/ NO. NAME AREA PERSON PEOPLE SENS LAT PERSON CFM ..ua....v.............■...................................... ....... 101 PLATFORM 1021 100 10 255 255 20 200 J 102 PLATFORM 623 100 7 255 255 20 140 103 CLOSING 184 30 6 255 255 20 120 -------•------•..-------------- 104 TELLERS 350 50 7 255 255 20 140 105 STORAGE 106 0 255 255 20 106, CORRIDOR 108 0 255 755 20 113 0 107 SECURED 66 66 1 255 255 20 20 108 COUPON 30 30 1 255 7.55 20 20 110 VAULT 94 0 255 255 70 112 CASH 34 0 255 255 20 114 MEN 49 0 255 255 20 115 JANITOR 20 0 255 255 20 }yy, 116 WOMEN 49 0 255 255 20 117 ELECT/ATM 88 0 255 255 20 118 LOUNGE 247 40 6 255 255 20 120 TOTALS: 3069 81 38 760 15500-10 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15500 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIL. CONDITIONING (HVAC) 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Adjust fans to obtain design air quantities; provide sheave changes as required. B. Coordinate with "Contract Closeout" Section Division 1. f 15500 - 9 i Page 1 of 2 PROJECT NAME: TIGARD ABACUS CONSULTANTS, P.S. PROJECT NO.: 2038-039 Seattle, Washington FILE NAME: TIGARD-E BY: MAO PROJ TITLE: WASHINGTON MUTUAL TIGARD BRANCH (STRETCH-B) .ax.uou.ruuou.........v.v..........v..........v.....a............................... HVAC LOAD CALCULATIONS - EQUIPMENT .........su•mem... m..... JI ..m.w'•a'HEAT OUTPUT i•TOTAL yrwTOTALrn................r........r.. PMENT -------- HEA1, WATTS, WATTS/ ROOM ROOM FLOOR -------'-'------- REMARKS NC, NAME AREA OTY TYPE WATTS BTU/H WATTS RODS SF ..................................o. 101 PLATFORM 1021 3 PRINTER 32 110 97 771 0.76 IBM PS/2RMODEL 11 5OZ 3 CPU 145 494 434 IgM PS/2 MODEL 8513 3 V';IITOR 80 273 240 ----------------- 11 ...----- ---- ---- - ------------------- --- 102 PLATFORM 6'23 3 PRINTER 32 110 97 771 1.24 IBM PROPRINTER ------ -- -- -IBM PS/2 MODEL 851 3 CPU 145 494 434 IgM PS/2 MODEL 4513 3 MONITOR 60 273 240 -------------- ------------------- -------------- ----------'--"""-"--- 0.50 0.5 WATTS/SF INPUT 103 CLOSING 184 1 MTSC EOPT 92 314 92 �` -___-_..------ 104 TELLERS 350 6 MONITOR 12 246 432 2136 6.10 IBM 4722,2 4 PRINTER 56 191 224 32W IDLE, BOW OPR 50% USAGE FACTOR RICOH FT4480, EST: I COPIER 270 922 270 15A, 120V, .80 PF, 75% LOAD FACTOR, 25% USAGE FACTOR 1 MALI SCALE 13 43 13 P-B M6262P B 1 MAIL MACH 55 188 55 4.6A, 120V, 10% USE 1 FAX MACH. 145 495 145 LIST RECO 11/12/90 I VIEWER 38 130 38 12.0V, 1.25A, 25% USAGE 111,V, 1.5A, 25% USAGE 1 LAMINATOR 43 147 43 115V, 6A, 25X USAGE 1 CHECK PROT 173 590 173 TBS PS/2 8513 5% 1 MONITOR 80 273 80 50Z 1 CPU 145 494 145 IBM IBM PPS/2 S/2 SOTER 11 1 PAINTER 32 110 32 IBM 4715 1 ADMIN PRTR 56 191 56 IBM 4102 1 CONTRLLR 430 1468 430 -----------------------_ ---------------------- -------- - ---- --------------- 105 STORAGE 106 1 COPIER 010 2765 810 810 1.64 R5A. 12OV, .90 PF, 75% LOAD FACTOR, 75% USAGE FACTOR 15500-11 I Page 2 of 2 ABACUS CONSULTANTS, P.S. PROJECT NAME: TIGARD Seattle, Washington PROJECT NO.: 2038-039 FILE NAME: TIGARD-E BY: MAQ PROJ TITLE: WASHINGTON MUTUAL TIGARDBRANCH (STRET ..............................■....w........................... . . ......... HVAC LOAD CALCULATIONS - EQUIPMENT ' ...........I...... ■ ......................w........................................c....... EQUIPMENT HEAT OUTPUT TOTAL TOTAL ROOM ROOM FLOOR --------------------------- HEAT, WATTS, WATTS/ NO. NAME AREA QTY TYPE WATTS BTU/H WATTS ROOM SF REMARKS ...u...u.u.......w....o■w.o..■uee.ouwuu............................................ 106, CORRIDORS 108 113 ----------------- ------------------ 107 SECURED 66 '-" 108 COUPON 30 110 VAULT gq ' 111 CASH 34 114 MEN 49 115 JANITOR 20 116 WOMEN 49 117 ELECT. 88 1 PHONE SYS 1316 4492 1316 1902 21.62 EAGLE KEY, EST: 1 CASH MACH 586 2000 586 DIEBOID 15A, 1177 75% I..F. TABS 911 OR 910 118 LOUNGE 247 1 REFRIG 124 424 124 841 3.41 TBFI6SK(MFR4); EST: 1 MICROWAVE 288 983 288 1/3HP X 50% OPERT'N REM4F (GE?), EST: 1 DISHWASHER 103 35i 103 121, 1206, USE G.E. GSD600G: 1 COFFEE326 1113 326 8.6A. 120V. 10% USE BUNN MODEL VPS: BOW TANK "KEEP WM"+ 3-100W WARMERS(2 IN USE) . 26OW, + 1320W TANK HEATER ........@5X USAGE FACTOR. TOTALS: 3069 ...................... 7323 7323 2.39 EQUIV BTUH - 24994 NOTES: IBM PROPRINTER 11 (4201, 4202) HEAT OUTPUT IS 70 BTUH IDLING, 150 BTUH OPERATING; EST USAGE FACTOR OF 50%; NET = 110 BTUH. END OF SECTION 15500-12 1 �rMIKA aw.A +� WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15950 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. General : Provide complete design and construction for mechanical systems control . Detailed design shall be provided by the authorized representative of the control system manufacturer. Provide preliminary sequence of operation and diagram with proposal . B. Contract requirements of the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, and Division I apply to all work in this Section. C. Control System Manufacturer: Alerton; no substitutions. Contact AVAC Incorporated, Bellevue, Washington, (206) 649-3234. D. Design Parameters: 1. Provide complete "Demand VAV" control of the rooftop HVAC unit and the various zones served, including bypass control . 2. Interlock exhaust fan with rooftop HVAC unit for occupied/unoccupied control . 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with all applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. In case of conflict with drawings or specifications, the codes and ordinances govern. 2. Basis: a. Uniform Building Code b. Uniform Plumbing Code c. Uniform Mechanical Code d. NFPA-90A e. OSEC B. Installation: By the authorized representative of the manufacturer as a subcontract. C. Demonstration: Comply with requirements of Section 15010, Mechanical Work, General . 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General : Submit in accordance with Division 1 and the following. B. Product Data: Specification data sheet for each component; provide tag numbers on submittal documents. 15950 - 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL. FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15950 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK CONTROLS C. Shop Drawings: I. Schematic diagrams of the control systems showing controls, relays, control valves, malfunction alarms, switches, wiring, instrument settings, and other items not specified herein or otherwise indicated but necessary to perform the functions in the sequences of operation. 2. Floor plans showing locations if all items and wiring. 3. Sequence of operation. 4. Ladder-type electrical starter diagram for each electric � motor-operated unit served by controls and interlocks of this section of the specification, including pumps, fans, etc. Coordinate with the Electrical Contractor as required to provide the required sequence of operation and safety interlocks. 5. Label all components with tag numbers. Show locations of all items within the building or site. Drawings shall be complete, showing all components and interlocks. Submit drawings for review prior to commencement of installation. D. Record Documents: Provide for each control system showing installed status; as a minimum, include the diagrams and documents listed in "Shop Drawings" of this Section with sequences of operation. Submit reproducible drawings (mylar, vellum, or sepia); conform to Division 1 and Section 150I0. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2. 1 GENERAL A. Comply with "Quality Assurance" provisions, Specifications, and Manufacturer's Data. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 2.2 DEMAND VARIABLE VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM A. General : Provide a direct digital control system ' dampers, thermostats, central unit control interfacesandan a r bypass control system. 1 B. Provide communication capability that allows all thermostats and bypass controllers to communicate with one another. Each thermostat shall have the capability of having its own setup/setback time schedule, with 7-day and holiday programming capability. C. Zone temperature shall be controlled by varying the quantity of supply air delivered to the zone; a duct temperature sensor determines whether heating, cooling, or ventilation air is available. The zone damper is modulpted based upon a comparison of zone HVAC demand as sensed by the zone thermostat vs. duct temperature. Initial setpoint 72' F. 15950 - 2 SECTION 15950 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP CONTROLS TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK ve ne p, The same thermostat that P A�°unitnaslwell . Eachcontrols its zoneeshallihave°an damper shall control the HV HVAC unit, to result in cooling or input as to the operation ofnthe demand priority matrix. Heating or r heating based upon a time a cooling shall be delivered based upon waittireirement of the majority of the zones, with maximum 20 minute nde set and . Provide each thermostat with separate The and thrPrttli 1 ng rhe range for n9zone E cooling temperature setpoints. temperature control shall not exceedto ventilation tlon mode llus ogic which-or-minus 1.51' F from allows All thermostats shall incorporate cur wn there is no zone ind'vidual zone air circulation in °counterproductive air to entertinthe or Gaoling demand while not allow g 1 zone. F. Provide a bypevent excessive duct staticass controller and bypass damper(s) to maintain minimum air flow across the central HVAC unit and to pr,ler shall incorporate purge pressures from occurring. The bypass1 air duct when changing over cycle logicto purge hat nir from the and to purge scold air from the supply air duct upp from heating g to cooling, when changing over from cooling to heating. G. Provide a high limit and a low limit supply air duct temperature function t,) protect the central HVAC unit from excessive duct temperatures. use H. Provide a telephone modem and communications softwarnateutelephoneitable rline by a remote IBM-PC/XT/AT compatible with work of Division 16 and Owner. 1. Provide HVAC Unit control functions as follows: Is e; fans are off, and hi the system 1. Unoccupied modsetpointd 60• F to maintain designated minimum zone temp 2. Individual zone timedaverric�e of HVAC unit unoccupied cycle; initial setting 3 hours start time based on indoor and 3. optimum temperatures.astart control to vary morning utdoor air dampers completely closed, and q. Morning warm-up cycle; o exhaust fan off. 5. Morning cool-down cycle; jleupon0economizeroutdoor aoverride apical cooling energized y economizer 6. Sequential control c.f HVAC unit gas heating, cooling, and mechanical cooling y warm weather if 7. Economizer cycle o�ierride during outside air tewperature exceeds return air temperature. at outdoor temperatures g. Lockout of mechanical cooling below 50 ° F. 15950 - 3 i i SECTION 15950 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP CONTROLS TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK gPower relief fan operation to prevent excessive building pressurization during operation of the economizer cycle dampers. When the economizer cycle automatic dampers are in mressu izedinimum � the relioor air ef fan ois the building is slightly p o off, and the relief fan backdraft dampers are closed. The relief fan is started and stopped based upon outdoor air damper position. 2,3 FLOW CONTROL DEVICES ' A. Rectangular Zone and Bypass Dampers: Provy a tight " statiers with c t with one-inch (1") leakage of less than 1 percen ) tic differential ; extruded aluminum air foil blades, with extruded vinyl or rubber edge seals; blade ends sealed with far miame um or heavy stainless steel "arc" seals. provide externallate bearing bars and aluminum or welded steel with 1/ P g opposed- bronze bronze or plastic insert bearing. roved9e linkage for opp blade action. Ruskin CD-50 or app B. Round Zone Dampers: Low leakage butterfly damper, 20 gauge galvanized steel frame, double layer 14 gauge galvanized steel blade, neoprene blade seal sandwiched between the two blade layers, shaft for astainless utomatic steel bearing sleeves pressed into frame, control actuator, mill finish. Ruskin CDRS25 or app volt, spring return, continuously adjustable stroke; k C. provider linkages required. 2,4 INTERLOCKING AND CONTROL WIRING A. Wiring: Control Wiring minimum size No. 14 gage for line voltage and No. 18 gage for low voltage.Wire each device without color coding sp laces or numerical tags on both ends. to terminals. Provide a protection panel mounted control devices. Conform Divisio16requieme is orwiringin general . B. Provide auxiliary Junction boxes as required. C E rdiate location to rough-in.and arrangement of all control equipment with theA/ p 2,5 TRANSFORMERS A, Requirements: Provide dedicated conformance step-down Articleorme725 rof othe11National 24 volt control circuits in c Electric Code; coordinate with electrical contractor. 15950 - 4 *� �r a at � � a• � a. WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15950 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK CONTROLS 2.6 DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS A. Sampling photo electric or ionization type for sensing of products of combustion within the air stream of inducted fan systems; comply with NFPA 72A and 72E; include necessary sampling tube extensions and sensitivity adjustments for detection of products of combustion across the width of the duct; actuate upon nominal 2 percent light obscuration per foot; visual indication of normal and alarm/trouble on the exposed surface of the device; remote annunciator light for ceiling-mounting below detector. 2.7 INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL MOUNTING PANEL A. Provide for, miscellaneous controls and instruments. B. Provide record control diagrams secured to inside of panel door, enclosed in plastic jackets. C. Coordinate required electrical power supply with work of Division 16. 2.8 NAMEPLATES A. Provide laminated plastic nameplates for all equipment and devices. Identify the equipment name by function. Laminated plastic shall be 1/8" thick, white with black center core. Minimum size 1" by 3", with f minimum of 1/4" high engraved block lettering. Mechanically attach nameplates adjacent to the device. 2.9 EQUIPMENT CONTROLS, GENERAL A. Furnish interlocks, contactors, relays, transformers, thermostats, and switches that are not furnished with the equipment, to accomplish the monitoring and control functions indicated. Install control and interlocks. Coordinate with Section 15500. PART 3 - EXr'UTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. Do not install until any unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 15950 - 5 �[ WL� Mr et WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK SECTION 15950 CONTROLS 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field verify locations of work prior to commencing work of this Section. B. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to this Section.this damage from work of 3.3 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/ERECTION/PERFORMANCE A. Install , apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with " 1 Assurance" provisions, Specifications, and Manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Provide all design, devices, hardware a insure a complete operating system. and installation required to C. Location of Thermostats and Panels: Locate and install components f or easy accessibility; in general, �,ount 5'-0" above floor with minimum 3'-0" clear .access space in front 3f devices. Obtain A/E and Owner approval on locations prior to installation. Locate control panel in Electrical Room. D. Duct Smoke Detectors: Coordinate installation of detectors with sheet metal installer. Electrically connect and provide remote indicator lights for duct smoke detectors where the detector is located above a suspended ceiling or in an area 1 which is not readily accessible. Connect auxiliary contact to shutdown fan system. Refer to UMC 1009. Coordinate with Section 15500 and Division 16. 3.4 INTERLOCKING AND CONTROL. WIRING A. Responsibility: All interlocking and control wiring is the , responsibility of the Control Contractor. Provide all wiring in accordance with Division 16 in compliance with the governing national, state and local electrical codes. B. Installation: Do not install control wiring in power circuit raceways. Do not use magnetic starters and disconnect switches as Junction boxes. Provide auxiliary Junction boxes as required. Coordinate location and arrangement of all control equipment with the Engineer prior to rough- in. 3.5 TESTING AND ADJUSTING r A. The completed system shall be tested out under operating service by a qualified person in the employ of the manufacturer. When the system has 15950 6 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK SECTION 15950 CONTROLS been put in correct operating order, send a letter so stating to the A/E and Owner; include date that final inspection occurred. B. Adjust controls to provide correct sequence of operation and satisfactory operation. END OF SECTION 15950 - 7 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15990 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING (TAB) WORK PART I - GENERAL 1. 1 WORK INCLUDED A. Work includes testing, adjusting, and balancing of mechanical systems. B. Contract requirements of the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, and Division I apply to all work in this Section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with all applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. In case of conflict with drawings or specifications, the codes and ordinances govern. 2. Basis: a. Uniform Building Code b. Uniform Plumbing Code c. Uniform Mechanical Code d. NFPA-90A E. TAB Contractor: 1 . General : TAB work shall be performed by an independent balancing and testing contractor, not affiliated with the mechanical contractor. 2. Qualifications: Certified by the National Environmental Balancing Bureau, or approved prior to bid. 3. Experience: Minimum 5 years on projects of similar scope and complexity. 1 .3 SUBMITTALS A. General : Submit in accordance with Division 1, Section 15010, and the following. B. Preliminary Data: Submit the following within 30 days after award of contract: 1 . Name of TAB contractor. 2. Individual qualifications of all persons responsible for supervising and performing the work of this project. 3. TAB agenda listing methods and procedures, and including blank forms applicable to this project. C. Pre-Balance System Check-Out Report: Prior to commencement of TAB work, mechanical contractor shall confirm in writing that equipment and system check-out has been performed. D. Balancing Report: 1 . Comply with Section 15010, paragraph "SUBMITTALS", subparagraph A, regarding format of TAB report, except title 'BALANCING REPORT". 15990 - 1 Y F1 VA IRI a WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 35990 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING (TAB) WORK 2. Provide complete Balancing Report as indicated, including the following: A. System Diagrams/Floor Plans. b. Gas/Oil Fired Heat Apparatus Test Reports. C. Electric Coil/Duct Heater Test Reports. d. Fan Test Reports. e. Rectangular and Round Duct Traverse Reports. f. Air Outlet Test Reports. g. Instrument Calibration Report. 1.4 SEQUENCING/SCHEDULING A. Phase in properly with A/E reviewed/accepted Construction Schedule. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Comply with "Quality Assurance" provisions, Specifications, and Manufacturer's Data. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 2.2 TAB INSTRUMENTATION A. TAB contractor shall furnish materials and equipment necessary to properly measure system capacities, electrical voltage and current, fan speeds, static pressures, air velocities, water pressure drops, refrigeration pressures, and other readings necessary to evaluate system performance and adjust quantities to those indicated. Materials and equipment shall remain in the possession of the TAB contractor after project is completed. B. Instrumentation shall be accurate, with calibration histories available for examination upon request. C. Instrumentation shall be used in accordance with manufacturers instructions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. Do not install until any unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this Section. :5990 - 2 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15990 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING (TAB) WORK B. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this Section. 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. Perform the work in accordance with "Quality Assurance" provisions, Specifications, and Manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.4 WORK BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR A. System Performance: This contractor is responsible for the performance of the equipment and the system. Do not assume that supplier will ship equipment adjusted to meet the project requirements. B. Equipment Operation: 1 . Check equipment for proper operation as soon as electrical power is available. Perform adjustments required for proper operation. 2. Report malfunctions to the manufacturer, and take corrective action immediately to prevent delay of the work. 3. Check-out equipment for electrical problems, check rotation of ! motors, read voltage and current in each leg of each motor, } 1 heater, etc. , and check the readings against the nameplate. Lubricate per manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Before balancing and testing commences, operate (test run) equipment for a minimum of one week. C. Air Distribution System Inspection: Check out the air distribution system to ensure that each outlet is properly connected to the branch duct, and that a volume damper exists for each outlet (supply, return and exhaust) and is in the wide-open position; in addition, verify I existence and function of all other volume dampers. i D. Controls Operation: Check out and calibrate all control components under equipment and systim operation service; these components include, but are not limited to, thermostats to ensure they are connected to the appropriate device, respond to temperature changes, and are of the correct action to be compatible with the controlled device. E. Filters: After equipment and system check-out work has been completed, and prior to commencement of TAB work, perform the following: 1. Replace air filters in air distribution equipment and systems with new filters. F. Access: Provide scaffolds, staging, and accessories required to allow TAB contractor to gain access to equipment, dampers, valves and other devices located beyond the range of a 6-foot stepladder. 15990 - 3 i WASHINGTON MUTUAL F .NANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15990 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING (TAB) WORK G. Fan Drives: Provide drive changes necessary as directed by TAB contractor, including required sheaves and belts; coordinate with Section. H. Cleaning: Clean equipment and devices after check-out and test run period, prior to TAB work. 3.5 WORK BY TAB CONTRACTOR A. General : Perform 'TAB of mechanical systems in accordance with NEBB publications, or SMACNA publication "HVAC Systems - Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing", Ist Edition, 1983. Adjust quantities to within 10% of design values. B. Systems: Include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Supply air systems. 2. Return air systems. 3. Exhaust air systems. C. Readings: 1. General : Provide readings including, but not limited to, the following: a. Air Quantities: Air flow at each terminal . b. Air Temperatures: 1) Outside air at equipment. t 2) Return air at equipment. #� 3) Supply air leaving equipment. 4) Mixture of outside and return air before entering the cooling or heating coil or heater. C. Electrical : 1) Measured voltage and amps on each phase r.f each motor (compressors, pumps, fans, etc.) while the equipment is under maximum normal load. 2) The nameplate voltage and current for each motor. d. Refrigeration: Suction and discharge pressure of each compressor or, in the case of packaged condensing units, the suction and liquid line pressures. 2. Explain readings out of range. D. Outside Air/Economizer Cycles: After supply and return air are in balance and the quantity correct, adjust the outside air dampers to the air quantities indicated (if not indicated, use 10% of the supply air quantity). If economizer control is specified, check for proper setting of the controls and for proper operation of the dampers (outside air, return air, and relief) . Adjust the ret.,-^n/relief system to result in a slight positive pressure in the building. I E. Inspection and Recheck: 1 . Upon request, recheck random selections of up to 10% of the readings recorded in the Balancing Report in the presence of the Owner's representative. 15990 - 4 1111f 9 la• LJL WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL nROUP SECTION 15990 TIGARD OREGON BRANCH BANK TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING (TAB) WORK 2. The Balancing Report will be rejectcd if more than 20% of the rechecked readings deviate more than 10% of the recorded reading in the report. In this event, provide complete rebalancing. F. Marking of Adjustments: 1. Permanently mark dampers, valves, and other adjustment devices to allow adjustment to be restored if disturbed in the future. 2. If recheck requires re-balancing, eradicate previous markings and re- mark. G. System Difficulties: O'htain readings on each unit or piece of equipment as early as possible, such that any apparent difficulties can be resolved before the anticipated close of the job. Minor problems, such as the necessity to adjust a fan sheave, often raise questions and doubts in the Owner's mind about the system. Such problems are normal , and if corrected without delay lead to a much happier Owner. END OF SECTION 15990 - 5 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS TIGARD BRANCH B. Install undimensioned electrical items in a manner to provide symmetrical appearance. Do not scale drawings for equipment location. Review Architectural , Structural and Mechanical drawings and adjust work to conform to conditions shown. Dimensional accuracy is not guaranteed and field verification of dimensions, locations, and levels to suit field conditions is required. C. Circuits and connections are shown diagrammatically and indicate the general character and approximate location. The layout does not necessarily show the total number of conduits for the circuits required, nor are the locations of indicated runs intended to show the actual routing of the conduits. Contractor may modify circuit number assignments routing etc. within the intent of the design subject to incorporation of changes into record drawings. D. The horsepower of motors and apparatus wattages indicated on the plans are estimated requirements of equipment furnished under other Divisions of this contract and bid is based on these sizes. Overload elements shall be furnished to suit equipment nameplate current. Advise Archi.tect of any subsequent equipment changes affecting electrical circuits. E. Any minor changes in the location of the conduits, outlets, etc. , from those shown on the plans shall be made without extra charge, if so directed by the Architect before installation. F. Contractor shall consult the architectural drawings for the exact height of all outlets not specified herein or on the drawings. G. Outlet locations shown on the drawings are approximate. Contractor shall study the building drawings in relation to spaces and equipment surrounding each outlet so that the lighting fixtures are symmetrically located according to ceiling tile and room layout. When necessary, with the Architect's approval , outlet shall be relocated to avoid interference with structural features of the building. 1 . 6 CODES AND STANDARDS A. If any conflict occurs between legally adopted codes and this Specification, the codes are to prevail except that, this shall riot be construed as relieving the Contractor from complying with any requirements of the plans or specification: which may be in excess of code requirements and not contrary to same. Notify Engineer of conflicts in the documents with regulations prior to commencing work. 16010 - 2 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS TIGARD BRANCH — PART 1 - GENERAL 1. 1 SCOPE A. All provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary Conditions, and the General :.equirements apply to this work. B. This specification is not intended to be used as a method of division of work among subcontractors. 1. 2 WORK INCLUDED A. It is the intention of this Section of the rov i.ficarions the and the accompanying drawingse o describe and p in satisfactory and id furnishing, installing, 9 successful operation the equipment, materials, electrical system.ldevices and necessary accessories to p appliances and apparatus The work shall include all materials, a pp not specifically mentioned herein or noted on the plans, but which are necessary to make a complete working instal]atio» of all electrical systems shown on the plans or described herein. Certain equipment and devices furnished and installedbunder e other Divisions of this Contract (or by ) connected under this Division. The drawings and specifications are complementary andwhatis required by either shall be inferred to be requiredY 1. 3 RELATED WORK A. All of the Contract Documents including thosedefiningpertinent Structural , Architectural , Mechanical work (etc. ) to the electrical work. 1. 4 ELECTRICAL REFERENCE SYMBOLS A. The Electrical "Legend" shown on the drawings is standardized for this project. Use legend as reference for symbols used cn plans. 1 . 5 ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS A. Electrical drawings are diagrammatic and not intended to show all features of work. 16010 - 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16010 TIGARD BRANCH ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS C. When conduit. inserts, or sleeves for outlet boxes and/or conduits are required, Contractor shall fully coordinate the installation thereof with other trades. 1. 9 ABBREVIATIONS AFF Above Finished Floor ANSI American National Standards Institute NEC National Electrical Code, National Board of Fire Underwriters Publication #70 (.latest adopted edition with amendments) Engineer Party responsible for electrical construction (Electrical) drawings Or Equal Approved by the Engineer Furnish Deliver to jobsite Install Enter permanently into the project Provide Furnish and install UIQ Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (or other code authority recognized testing laboratory) Contractor The company responsible for accomplishing Division 16 work Owner Purchaser of Division 16 work or authorized representative Signal Refer to Section 16700 Subcontractor(s) 1 . 10 WARRANTY A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all work installed under this specification. He shall make good, repair or replace, at his own expense as may be necessarv, any defective work, materials or parts which may show them -�� .ves within the warranty period if said defect is due to imperfection in material, design or workmanship. The warranty period shall be as prescribed by law and as defined in Division One of this specification. Where not so prescribed or defined, the period shall be one year after final acceptance. Lamps are not warrantied, but all shall be operating at the time of final acceptance. 16010 - 4 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS TIGARD BRANCH B. All materials and equipment installed, including lighting fixtures, shall have been tested and listed by Underwriters' Laboratories (or other code recognized laboratory) unless otherwise permitted by the Code Inspector and the Owner. C. NFPA No. 70, National Electric Code (as adopted and amended by RCW 19.28, WAC 296. 46, and WAC 296-401: Laws, Rules & Regulations for Installing Electric Wires & Equipment) and as enforced by the local code authority. D. Utility Company Regulations. E. The Contractor is required to familiarize himself with the detailed requirements of these standards and any local. codes and ordinances as they affect the installation of specific electrical systems. 1.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES A. Purchase all code authority required electrical. permits and pay fees. B. Pay Utility charges. 1 . 8 COORDINATION A. The Division 16 Contractor shall coordinate his work with that of the other contractors doing work in the building and shall examine all drawings, including the several Divisions of mechanical, ventilating, structural and general, for construction details and necessary coordination. Special attention is called for the following items and all conflicts shall be reported to the Owner before installation for decision or correction: 1. Door swings such that switches will be located on the "strike" side of the door. 2 . Location of fixtures, pipes, ducts and other mechanical equipment such that electrical outlets, lighting fixtures and other electrical equipment are mounted in proper relationship to these items. 3 . Locatior_ of cabinets and counters such that electrical work. is clear from and in proper relation to these items. 4 . Penetration of Building Structure for Electrical Work: Refer to Section 16050, Basic Materials and Methods. B. Serving Utilities: Coordinate with the telephone and power serving utilities and make the necessary provisions and interfaces to assure an orderly constructed and properly operable system. 16010 - 3 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16010 TIGARD BRANCH - ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 1. 14 DEMONSTRATION OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Conform with Section 01700 "Contract Closeout" . B. During Contract Closeout, conduct an operating test for approval by Owner Staff Representative. Demcnstrate installation to be in accordance with the Contract Documents. Should any portion of the installation fail to meet requirements of Contract Documents, repair or replace items failing to meet requirements until items can be demonstrated to comply. Obtain signature of Owner Staff Representative on Job Completion form. C. Ensure that instruments are available for measuring light intensities, voltage and current values, and for demonstration of continuity, grounds, or open circuit conditions. D . Ensure that perscnnel are available to take measurements and make tests. E. Operate each: 1. Service entranca switch. 2 . Motor circuit. 3 . Light switch circuit breaker. 4 . Control circuit. 5. Fire alarm device as applicable) . 1. 15 FINAL ACCEPTANCE REQUEST A. The Contractor shall submit a Job Completion Form properly filled out at least ? days prior to request for Substantial Completion acceptance of the electrical work. Substantial Completion project review will not be started until form is received by Engineer. END OF SECTION If 16010 - 6 j s SECTION 16010 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS TIGARD BRANCH 1. 11 DOCUMENTS AT ,JOB SITE A. Maintain on the site in good co daationsmpsubmittallete file of al data� reviewed design drawings and sp ifi shop drawings, etc. , bearing Engineer's stamp. Thesell acceptance il al documents shaebeemadePavailablesite rtaind at the atallttimesnfor use of of work and shall representatives. the owner's rep 1. 12 RECORD DRAWINGS ation Section 01700 "Contract Closeout" . A. Conform with Specific B. Corrections and changes made during the progress of the work shall be recorded continuously on a set of prints kept readily available at the project during construction. Accurately round and underslab piping and stub-outs. At q locate all underg Contractor shall furnish the Owner the completion of the work, a scat of record prints. j1 . 13 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. The Contractor shall prepare maintenance manuals for all art of the construction. protect equipment installed as a p including electrical work provided under separate contract with the Owner. B. Conform with Specification Section 01700 "Contract Closeout" . izi meat C, The informaTotntheccompletemust "line" ofexact manufacturer. Where installed, the sheets show the equipment instal.led and other eq ient,identified on installed equipment shall be neagiveand fullclearly ordering information such sheets. Parts lists shall g I assioned by the original parts manufactuQperatMnguand shall contain shop drawings, wiring diagrams, lists, and maintenance instructions, replacement parts Iequipment nameplate data for all equipment and systems l nstalled under the oroject. Signal equipment submittals i shall contain step-by-step circuit description .information designed to acquaint maintenance personnel with equipment operation in each mode of operation. D. Diagrams for each system shall be complete draw"Tyc Typical" line specific system installed under the contrac „marked to diagrams will not be acceptable unless properly indicate the exact field installation. 16010 - 5 i SECTION 16010 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS TIGARD BRANCH ---------- JOB _JOB COMPLETION FORM PROJECT NAME:._Washinaton Mutual - Turd Branch DATE:__---- PROJECT LOCATION: ector's Final Acceptance,-____--.-----AgPncy Date Electrical Tnsp Name Fire Marshal ' s Final, Acceptance_ -Name Agency Date A. The following systems have been demonstrated to the Owner's representative: 1. Distribution System ownerDate ' s Rep 2 . Security and Alarm system Date Owner's Rep. ---- - ' Date 3 . ATM System Owner s Rep. q . Telephone System_ ----- Owner's Rep. Date 5. Lighting and Control System �- - Date owner' s Rep. Duct_____ --- - Date 6. Under Floor owner's Rep. B. Recor-d Drawings: Quantity Attached_ , Transmitted Previously To Prints Reproduc ibles_._._.-. Refer. to Section 16700) Quantity ------- C. Certifications: ( Attached Transmitted Previously To D. operation Instructions: Maintenance Manuals: Quantity r_ Attached - Transmitted Previously To E. Keys: Quantity _ ---- y _------ Attached_ Transmitted Previously To complete and in accordance with contract documents F. The work is cum F es except for: iesentative is ' and authorized Chang _-- and the-Owner-s Rep " -- seu ted to meet with: req (Time) r. of Electrical Work) at: (supervisor __---- (Date) . an ' s Signature Date Electrical Subcontractor' s Representative 16010 - 7 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16050 TIGARD BRANCH BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND CONTROLS POWER CONTROL FURNISHED INSTALLED WIRING WIRING ITEM ^_ _ _ BY. BY: Bi: _ BY: Magnetic Motor Starters: a. Automatically controlled with or without HOA switches: E E E M b. Manually controlled: E E E E C. Furnished w/mech. equipment, factory- mounted. M M E M � d. Furnished w/mech. t equipment., for field mounting: M E E M , Disconnect switches, manual motor starters, ) � thermal overload switches: E E E -- Damper motors, other miscellaneous Division 15 controls: M M E Thermostats (Low Voltage Electric) : M M -- K M Division 15, Mechanical E - Division 16, Electrical 16050 - 2 W FM es SECTION 16050 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS TIGARD BRANCH _ PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This section provides for basic materials coordination and requirements for installation to accomplish electrical work. 1. 2 QUALI'T'Y ASSURANCE A. Workmanship: Workmanship is considered important and is and subject to approval. Employ workmen skilled in the trade, familiar with particular techniques applicable to various sections of work. B. Coordination: 1. Coordinate electrical work with the work of other crafts and trades for proper installation and for timely execution of construction. Any changes necessitated by failure to properly coordinate with work of different trades shall be made at no increase in contract amount. 2 . Verify the type and adequacy of information shown on approved electrical plans and shop drawings of equipment items (motors, pumps, fans, etc. ) . This shall be done prior to installation and connection of equipment furnished or installed by others. 1 . 3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NECA Standards of I.nstallat.ion 1. 4 MECHANICAL - ELECTRICAL IN'T'ERFACE, A. Separation of work between trades and subcontractors is not within the scope of these Contract Documents. The following is proposed for assistance in bidding only. B. Unless otherwise indicated, mechanical equipment and controls are suggested to be furnished, installed, and wired in accordance with the following schedule; coordinate all work with Division 15, Mechanical: 6050 - 1 WASHINGTON MSECTION 16050UTi1AL FINANCIAL GROUP BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS TIGARD BRANCH C. Product Data, Design Data: 1.. Bind in three-ring binder. Label front of binder with name of project, name of Owner, year of completion, title "ELECTRICAL SUBMITTALS" , and names of Engineer and Electrical Contractor. Label back edge of binder with title, name of project, Owner, and year of completion. Fold drawings to 8-1/2" size and bind as above or place in pocket of folder. Provide .index and dividers with identifying tabs, organized and labeled by specification Section, including catalog numbers or drawing numbers if appropriate. Bind index as first sheet of submittal. Submittal will not be accepted unless it conforms to these requirements. 2 . Provide submittal data on all materials and equipment. Do not fabricate or install until reviewed by A/E. Include descriptive bulletins, data sheets, catalog cuts, diagrams, complete dimensional drawings, and other additional information as required. D. Acceptance: The acceptance of a manufacturer' s name or product by the A/E does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for providing materials and equipment which comply in all details with the requirements of the contract documents. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 GENERAL A. Install all material and equipment in accordance with manufacturer' s recommendations, instructions and 1.nstallation drawings, unless otherwise indicated, and in accordance with NECA'S "Standards of Installation" . B. Seal penetrations to maintain structural , fire-resistive integrity, and watertightness. t 3 . 2 CUTTING BUILDING CONSTRUCTION 1 A. Obtain permission from the Engineer prior to cutting. Locate cuttings so they will not weaken structural components. Cut carefully and only the minimum amount necessary. Cut. concrete with core drills except where space limitations prevent the use of such drills and only as approved by the Engineer . B. All construction materials damaged or cut into during the installation of this work shall be repaired or replaced with materials of like kind and quality as original materials. 16050 - 4 t WinWIKKWRLW UPRAIR-M SECTION 16050 WASHINGTON HBASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS TUAL FINANCIAL GROUP -- ITIGARD B� ' PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 GENERAL herein specified. All quality and free from All materials must be ofofhthe best quality A. new, materials shall be designed to insure satisfactory defects. They the environmental conditions operation and operation life in installed, which will prevail where they are being same make and quality. of the products of ( B. Each type of material shall be production of such ' materials furnished shall be °ftheepstandard The nishegularly engaged in latest standard manufacturers shall be the manufa;-,t.urer's equipment and design. SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS 2 .2 SUB � ment. Conform with Section 03.600, Material and EquiP A. systems indicated 11nO No Substitute: Any materials and specified. substitute" B. shall be provided as P 2 . 3 COMPLETE SYSTEMS every detail shall be complete in of Certain Mems mentioned Mention A. All the systems specifically noted otherwise. except where these specifications shall not to be construed a materials in these sp complete and lease from furnishing such additional materials an re all labor required to pr.o,7ide a performing stem. operable sY 2 , 4 SUBMITTALS A. Conform with Section 01300, Submittals. 4 s to supplement the Contractor i_ n concept by B. The purpose of submittals by knowledge o£ the design and demonstrate Contractor' s dmtrial h iication and installation f which equipment and ma�hb�a.l he intends to furnish l indicating detailing the and install an by to use. Items to be included in submittals methods he int are: panelboards Wiring Devices and Materials Motor Control Lighting Fixtures Disconnects 1 Division 16 Contract Under Floor Duct ndmentngs Cost Breakdown Utility Metering Equiprequired) ` Fire Alarm (as code req l 16050 - 3 1 1' I SECTION 16050 WASHINGTON MUTUAL, FINANCIAL GROUP BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS TIGARD BRANCH 3 .8 SLEEVES, BLACKOUTS, AND CAST-IN-PLACE DEVICES IN CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION (OR MASONRY) A. Sleeves: Contractor shall furnish sleeves to form assemblers (of Masons) and identify required placement location for placement by others. B. Blockouts: Contractor shall identify size and location for provision of blockouts by others. C. Cast-in-Place Sleeves and Devices: Contractor shall place (or identify placement location for permanent placement by others) as coordinated. END Or SECTION !�S i V 16050 - 6 I SECTION 16050 INANCIAL GROUP BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS WASHINGTON14UTUAL F _ TIGARD BRANCH -- 3 . 3 EXCAVATIONSEarthwork• A. Excavate, backfill , and compact Per Section 02200, q PENETRATIONS OF 1'IRE RATED ELEMENTS 3 . Fill Utilize metal sleeveso� rock wool. with glass fiber A. Fire Rated Floors and Walls' s into concrete• voids around void..iooptiori: Cast raceway Grout top of void. t general Coordinate wlenetration for air or damaged surfaces or P B. Structural Steel Fire Proofing: contractor for repair etc. electrical system eneral. enc.ed Ceilings: Coordinate with gfixtures by Contractor installation over far "tentlighting C. Fire Rated Susp others. 3 .5 PAINTING sion l will be covered nishedaunderrthis1Division A. Painting in genera, except items furnished to the specification , marred in shipment or installation are that are scratched or the Division 16 Contractor. have finish repaired by 1 3 .6 CLEAN UP crates, cuttings, remove debris, shall be Contr.artor shall continuallytebhis work. Such clean UP public, A. etc. , created by to the p cartons, frequency to eliminate hazard done at sufficithe ding or the Owner' s employees. Contractor other workmen, tance of the irlstallatiaevices, cover 1 Before request for accept panels, wiring mortar, clean cabinets, P a. t, plaster, shall carefully o remove dirt, cuttings, P plates, etc. , concrete, etc. WORKMANSHIP AND OBSERVATION 3 .7 uality. Skilled mechanics Workmanship shall be of the beservision of a competent foreman. A. to ed under the sup professionally shall be emp . Y - resent a neat and All. completed work shall p installed appearance• erials shall be subject to °b�`;rvation at any B. All. work and matof the owner. iand all times by representatives 1 I 16050 - 5 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16110RACEWAYS TIGARD BRANCH i 2 . 6 SURFACE METAL RACEWAY A. "One piece" formed steel type. Standard factory painted finish. Wire mold #500, #70G , or #1000 as req•iired for circuit conductors. i B. Surface boxes, elbows, connectozs, etc. shall be of same manufacture as surface metal racE.:ay system. 2 .7 PLASTIC CONDUIT A. Schedule 40 rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) type unless noted. PART 3 - INSTALLATION 3 . 1 GENERAL A. Install Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit (RGS) concealed in construction unless noted otherwise in the following, on the drawings, or unless specifically approved by the Engineer. Intermediate metal cond,iit is permitted as a sul)stitute for rigid galvanized steel except where RGS is required by code. B. Interior: Route raceways parallel with building lines. (Exception: Raceways below grade or imbedded in concrete. ) C. Grounding: Raceway system serves as equipment ground; make all joints tight for minimum impedence. 3 . 2 RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT (RGS) A. All. connections shall be watertight. 3 . 3 RIGID ALUMINUM CONDUIT A. May be used in lieu of steel raceways where run above grade inside of buildings: rigid aluminum conduit not permitted where raceways are in contact with earth, concrete or masonry. 3 . 4 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUSINC (EMT) A. May be substituted for RGS for circuits congealed in construction and for wiring in furred ceilings and above suspended ceilings. B. May be used for interic - exposed work in unfinished areas where not exposed to physical damage. Raceways in traffic areas shall be considered exposed to physical d-image where within 10 ft. of flor-r. 16110 - 2 SECTION 16110 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP RACEWAYS TIGARD BRANCH _ PART I - GENERAL 1. 1 DESCRIPTION A. Pr-)vide raceway system complete. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2. 1 RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT (RGS) AND INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT (IMC) A. Hot dipped galvanized. B. Fittings. Galvanized malleable iron or noncorrosiveorlloy cc.,apatible with galvanized conduit. Running thread set screw fittings not permitted (Exception: Erickson couplings, watertight split couplings (OZ type or equivalent) permitted) . 2 . 2 RIGID ALUMINUM CONDUIT A. Fittings copper free cast aluminum. 2 . 3 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) A. Hot dip galvanized, electrogalvanized or sherard.ized, steel tubing. B. Couplings and Connectors: Raintight; steel or malleable iron type using a split corrugated compression .ring and tightening nut or stainless steel locking disc or set screw. Indenter or die-cast fittings are not acceptable. 2 .4 FLEXIBLE METALLIC TUBING A. Electrogalvanized or sherardized steel . 2 . 5 FLEXIBLE CONDUIT s. A aleabledironxorle steel for steel , ThomasrandoBettsn" Fittings: squ.eeze" Mallltype or M equal. B. Liquid Tight. PVC weatherproof cover over flexible steel conduit for damp and wet locations. Fittings: Thomas and Betts "Super-Tite" or equal. C. Use fittings approved for raceway ground continuity where a separate ground wire is not contained within the raceway. 16110 - 1 I WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16110 TIGARD BRANCH RACEWAYS 3. 12 FLEXIBLE RACEWAYS A. Provide flexible conduit connection to motors and equipment subject to vibration with 90 degree loop minimum to allow for isolation. Use liquid tight for pumps, for equipment which .is regularly washed down, and for equipment in damp locations. B. Flexible metallic tubing may only be used for final connection to lighting fixtures in suspended ceilings (as permitted by code) . C. Provide bonding jumper when required by code. 3 . 13 RACEWAYS IN EARTH OR UNDER SLABS ON GRADE. A. PVC raceway systems are permitted as a substitute fcr RGS conduits. Exception: Bends shall be R.G.S. 4.f B. RGS undergro•.ind conduit raceway systems shall be coated with bitumastic Y,_aint. U C. Raceway sizes indicated on plans are for rigid galvanized steel. Adjust PVC raceways to allow for addition of code required grol-rd wire. D. Maintain 11-1/2--inches separation between parallel underground circuits in order to avoid the capacity derating required under NEC 310 for multiple buried ducts. 3 . 14 RACEWAYS IN CONCRETE !r A. Confer with structural concrete specifications for installation �u) constraints. Raceway diameter shall not exceed one-third (1/3) the thickness of the concrete system in which it is embedded. RGS only. END OF SECTION 16110 - 4 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15110 TIGARD BRANCH RACEWAYS C. Grounding: Where raceway system serves as equipment ground; make all joints tight for minimum impedance. 3 . 5 RACEWAYS THAT PENETRATE BUILDING EXTERIOR A. The section of the raceway within the wall or roof shall be sealed inside (sealing conduit body and sealant shall be UL approved for the application) and around raceway exterior using approved sealant. Refer to Section 07900, Sealants. B. Raceway penetrations through roof shall be sealed using appropriately sized roof jacks. 3 . 6 BENDS A. Carefully made, to avoid njuring or flattening. Bends 1-1/4" and larger shall be factory elbows or formed utilizing an approved bending process. 3 . 7 SECURING RACEWAYS A. Fasten to frame structures by means of clamps, screws, metal inserts or toggle bolts. :Nails not permitted. 3 .8 CAP RACEWAY A. Cap raceway, during construction, with manufactured seals, to prevent entrance of water or debris. Swab out all raceway before wires are pulled. 3 . 9 CONDENSATION A. Install raceway so as to prevent trapping of seepage or { condensation. Slope exterior raceways away from building. 3 . 11) HANGERS FOR RACEWAYS 1 i A. In suspended ceiling spaces Contractor may not attach raceways to the ceiling suspension system. 3 . 11 SURFACE METAL RACEWAY A. Permitted orty as specifically approved by Engineer { ( B. Install parallel to a building surface (i .e. , wall , ceiling, floor) . Fasten to surface as recommended by manufacturer. I Mount sc raceway is in the least obvious location. 16110 - 3 WASHIN;TON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16113 UNDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEM TIGARD BRANCH 2 .4 MARKER SCREWS A. Brass or cadmium plated Walker 1/4-20 corrosion resistant with escLtcheon in insert cap. Walker No. 414B or No. 414N as selected by Architect. 2 . 5 CHAIRS A. Adjustable, designed for two ducts of height consistent with topping slab thickness. 2 .6 UNDERFLOOR DUCTS A. Underfloor power duct shall be No. 2 , telephone and signal No. 4 . Ducts shill have 2 1/2" openings inserts 24 inches on center over the entire length of each duct except for blank duct. Full size ducts extensions to power panel and to a point directly under communications terminals shall be included. 2 .7 TRENCH DUCT (not required) 2 . 8 JUNCTION BOXES A. Walker No. 224S: Coordinate trim with floor finish. Furnish proper height to suit it erts. 2 .9 CABINET TERMINAL BUSHINGS A. Manufacturer' s standard for duct connections to cabinets. 2 . 10 RESET INSERTS A. Walker #520, Source II presets. Insert height shall be such that top of insert shall be 1/8 inch below the finished pour line. B. Provide mud cap at all unused presets. 2 . 11 SERVICE OUTLET FITTINGS A. Service fitting flush type; service outlet fittings shall be of the same manufacture as duct, finished black polycarbonate. For power. duct , Walker Source II #S255. For data and telephone duct, Walker Source II #F266. B. Telephone Company Service Fittings: Shall be of a type approved by the telephone installer. 1.611 3 -- 2 a WASHINGTON MUTUA.k. FINANCIAL GROUP iJ TIGARD BRANCH SECTION 16113 UNDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1. 1 SCOPE A. Provide double cell unde•-floor duck- system complete with service fittings for: I. Power 2 . Telephone and other cow.iunice.tions including security alarm and data communications. i 1 .2 SHOP DRAWINGS P A. Shap drawings and catalog cuts of the underfloor duct, boxes, supports, service out, junction c fittings, and other accessories shall be prepared by contractor and submitted for review by the f Architect before work is started. 1 1 . 3 RECORD DRAWINGS f A. Record drawings shall include as-installed floor plans showing P exact location of a�.l ur'4?rfloor ducts and Junction boxes. Mcunt framed and rigid clear plastic covered copy in electrical I room. B. Record drawings shall include location and circuiting of all power service outlet fittings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 COMPONENTS A. A complete duct system shall be furnished and installed as i specified, and as indicated on the drawings. The system shall include all duct, junction boxes, fittings, su Offsets, expansion joints, outlets, conduit, wirin ( elbows, exctelephone and data wiring) , connections, and any necessary accessories tO form a complete installation. 2 .2 MANUFACTURER f A. System shall be "Source II Walker" i catalog numbers used foi illustrations approved. Walker 2. 3 SYSTEM A. Shall be single level type, and shall consist of '-wo (2) Single as indicated. Duct system shall be located in the floor slab. y�. 1.6113 - �. WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16113 TIGARD BRANCH UNDERF;,OOR DUCT SYSTEM 3 . 6 INSERTS A. Insert heignt shall be such that top of insert shall be 1/8 inch below the finished pour line. Inserts closest to junction box shall be not more than 12 inches from vertical faces of function boxes. Inserts shall be aligned on the same centers for all services, and for duct rows. 3 . 7 JUNCTION BOXES t A. Coverplates: Coverplates shall be leveled flush with the finished concrete floor. Square or rectangular plates shall be laid square with the wall lines. B. Protection: Boxes, plates, and rings shall be protected from damage, distortion, and entry of concrete at all times. Boxes, plates, or rings that become marred during placing of the floor shall be refinished equal to the original. Unused duct or 1 conduit entrances to junction boxes sha.11 be closed with blank closure plr ;es or plugs. Permination of ducts at junction boxes shall be sealed against the ingress of concrete or fill, Boxes shall be :geld in place, and securely supported from the forms or rough slab, as applicable, during placing of concrete. 3 . 8 CCNCRT,TE REQUIREMENTS A. Seal all joints and openings watertight prior to concrete pour. Concrete shall be vibrated to eliminate void areas and to assure a solid base under and alongside the duct. rare should be taken that the concrete is finished level along both sides. The Division 16 contractor shall cooperate with the concrete , contractor to procure good workmanship where the concrete flour meets the duct. Do not remove coverplates until after concrete has hardened. 3 . 9 DUCT MARKERS A. Marker screws shall. be used at inserts at the following locations. 1. In each insert adjacent to a junction box. 2 . In the last insert in each run of duct. 3 . At all changes of direction of duet rur. 4 . Wichin one foot of walls installed over ducts. B. Marker screws shall be flush with the architectural floor finish material . Different type screws shall be used to distinguish between power, telephone and data/signal. duct systems. 16113 - 4 WASHINGTON MU'T'UAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD BRANCH SECTION S�161.13 UNDERFLOOR STEM 2. 12 BLANKING PLATES A. Walker # S26BLK. Provide 10 each foz future use by Owner. 2. 13 BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING A. Type Of wire shall be the same as that project, specified for. the 2. 14 EXPANSION JOINTS A. Provide at building expansion joints in the floor. PART 3 - INSTALLATION 3 . 1 LOCATION AND ARRANGEMENT A. Refer to Architectural drawin dimensions are not indicated gn for all dimensioning; installed drawings, ducts shall where duct linesshallapproximate locations located to shown. Junction boxes and Planned non-permanent clear permanerc architectural modu.jes. par.titions, and shall be and future coordinated with 3 . 2 UNDERFLOOR DUCT A• Duct shall be accurately the duct is the roper y aligned and leveled so that the floor, all ducts i. distance below the finished top of leveled, and junction boxes shall be aligned Duct supports are to be used at intervals.and Th6 top of the duct inserts shall. be „ 5 foot finished cement f intervals. floor. 1/8 + 1/16' below the 3 . 3 FLOOR TRENCH (not applicab.le) 3 . 4 DUCT SUPPORTS A• Coordinate with General contractor to sufficient extent to permit s provide s final pour. support Of ub.,lab of Metal duct supports shall bettre srrtem practicable to all duct o loczltFJ as Prior to within 30 inches on eacj ides, elbows' bends terminations,as at intervals junction boxes erminations� Of not over 5 feet.. and elsewhere � • 5 DUCTS A. Blank duct clucn du may be used :in lieu of tO panel boards and for insert duct for connecting te"minals inside electrical room. up at communication con 16113 - 3 sir wr .� i WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 15113 TIGARD BRANCH UNDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEM ' 3 . 10 SERVICE OUTLET FITTINGS A. Number: Underfloor duct fittings shall be furnished in the quantities indicated on drawings, installed at locations directed by the Architect. ' 3 . 11 CUTTING OF FLOORS A. All necessary cutting of floor for the installation of service ' fittings shall be made in a neat workmanlike manner and as recommended by the duct manufacturer. Floor construction or finish damaged by the installation of fittings shall be patched or replaced as directed by the Architect. 3 . 12 GENERAL A, 11 active receptacle outlets shall be completely wired and connected at no additional cost to the Owner regardless of the selection of location by the Architect. Not more than eight ' 1.20 jolt receptacle fittingsshall be connected to a single circuit unless explicitly otherwise indicated. Sufficient slack wire shrill be left in junction boxes for future connection of outlets feeding from the same circuit. B .1 . 13 SURPLUS FITTINGS A. Surplus service fittings and blanking plates, which the Architect does not direct to be installed, shall be turned over to the Owner for future use. Obtain receipt and include with "final submittal" documents. 3 . 1.4 FIELD OBSERVATION A. Upon completion o1' the underfloor duct system, and before ducts are covered, inspection must show all ducts, boxes, etc. , to be in place. Entire system must be free of obstructions and moisture after concrete is in place. All ducts shall be thoroughly swabbed out before floor finish is applied and before wiring is installed. END OF SECTION r 16113 — 5 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16120 TIGARD BRANCH WIRES AND CABLES 2 . 6 COLOR CODING A. Identify all service conductors, feeders and branch circuits by ' color code. Green must be used for grounding only. B. Color Coding Schedule shall be: 208Y/120V 3 Ph 4W and 120/240V 3 Ph Delta 4W Phase A - Black Phase B - Red Phase C - Blue Neutral - White C. Use a wrap cf appropriately colored plastic tape at all splices and terminations where standard cable assemblies are color , coded differently. D. All other color coding to be approved by the Engineer. PART 3 -- INSTALLATION 3 . 1 INSTALLATION OF WIRING ' A. Install all wiring in raceway unless specifically authorized otherwise. B. Refer to Specification 16700 for Signal. and Communications systems circuits. 3 . 2 WIRE SIZE A. Number 17. AWG minimum for power and lighting circuits. Exception: Where other sizes are indicated —. glans or by specification. ' B. Longer Branch Circuits: Branch circuits indicated to be #17. AWG (by designation or standard symbol) on plans and which are , greater in conductor length (measured from panelboard to beginning of the last tap) than the folloaing schedule shall be changed to #10 AWG: 1. 120 volt: 75 ft. 3 . 3 CONDUCTOR SIZES REFERENCED ON PLANS A. Capper, type THW unless noted. 1.61.20 - 2 WASHINGTON MUTUAL IINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 161.20 TIGARD BRANCH WIRES AND CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1. 1 DESCRIPTION A. Provide all wire and cable, complete. 1. 2 RELATED WORK A. Refer to Section 16700, Communications, for limited energy systems and circuitry of less than 100 volts. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 NOMMETALLIC SKZATHED CABLE A. Not permitted. 2 . 2 WIRE ANIS CABLE IN RACEWAYS A. Copper or aluminum, insulated for 600V. B. Wines (as sized on drawings) are to be copper type THWN. (Type THW, THHN, RHW, XHHW, or aluminum, wire may be utilized at Contractor's option) . Wire and cable shall. be delivered to jobsite in original containers bearing the Underwriters' label. Aluminum conductors permitted subject to raceway and conductor size adjustments and special terminations. 2 . 3 SPLICES A. Solderless type only. Preinsulated "twist-on" type (limited to size #10 Lnd smaller) . Bolt-on compression type with application preformed insulated cover, heat shrinkable tubing or plastic insulated tape. 2 . 4 TERMINATIONS A. Copper: Eye-type compression lug when termination is to a bolt or screw terminal. B. Aluminum: Compression-type, oxide-inhibiting-compound-filled aluminum lugs. 2 . 5 CABLE TIES A. Nylon or equivalent., locking type. ] 6120 - l WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16120 TIGARD BRANCH WIRES AND CABLES 3 .4 ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS A. Permitted in sizes #4 AWG and larger only. B. Aluminum conductors shall be terminated or spliced using compression-type, oxide-inhibiting-compound-filled aluminum lugs only. They shall not be terminated or spliced with bolted pressure fittings. Where a device is available with belted lugs only, a short length of copper conductor may be spliced to the aluminum conductor and the copper connected to the bolted pressure lug. As an alternate, a pecial-type compression-set aluminum lug with aluminum or Copper "finger" manufactured for this purpose may be used. C. Compression fittings shall be sized for the conductor used and shall be set with a tool which assures a preset deformation before release. D. Aluminum lugs, where in contact with copper studs, bolts or bus, shall be plated. E. Bolted aluminum lugs shall be installed with a "Belleville" washer under nut unless specifically permitted otherwise. 3 . 5 TAPING A. Taping, if used, shall. be half lapped synthetic tape. END OF SECTION 16120 - 3 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16130 TIGARD BRANCH BOXES PART 3 - EXECUT!ON A 3 . 1 CABINETS A. Mount rigidly and with proper alignment on building structure with top of cabinet 6-feet 6-inches above finished floor. B. Install cabinet interior after all. conduit connections are ' made. C. Close all .,nuse3 cabinet openings. ' 3 . 2 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES ' A. Locate so that covers are accessible at all times. Mount boxes for concealed conduit so covers are flush with surface of finished ceiling or wall . ' B. Contractor may provide pull boxes in addition to these shown on plans or required by codes, to facilitate installation of work. 3 . 3 DEVICE BOXES A. Switches shall be located 6-inches minimum fr^n door casing, or ' centered in spaces less than 12" . See Architectural Drawings for exceptions. Heights as shown on Architectural Drawings: For all dimensions, measure from the finished floor to the centerline of device. END OF SECTION ' 1 16130 - 2 W w W W-1MUR WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16130 TIGARD BRANCH BOXES PART 1 - GENERAL 1. 1 DESCRIPTION A. Provision and installation of cabinets and boxes as required by other sections. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 GENERAL A. Construction: Code-qauge galvanized or painted sheet steel. Flush or surface mc _ating as indicated. B. Exposed Boxes Finish: Baked-On Gray Enamel, ANSI Z55. 1-1967. C. Enclosure Rating - As follows: 1. NEMA 1: Indoor 2 . NEMA 3R or 4: Damp or outdoor locations 2 . 2 JUVCTION AND PULL BOXES A. Construction: Welded and galvanized sheet steel of sizes required by N.E.C. S. ciheet steel gauge requirements: 1.. 24 inches or less: 14 USS gauge. 2 . 24 incites to 36 inches: 12 gauge. 3 . 36 inches and greater: 10 gauge. 2 . 3 OUTLET BOXES A. General: Code grade steel; size as required by code or as shown on the drawings. Allow extra space when splicing. B. Caves: Full access screwed covers mounted with corrosion resistant machine screws where device Plates are not used. C. Cast Metal : 1. Crouse Hinds with threaded hubs FS or FD or type RS. 2 . Full gasketed cast plates. 3 . Size for devices including ganging requirements. 4 . Stainless machine screws for covers and side plateal. 5. Threaded hubs. 16.130 - i v ori � WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16144 TIGARD BRANCH WIRING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1. 1 DESCRIPTION A. Provide Miring devices. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 GENERAL A. All wiring devices shall. be new, UL approved, and rated for the service in which they are to be used. Devices with "Push-In" terminals are not acceptable. 2 . 2 SWITCHES - SIDE OR BACK WIRED A. Specification grade 20A, 120-277 VAC, white handle, silent type for all locations. Pass & Seymour 20AC1-I B. Specification grade 20A, 120-277 VAC, white handle, double pole, three-way as indicated on drawings. Pass & Seymour #20AC3-I. 2 . 3 RECEPTACLES A. Convenience Outlets, Side or Back Wired: 1 . Specification Grade. Duplex grounding L,rpC with composition base and slots to accommodau�, parallel blade cord caps. Mount with grounding slot down. 20 ampere at 12'i volts, NEMA 5-20R. 2. . i1L approved, self-grounding, certified to comply with NEMA Standards. Screw terminals only. 3 . White color. (Exception: Gray for dedicated or designated circuit. ) 4 . Pass & Seymour 5352-I . B. Isolateu Ground: 1. Orange-colored devices similar to 112 . 3 A. " above, except with ground terminal insulated from mounting yoke. 2 . Pass & Seymour ;(;-6300. C. Special Purpose Outlets: 1. Specification Grade single outlet grounding type. Flush mount with grounding hold down. 2 . 250V, Amperage as shown on drawings. 3 . Black color. 4 . Match receptacle with plug of unit to be connected. E. G. F.C. I . Raceptacle NEMA 5-20R, white; Pass & Seymour 2091-F1. 16144 - 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16144 TIGARD BRANCH WIRING DEVICES 1. . 4 PHOTO CELL AND LIGHTING CONTACTOR A. Paragon CW201 Photocell . B. Lighting Contactor: Electrically held, silent, tungsten rated 20 amp contacts of the quantity required plus (2) sp;;.re, NEMA 1 enclosure. 2 . 5 SURFACE METAL RACEWAY PLUGGING STRIP A. Install as noted on plans complete with all fittings, end caps, ' entrance plates, as required for a completely finished job. Wiremold 2100. 2 . 6 DEVICE PLATES A. Provide U. L. listed, one-piece type, flush device plates, color to match device, of high-impact thermoplastic, countersunk head screws colored to match device plate and of rounded edge "streamline" design. Pass & Seymour 302 S-N Series. Provide galvanized device plates where exposed wiring is permitted. B. Weatherproof Plates: Provide stainless steel U.L. listed, , self-closing weatherproof plates where shown. Duplex flap for duplex outlets. Each flap to open in an upward direction, not more than 90 decrees above the closed position. Aluminum covers with same features are approved. Pass & Seymour Inc. 4500 series, or approved equal . 2 . 7 DIMMERS A. Low Voltage Incandescent Manual: Lutron Nova NTLV series in standard white color. Wattage rating to be 125% (minimum) of total design lamp wattage. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 WIRING DEVICE INSTALLATION A. Mounting Heights: Refer to Section 16130 "Boxes" . ' B. Receptacle Grounding: Verify positive connection between ground terminal and conduit box. (Exception: Isolated ground receptacles) . ?61.44 - 2 SECTION 16144 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP WIRING DEVICES TIGARD BRANCH -- 3 .2 LIGHTING CONTROL A. Replace noisy lighting contactors with silent type. END OF SECTION I i I I 16144 - 3 I WAFHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16170 TIGARD BRANCH CIRCUIT AND MOTOR DISCONNECTS ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1. 1 DESCRIPTION A. Provide all disconnects, fused and unfused, shown and required by Code for equipment furnished under this and other divisions of these specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS ' 2 . 1 DISCONNECTS A. Switch shall be heavy duty type, shall be quick-make quick- break and shall be suitably horsepower rated for motor loads. ' Switch shall have blades as required to open all ungrounded conductors and in addition an auxiliary contact for each control circuit wire energized from a source not interrupted by the disconnect switch. Option: A separate switch for control circuits may be mounted immediately adjacent to the main power disconnect. Disconnects shall be single throw unless noted otherwise. B. Enclosure :shall have interlocking cover to prevent opening door when switch is closed. Interlock shall include a defeating scheme. C. Enclosure shall be suitable for location in which mounted. D. Fusible disconnects shall. be as above with addition of fuse space and clips to accept only Class R fuses. 2 . 2 MANUFACTURER A. Same as listed in Section 16480. Exception: Disconnect I Switches for Single (1) -Phase Motors: Pass & Seymour HP 20 or equal as manufactured by General Electric, Westinghouse, Square D, Sierra, Hubbell or other approved. I2 . 3 LABELS A. Include the following information on the labels: Load served Iand source of supply. PART 3 -- EXECU'T'ION 3 . 1 INSTALLATION A. Supports: Secure solidly to wall or approved mounting frame. Disconnects supported only by raceway are not acceptable. END OF SECTION 1617U -- 1 I 11 WE WE WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD BRANCH SECTION 16190 y — SUPPORTING DEVICES ' means of bolting or welding. Do not support loads from the , bottom chord member of trusses or open web steel joists except where :'iagonal members attach to the bottom chord. Do not suppor loads from roof decking. , 3 . 2 DESIGN A. Design earthquake restraints and structural supports for all ' equipment installed under this division of the work or obtai design from project structural engineer in accordance with Uniform Building Code requirements as required by the code authority having jurisdiction. END OF SECTION 16190 - 2 I I 1 SECTION 16190 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SUPPORTING DEVICES TIGARD BRANCH _ PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 DESCRIPTION A. Provision of supports and fastenings for properly mounting and anchoring all raceways, equipment, and fixtures. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 STEEL SUPPORTS A. Provide brackets, frames, and hangers fabricated from standard rolled structural steel shapes or prefabricated structural system manufactured by one of the following: 1. Kindorf Electrical Products Company 2 . Powerstrut Division/Van Huffel Tube Corporation 3 . Unistrut Construction. 4 . B-Line Systems, Inc. B. Provide threaded steel rods, where required, 3/8 inch diameter 1 or larger. Use hot dip galvanized steel on installations e.xposea to the weather. Do not use chain except where specifically required. Do not use perforated strap or wire. 2 . 2 FASTENINGS A. Provide necessary fastenings in accordance with the fol.lowinq: 1. Bolts and nuts: ANSI B18. 2 . 1 regular series, semi- finished, hexagon, galvanized. 2 . Lock washer: ANSI B18 . 21. 1 medium, spring type, galvanized. 3 . Beam clamps: Thomas beam and angle clamps. 4 . Wall anchors: Use 3/8 inch (minimum) toggle bolts in hollow tile and concrete block. Use 3/8 inch (minimum) taper plug drive anchors in solid masonry and concrete. Do not use fiber, lead, plastic, or wood plugs; do not use expansion shields and lag bolts. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 INSTALLATION A. Steel Supports: Fabricate and install supports so that support installation does not weaken or overload the building structure. Do not impose the weight of electrical. equipment, raceways, or fixtures on supports provided for other trades or Systems. Secure steel supports to the building structures by 16190 - t WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16195 TIGARD BRANCH ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICA'T'ION � PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 ATTACH WITH SCREWS I A. Securely attach engraved labels and nameplates with screws. 3 . 2 TEMPORARY MARKINGS A. No temporary marking permitted on equipment. Remove all temporary marking where possible. Where markings cannot be ' removed, repaint trims, housing, etc. , to cover markings. Refinish defaced finishes. 3 . 3 ABBREVIATIONS ` A. Labeling abbreviations permitted only as approved. END OF SECTION 1 1 1 16195 - 2 SECTION 16195 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION TIGARD BRANCH PART 1 - GENERAL 1. 1 DESCRIPTION A. Provide labels, nameplates, directories and coding. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARD DIRECTORIES A. Provide neatly typed schedule (odd numbered circuits on left side or top, even on right side or bottom) under plastic jacket I or protective cover to protect the schedule from damage or dirt. Securely mounton inside face of panelboard door. Define briefly, but accurately, nature of connected load ( i.e. , Lighting-Office, Receptacles-Mechanical/Electrical Room, etc. ) jas approved. B. Use room numbers or designations actually installed, not those Iused on contract drawings, sinless they are the same. C. Spare circuit breakers and space positions shall be noted in f pencil . I 2 . 2 NAMEPLATES A. Provide nameplates constructed of 1/16 inch thick plastic (black on white) laminated material engraved through black surface material to white sublayer. Provide nameplates for the Ifollowing: B. Service Entrance Label (1/211 letters) . l C. Motor Starter and Disconnect Labels (1/411 letters) . D. Special Equipment Outlet (identified "DED" on drawings) Labels I (1/411 letters) . F. Panelboar6 Labels (1/211 letters) . IG. Switches where item controlled is not visible from switch ( 1/811 letters) . 2 . 3 EMPTY CONDUITS A. Provide labels with description of purpose, and location of apposite end, on each end of conduits provided for future equipment. Paper or plastic handwritten tags are permissible. Note accurately on as-build drawings. 1 161.95 - 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16420 TIGARD BRANCH SERVICE ENTRANCE PART 1 - GENERAL 1. 1 DESCRIPTION A. Provide permanent service entrance complete. B. Coordinate with utility and extend circuits from the interface point. Pay for all utility charges. 1. 2 SHORT CIRCUIT FAULT DUTY A. All equipment and circuitry shall be rated for the maximum available symmetrical fual.t current available from utility. B. "Downstream" equipment of lesser rating may be used where in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations for series rated systems or where coordinated with current limiting overcurrent devices. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT A. (Underground) Provide raceways, conductors and metering per plans and the following. 2 . 2 PANELBOARDS A. Refer to Specification, Section 16470. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 ARRANGEMENT A. Verify space available with equipment sizes and code required working clearances prior to submittal of s,,iop drawings. Notify Engineer, prior to submission of shop drawings, if sufficient space has not been allowed. 3 . 2 METERING A. Provide current transformer, meter base, and metering conductors per utility requirements. 3 . 3 GROUNDING A. Refer to Specification Section 16450. 16420 - 1 a. aas �. •a� q. *� �. •w .,e WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD BRANCH SECTION 1640 SERVICE ENTRANCE 3.4 LABELING A. Provide nameplate (see Section 16195 following information: ) engraved with the Project Name Electrical Contractor Engineer Year of Manufacture 3 . 5 WORK BY UTILITY A. Utility will Provide: � I. Distribution system to site complete including service lateral to transformer. 2. Transformer and transformer ground. 3. Meters. 4 • Termination of service entrance circuit conductors. 3 . 6 WORK BY CONTRACTOR A. Contractor shall provide: 1• Service entrance circuit site perimeter into buildingCeWayJ and conductors) from 2. Service ground at building. END OF SECTION fir �i 16420 - 2 I WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16450 ITIGARD BRANCH �V�— GROUNDING fPART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 DESCRIPTION A. Grounding electrodes. B. Grounding (bonding) of equipment and building steel. C. Grounding of building electrical service neutral. D. Communications ground. E. Isolated ground. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 CONDUCTORS A. #6 AWG and Larger: 1. Stranded copper, bare, soft-drawn. B. #8 AWG and Smaller: 1. Bare: Solid copper', soft-drawn. 2 . Insulated- Stranded copper with green insulation. 2 . 2 GROUND RODS A. 3/4" diameter, copper clad steel , minimum length 1.0 feet. 2 . 3 CONNECTOR AND LUGS A. Cable-to Cable (or Cable-to-Rod) Compression-Type, Copper. 1. T & B 53500 series or 53000 series. 2 . Burndy type YGS or YGL. B. Cable-to-Flat: 1. Compression-type copper lugs, with silicon bronze bolts. a . T & B 53200 series. b. Burndy Type YCA-2N. 2 . Bolted-type copper lugs, with silicon bronze bolts. a. T & B 32000 series, tandom type. b. Burndy Type QQA, with 2-hole pad. 2 . 4 MARKING A. Connectors must be clearly and permanently marked with the information listed below. 1. Symbol and/or logo. 2 . Catalog number. 16450 - 1 �If 91R r WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD BRANCH SECTION 16450 GROUNDING 3 . Conductor:, accommodated. 4 . Installa _ion die index number or die catalog number, as required. 5• Underwriters Laboratories "Listing Mark". PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 GROUNDING ELECTRODE A. Consult with code authority and conform to code requirements. Contact Engineer if code authority requirements appear to conflict with contract documents. B. Provide bonding conductors) between service neutral bus and building metallic plumbing systems. C. Installation of connectors 11 be made in accordance with the connector manufacturer's recuinmendaticns. These should i.nclude; cable preparation if required, installation tools and dies and the required number of crimps. 3 . 2 ROUTING OF GROUNDING CONDUCTORS A. Underground: Maintain at least 10 feet clearance between ground conductors and parallel underground metallic piping, and 5 feet clearance at points of crossing. When such clearance is not possible at points of crossing, insulate the ground conductor for, 5 feet on either side. B. Above Ground, Exposed: Install ;round cables in aluminum ferromagnetic) raceway or route in a fashion to be anon from damage. protected 3 . 3 GROUND CONDUCTOR TERMINATIONS A. Exothermic Welds: Exothermic welding is permitted for all cases where copper is connected to copper, steel, provided the following conditions arermet: structura]. 1• All surfaces to be jointed must be "bright clean" and thoroughly dry. 2 . Install flared copper sleeves over stranded conductors. II Note: Shim stock, wrap sleeves, or adapter sleeves are not acceptable. 3 . Preheat Cadweld molds to at least 220F prior to use. 4 . Complete exothermic weld per manufacturer's instructions. 5. Clean molds after each use and inspect for wear. Dis -ard molds which show excessive wear. No mold shall be used for more than 15 welds. 16450 - WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD BRANCH SECTION 16450 -- GROUNDING 6• Test each weld after removal Of mold b b with a hard surface and rapping the Weld With na the weld hammer. B. Compression Fit-ting are used in lieu Of weldsllati.on: Where compression fittings 1• Use a de-oxidant joint oint compound for all conductor Burndy "Penetrax" or equivalent. 2 . Apply compression fittings with a to. purpose and approved b 1 designed for the ngs 3 • Use only the Droper compression die, ind lemanufacturer. showing die code number clearly embossed onave eachjint o C• Bolted Connections: `ittting. when are acceptable for allopexosednOrcaccessible tions properly applied, connections except column ground s. grounding Belleville washer under lug bolts. Include lock washers or 3 . 4 GROUNDING OF RACEWAYS, STRUCTURES AND EQUIPMENT A• Provide a low-impedance ground return path from each electrical equipment back_ to the buildingservice ground sof . The embedded ground conductors to s ground bus. are detailed on the drawings. Pacific electrical equipment ground conductors to meet the requirements ide ldescribed tional pillthis section. B. Raceways: I. General : Separate grounding conductor is not necessary for trays or conduits used exclusive) circuits, D-C circuits Y for instrumentation rated 240 V to for circuits, or circuits 2• Conduit: ground or less. Galvanized rigid steel conduit or EMT is acceptable as the equipment grounding conductor. Other types of conduit or raceway require a separate (green) equipment ground installed in the raceway. C. Motor Connections: Use flexible conduit for motor connection Provide a bare copper bonding jumrer between the rigid steel conduit and the motor �s. Where motor terminal box ar'e, Using approved groundin install p permit internal terminations jumper spirally wound on exterior of flexible racewa . 1 • Motor mounting bolts may be used for connecting the equipment ground to the frame of motors smaller than 213 frame. For 213 frame and larger motors ther , n connectors shall be fastened beneath shield bolt the head ofanr�end or by means of a 5/16" tapped into a suitable place on the (motor frameeso�ldered terminals shall not be used. between bolt head and terminalAlugsher shall be used 16450 - 3 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD BRANCH ` XTION 16450 GROUNDING 3 . 5 ISOLATED GROUNDS A. Conductors shall be routed in the same raceway together with the associated branch circuit power conductors. B. Isolated ground conductors shall be effectively isulated from all conductive surfaces and systems except at the 4sol.ated ground bus in the electrical branch circuit panelboard. C. Refer to the following: 1. Panelboards: Section 16470. 2. Wiring Devices: Section 16144 . 3 . 6 INSPECTION A. Compression die index number must be permanently marked on connectors during crimping so that use of the correct crimping dies can be verified. B. Closed barrel connectors must have inspection holes at the appropriate location to verify proper cable insertion. 3 . 7 TELCO GROUND A. Connect a #6 AWG solid copper green insulated conductor to service ground bus (neutral) and extend to telepho,,e service I� termiral_s in electrical room. B. Label "TELCO: Power Service Ground" . C. Leave 8 foot coiled pigtail. END OF SECTION so I 16450 - 4 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16470 TIC:ARD BRANCH PANELBOARDS C. Where noted, provide spare breakers, complete for future ' connection of wiring circuits. Where "Space" ?.s i.ndicdted for breakers, provide all bussing and breaker mounting hardware in the panelboard, provide steel knockouts in dead front metal ' closure of unused part of panel. If any steel knockouts are removed, provide breakers in such spaces or approved coverplates. Open spaces not permitted. D. Provide Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) breakers in panels or receptacles as noted on plans and panel schedules (refer to Specification Section 16144 "Switches and Receptacles" for GFCI receptacles circuits) . 2.4 CABINET FOR EACH PANELBOARD ' A. Shall have flush, tight closing doors without play, when latched. Where two cabinets are located adjacent to each other in finished areas, provide matching trim of the same height. ' Where a remote controlled switch or contactor is mounted in any panelboard, mount on same frame as panelboard interior with screw retained access door in dead front shield; common door ' over circuit breakers and remote controlled device. Panels 48" or more in height shall have door-in-door or hinged trim. B. Provide cabinPt(sl of sufficient dimensions to allow for future expansion and addition of circuit breakers within the panelboards as indicated on drawings. C. Provide lock for each cabinet door. All electrical dizcr.ibuti.on equipment locks to be keyed identically. D. Fasten panelboard front with machine screws with oval counter- I sunk heads, finish hardware quality, with escutcheons or approved trim clamps. Clamps accessible only when dead front door is open are acceptable. E. Finish: Provide factory prime coat for cabinets to be located in finished areas. Where cabinets are located in unfinished I areas, standard lacquer or enamel finish, gray or blue-gray in color, shall be substituted for factory prime coat. 2 . 5 SYSTEM OF NUMBERING AND BUS ARRANGEMENT I A. Shall be as shown on the Panel Schedules on the drawings. 2. 6 ISOLATED GROUND BUS A. Provide ;.ire termination bus similar to the standard panelboard ' neutral bus except effectively grounded systems. 16470 2 '4a is a WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16470 TIGARD BRANCH PANELBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1. 1 DESCRIPTION A. Provide all parelboard equipment, complete; dead front type. 1 .2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. UL 66-1979 Panelboards, Electrical B. UL 98-81 Switches, Enclosed C. UL 489 .80 Molded-Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit-Breaker Enclosures 1. 3 SUBMITTALS A. Per Section 01300 on the following: Panelboards. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 MANUFACTURER: General Electric, Siemens, Square D, Westinghouse or approved prior to bid. 2. 2 PANELBOARD TYPE A. Panelboards shall be rated at proper voltage and current for intended use with bus bars of copper or aluminum. Panels shall be 3 phase, 4 wire, 100 percent neutral., unless noted otherwise. Provide multiple lugs where conductors in parallel or "feed through" are shown on the drawings. B. Fault Duty: Fault withstand and interrupting rating shall be in conformance with code requirements for the short circuit ampacity available from the utility. Refer to Section 16420. 2 . 3 CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Provide for the fault current determined in Section 16420. The following interrupting capacity shall be considered minimum. Other ratings shall be as specified on the drawings. 120/240V Panelboards 11, 000 AIC symmetrical B. Mount breakers in all panelboards so that breaker handles operate in a horizontal plane. Bolt in type only (except Square D "I .line") . Provide common trip on all multiple pole breakers. Square D "I-line" panelboards approved as exception to "bolt-in" requirement. 16470 - 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16470 TIGARD BR.INCH PANELBOARDS PART 3 - INSTALLATION 3. 1 MOUNTING A. Secure in place with top of cabinet at 6' -6" unless otherwise noted. Top of cabinet and trim shall be level. 3 .2 ISOLATED GROUND A. Provide #6 copper, green insulated (or green tape identified) isolated ground conductor connected between the electrical service grounding electrode and each panelboard .isolated ground bus. Connection in a "looped" rather than "radial" fashion is permitted. 3 . 3 CABINET PAINTING A. Cabinets furnished as prime painted shall be field painted to match color of adjacent wall (See Division-Painting) . IEND OF SECTION I i I I f 1 1 I. 16470 - 3 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION :.647817USES TIGARD BRANCH PART 1 - GENERNL 1. 1 DESCRI' '[ON A. Provide all fuses as required. Fuses shall be UL Class R rejection type with characterist' cs noted below. I PART 2 - PRODUCTS I2 . 1 FUSES A. All fuses shall be current l.imiting type unless specified. otherwise. Class K1R for all except motor circuits, Class K5R motor load type for motors. Provide 10 percent spare fuses, but not less than three (3) of any one size an.: type. Bu;;smann, Case-Shawmut, Economy, Gould, Littlefuse, or equal. 1 2 . 2 SPARE FUSE CABINET A. Provide a spare fuse cabinet for the above required spare fuses. Cabinet front lock shall match panzlboard equipment y specified elsewhere in specification. 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 1 3 . 1 INSTALLATION A. Fuses: Install in all fusible devices provided under this contract. B. Sp.,-.--e Fuse Cabinet: Locate in main electrical room. END OF SECTION i I 16478 - i u�w ail SECTION 16480 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP MOTOR CONTROL TIGARD BRANCH — s rPART 1 - GENERAL 1. 1 DESCRIPTION A. All motors shown on the drawings or specified in other divisions of the specifications shall , in general, be furnished with the driven equipment and connected under Division 16 of the specification or are existing. B. Provide motor controllers and motor control centers as 1 indicated. 1.2 MOTOR VOLTAGE INFORMATION A. Voltages available are 208 volt, three (3) phase, or 115, single (1) phase. Circuits are designed (in general) for motors as follows: Smaller than 1/2 HP: 115 Volts, single (1) phase 1/2 HP and Larger: 208 Volts, three (3) phasej i 200 volt rating is satisfactory for 208 volt circuits I commended otherwise by motor respectively unless re manufacturer. B. Consult Electrical Drawings for the specific device. C. Verify motor sizes and voltages provided underoper ��Divislectrion 15, other di.vis,.ons, or by Owner, and make provisions accordingly. 1.. 3 RELATED WORK A. Section 16170, Circuit and Motor Disconnects i PART 2 - PRODUCTS I 2 . 1 MANUFACTURER A. Shall be the same as provided under Section 1.6470 or Allen Bradley. 2 . 2 GENERAL A. Pushbuttons, selector switches, pilot lights, etc. , shall be heavy duty "oil-ti-ght" devices. B. Identification must include complete description o1' the equipment controlled. 16480 - 1 I WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16480 TIGARD BRANCH MOTOR CONTROL C. Minimum wire size for control circuits: #14 . D. Separately mounted controls shall be located adjacent to the motor served; either wall mounted or mounted on a steel frame anchored to the floor. 2 . 3 INDIVIDUAL MOTOR STARTERS A. Combination type switch (or circuit breaker) or "Motor Circuit Protector" incorporated into an enclosure common with magnetic starter equal to Square D, Class 8538, fused switch type. Fuses shall be dual-element. Magnetic starters shall include all devices as specified below. B. Magnetic Motor Starters: Equal to Square D, Class 8536, with "Hand-Off- Auto" switch, unless otherwise indicated, with three (3) overloads (sized per Part 3 of this section) . Provide two (2) auxiliary contacts for pilot control, unless otherwise indicated. C. Manual Starters: Shall be equal to Square D, Class 2510 FG-1, with pilot light, unless noted otherwise, and over loads for all ungrounded circuit conductors si:.ed per Part 3 of this section. i D. Enclosures: 7n general., shall be NEMA-1 type, except where I exposed to the weather they shall be NEMA 3R. Starters and/or { motor switches in Kitchen and areas subject to washdown shall be NEMA 12 , drip-proof. E. overload Relays: Shall be bi-metallic or eutectic alloy type. one device shall be provided for each phase. Provision shall be made for resetting the overload relays from outside the enclosure. Auto-reset devices are not acceptable. F. Starters: Sr,all be full voltage, non-reversing type. G. "Hand-Off-Auto"l selector switch. H. 120 Volt coil red running pilot light. I. Green "off" pilot light. J . Control transformer with fuses. K. Nameplate. L. Two (2) auxiliary contacts except where other pilot control. is detailed or required by the plans. 16480 - 2 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD BRANCH SECTION 16480 MOTOR CONTROL 2. 4 DISCONNECT SWITCHES FOR MCTORS A. "•11I1 be of the lockable 'type Section 16170, Circuit a.nc;i Motorand Disconnects.rated. Refer to 2 ' 5 NAMEPLATES A. Provide engraved phenolic type nameplates for each starter. , 1• Motor served. 2. Horsepower. 3 . Voltage and phase. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 WIRING A. Wiring shall conform to Specifications, a Ppl.icabl.e sections of these overcurrent deviceurnish and install Wiringstarter to motor termifrom nals branch circuit installation of separately Where individually mounted mounted starter furnished by others. disconnect switch `'tartErs do not include y °thers. switch shall be an adjacent (or remote lockable an integral noted on drawings Provide conduit and conductors as g for remote r_ontrol, or interlock connections. 3 .2 DISCONNECTS A. Disconnects shall be provided with in sight motor, regardless of its or motor control center, respect location in rescf and for the every P to panelboard 3 . 3 COORDINATION A. Refer to Section 16050 for coordination between ��rades. 3 . 4 OVERLOAD SELECTION a A. Provide overload thermal actual (do not use (heater) element sized b load amparit contract drawing or code tablelatedpfullg manufacturers motor. nameplate full load am elements to recommended heater size. amps with starter elementsrecommento be in compliance with stze. Change all heater manufarturer's I END OF SECTION 16480 - 3 SECTION 16500 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP LIGHTING TIGARD BRANCH D. Exterior Fixtures: Provide fixtures designed for 0 degrees F � with wet location label, and fully gaske ed. TheContractor is responsible to provide fixtures of the proper circuit provided and to provide the appropriate quantity. E. Provide fixtures of the appropriate voltage for the circuit from which supplied. 2 . 2 LIGHT TRANSMITTING COMPONENTS lens: Virgin acrylic ( . 125-inch thick overall A. Flat plastic minimum) or. glass. Shall be contained in a steel frame which and which remains attached to fixture is hinged and latched when door is in open position. B. Other plastic lens: Virgin acrylic or polycarbonate. Thickness as indicated or manufacturer' s standard. l � 2 . 3 LAMPS I,. - T12 . Fluorescent Lamps: Genera]. Electric, type SP35, 3500 IC Rapid start or "U" as appropriate for the fixture. B. Provide other lamps and special purpose .lamps as scheduled or required by fixture type specified. Incandescent lamps shall be Sylvania 130 volt 99-XL rated for 2 , 500 hours or approved. 2 .4 BALLASTS A. Outdoor Ballasted Fixtures: Provide with appropriate ballasts and auxiliaries as required to ensure reliable starting and operation in temperatures of 0 degrees F. where ballasts are mounted outside. B. :indoor Ballasted Fixtures: Provide flpWeescent factofixtures with U.L. listed, certified CBM-ETL, high p saving ballasts with "A" sound rating. Universal watt reducer SLH or equal. 2 . 5 FLUORESCENT EMERGENCY BALLAST A. Provide fluorescent emergency ballast with high temperature nickel cadmium battery, charger, and electronic circuitry in one enclosure. B. Provide accessible test switch, charging indicator light, and all required installation hardware. 16500 - 2 ww � SECTION 16500 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP LIGHTING TIGARD BRANCH PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION p, General buildirg lighting and outdoor lighting- A. REFERENCE STANDARDS A UL 57-72 Electrical Lighting Fixtures ` Fluorescent Lighting Fixtures B. UL 15'10-79 Lighting Fixtures C. UL 1571-79 Incandescent' Fixtures hting D. UL 1572-80 High Intensity Discharge Lig E. UL 773-74 Plug- in, Locking Type Photocontrols For Use With Area Lighting Sec. 47 . 1813 , Lighting Fixtures F. UBC Standard I1, 3 SUBMITTALS Shop ` ecification Section 0134itpms• A. Submit in accordance with SP on the following IDrawings, Product Data and Samples 1, Lighting Fixtures ; ' eer of light fixture submittals which indicate o�1aof I I B. Review (by Engineer) voltage to voltage or quantities shall nContractorlshall verbfyapP said voltage or quantities. quantities to be be suitable for circuit to which connected and as indicated on drawings PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2. 1 FIXTURES A, Provide in accordance with Lighting Fixture Schedule on drawings. B. Verify exact type of all ceilings following approval. of ceiling submittals and order fixtures accordingly. mounting C. Provide fixtures with proper fitting flanges, sloped and accessory ed ceiling adaptors, supports, including P items, TlL listed for conditions of use. I i 16500 - 1 L.� WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16500 TIGARD BRANCH LIGHTING 2 . 8 LIGHT FIXTURE BASES (AS APPLICABLE) A. Light Poles: 1. Precast concrete with conduit coupling, conduit bushing, and appropriate bolt circle. 2 . 24" square base, 120" deep with 24" exposed above grade. 3 . Utility Vault Co. 24-10-LB. � B. Bollard Bases: 1. Precast concrete base, 12" square, 42" deep with 6" exposed - above grade. 2 . Provide with conduit and appropriate bolt circle. 3 . Utility Vault, custom made. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 FIXTURE INSTALLATION A. Mount outlets to be readily accessible and at positions and heights to clear ductwork, piping, etc. 1. Coordinate with work of all other trades. B. Fixture Structural Support: 1. Set true, free of Light leaks, warps, dents or other irregularities. 2 . Adjust length of stems of suspended luminaires as required to hang all luminaires level and in same horizontal plane. 3 . Mount fixtures at heights shown on drawings. 4 . Obtain Structural Engineer's design for support of all. lighting fixtures weighing 50 pounds or more and conform with UBC requirement for Earthquakes (seismic analysis) . 5. Conform with UBC Standards, Sec. 47 . 1813 . C. Cleaning: Leave fixtures clean, free of fingerprints, exterior labels, etc. , especially on lenses and reflectors. D. Wiring: 1. Protect wiring with tape or tubing at al-1 points where abrasion _` s :likely to occur. 2 . Install branch circuit wiring only in fluorescent fixtures UL approved for use as raceways. E. Lay-in ceiling fixtures in suspended ceilings shall be independently supported per UBC Standard Sec. 47 . 1813 . Do not use suspended ceiling support wires. Contractor shall use 72" flexible wiring from J box (mounted to structure above ceiling) to lay in fixtures. 16500 - 4 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16500 TIGARD BRANCH LIGHTING C. Unit shall be capable of providing 1100 to 1200 lumens to one lamp (or two if indicated on drawings or specifications) in emergency operation for a minimum of 90 minutes. D. Unit shall be UL listed; capable of full recharge within 24 hours, rated for 120/277 volt use with a five (5) year warranty. E. Bodine B50 Series, 2. 6 RECESSED INCANDESCENT FIXTURES A. All recessed incandescent lighting fixtures shall be UL listed and categorized as one of the following types. Refer to NEC 410-65 (c) . Code authorities acceptance of the installed fixture is acceptable in lieu of this labeling. B. Thermally Protected: This type shall be equipped by the manufacturer with a temperature actuated switch (thermostat) which interrupts the fixture electrical supply when the temperature at the fixture exceeds the set point. Manual or auto reset is manufacturer's option. All fixtures installed in structural (other than suspended ceilings) shall be of this type as indicated in fixture schedule remarks as "Type TP" . C. Insulated Ceiling Approved: This type shall be designed to withstand "direct contact" with ceiling insulation. "Direct contact" with ceiling insulation is defined as insulation being closer than three inches (311) to the fixture at any point. This fixture is "Type DC-1C1' . All recessed incandescent fixtures, in insulated ceilings, not indicated "TP" or "SC" in Fixture Schedule, shall be "DC-IC" . D. Suspended Ceiling: Fixtures which are UL labeled "Suitable for ` use in suspended ceilings only" may be used only in suspended ceilings with no insulation in the vicinity. These .fixtures I are shown as "Type SC" in the lighting fixture remarks column. Use of these fixtures is permitted only in accordance with UL letter. dated December 31, 1981, and as recognized by the code authority. 2 .7 EXIT SIGN WIRING A. Fixtures shall be provided with at least two (2) lamps. B. Two (2) separate circuits; one for normal supply and one for i emergency (one half of lamps served from each) shall be provided in all exit signs. I 16500 - 3 I ,.,. WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16500 TIGARD BRANCH LIGHTING 3 .2 LAMPS A. Provide all new lamps delivered to project in original manufacturer's cartons. Factory prel.amped fluorescent fixtures are approved for use. Clean fixtures and replace damaged or faulty lamps and equipment to provide proper operation not more than 14 days prior to substantial completion. 3 . 3 FLUORESCENT EMERGENCY BALLASTS A. Provide fluorescent emergency ballasts in all fixtures on emergency circuits and fixtures on split normal/emergency circuits. Exceptions as noted on drawings. 3 .4 FIXTURES MOUNTED ADJACENT TO INSULATION A. Provide barrier to prevent insulation from coming in contact with fixture, unless fixture is approved for installation in contact with such insulation. Option: Coordinate with General Contractor for provision of barriers by others. 3 . 5 FIRE RATED STRUCTURE A. Coordinate with installer of suspended ceiling, fire rated wall etc. , such that electrical work does not compromise the fire rating. Provide "tents" over light Fixtures in ceilings unless these are provided by ceiling intal.ler. 3 . 6 SPACERS A. Provide as required by code and as recommended by manufacturer. 3 . 7 .LIGHT FIXTURE BASES A. Provide light pole base for pole light fixtures. END OF' SECTION 16500 - 5 I N WASHINGTON MSECTION 16700UT[1AL FINANCIAL GROUP COMMUNICATIONS TIGARD BRANCH 3 . 2 WIRING A. Provide raceways as required by code (refer specifically to the LJ following) : 11 NEC 300-22: "Wiring in Ducts, Plenums, and other air-handling spaces" . Note: For this project, ceiling cavities are riot used as plenums for return air. {� NEC 720: "Circuits and Equipment operating at less than 50 �J volts" i NEC 725: "Class 1, Class 2 , and Class 3 Remote-Control , Signalling and Power-Limited Circuitu" NEC 760: "Fire Protective Signaling Systems" END OF SECTION l� I t� t f� 16700 - 2 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16700 COMMUNICATIONS ITIGARD BRANCH PART 1 - GENERAL 1. 1 DESCRIPTION A. All signal communications and control systems such as fire alarm (with the exception of those designated as "Raceway" systems only) shall be furnished or provided by "signal system suppliers" or "signal system subcontractors" hereinafter call "signal subcontractors" who maintain a staff of competent technicians in the project general area capable of providing maintenance and repair work for these systems on a contract or job order basis. Project general area shall be interpreted to mean within 150 miles. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 RACEWAYS AND CONDUCTORS A. Same as specified hereinbefore, except conductor type and size shall be as required to suit the system involved. 2 . 2 CABINETS, ENCLOSURES, ETC. A. As specified hereinbefore. PART 3 - INSTALLATION 3 . 1 SIGNAL SUBCONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS A. Determine the system raceway wiring and outlet box requirements prior to bidding and if different from those shown, notify Contractor of such requirements to allow required modifications to be included in the bid price without additional cost to the Owner. 1. Conduct an instruction session during which installation instructions are given to contractor's installation crew. 2 . Identify all wire terminations and connections. 3 . Check all equipment.. 4 . Arrange and supervise all, testing during and af*er installation. a. Write letter of certification to the Architect at completion stating that system is complete and functioning in accordance with plans and specifications. 16700 - 1 _ 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16740 TIGARD BRANCH TELEPHONE SYSTEM C. Bends: No more than (2) ; 241" minimum radius, schedule 80 PVC (or , concrete encased schedule DB) . D. 4 '-0" x 4 '-0" terminal board (or as coordinated) required. 3 .2 OWNER SYSTEM A. 4 ' -0" x 4 '-0" terminal board. B. Provide (4) duplex convenience receptacle. C. Raceways for future wiringb others shall be run concealed, Y terminating in an insulating bushing at each end. A 14 gauge drag wire shall be pulled into each raceway and left in place for i the installation of wiring by others. i 3 .3 TERMINAL BOARDS ! j A. Mount securely to structure; 301' above floor; label "Telco l + Communications use only" or "Owner use only" as applicable. B. Provide adi-.,.;ent 20 amp 120 volt duplex convenience outlet. C. Provide copper ground wire power service ground - see Section �l 16450. D. Assure 36" minimum clearance in front of terminal board. END OF SECTION �i 16740 2 1 51 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16740 TIGARD BRANCH TELEPHONE SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1. 1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: Provide the following: 1. Access through the building. 2 . Conductors. 3 . Raceways with pull wires in walls on floors where access through ceiling cavities is not possible. 4 . Telco service raceways and terminal board. 5. Owner terminal board. 1� 2 NOTIFICATION A. Contact Telco 45 days prior to date of service requirement. B. Conform with Telco requirements or pay any charges resulting from failure to do so. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 RACEWAYS A. Raceways shall be 3/4-inch EMT or larger as required and as noted otherwise on the drawings. 2 . 2 OUTLETS A. outlets shall be 4-S box with single gang ring. 2 . 3 PLATES (None Required. ) 2 .4 STATION WIRING (None Required. ) 2 . 5 TERMINAL BOARDS A. 3/4 inch fire retardant treated plywood 4 '-0" x 4 ' -011 . Paint to match adjacent wall color. PART 3 - EXECUTION I3 . 1 SERVICE RACEWAYS (TELCO) A. PVC schedule PB; minimum 30" depth. IB. Equipment with marked pull tape (so wall to wall cable length can be determined) . 16740 - 1 I WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16741 ' TIGARD BRANCH TELEPHONE AND DATA CABLING SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1. 1 DESCRIPT.TON A. Work Included: Provide all materials, equipment, labor, and supplies necessary for the complete cable and terminal systems as shown on the drawings and specified herein including terminal strips. Instruments will. be provided at a later date by Owner. B. Cabling by Owner shall be "plenum" rated and raceways will not be required within accessible ceilings or in unfinished accessible spaces. 1 . 2 RELATED WORK A. See Specification Section 16700 Communications and 16740 Telephone System. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 CABLE A. To be furnished by Owner. 2 . 2 TERMINAL BLOCKS A. To be furnished by Owner. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 INSTALLATION A. Open cables shall be supported 48" on center using "ty-raps" or "bridle" rings or approved. 3 . 2 TERMINALS A. Mount securely to terminal board. B. Provide adjacent double duplex convenience outlet. C. Provide #10 AWG copper ground wire from nearest accessible cold water plumbing pipe. D. Terminate and label all station cables utilizing .room numbers for identification. END OF SECTION ' 16741 - 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL G1'0UP SECTION 16745 TIGARD BRANCH BANK SECURITY PART 3 - EXECUTION ' 3 . 1 INSTALLATION ' A. Raceways shall be run concealed, terminating in a flush mounted outlet box with plate, at the locations shown on the drawings. Where cable is not required, a steel 10 gauge pull wire, or ' nylon cord, shall be pulled into each raceway and left in place for the installation of wiring by others. B. Comply with installation instructions. Obtain drawings from t Allied Safe and Vault (Bank vault and security systems) and Diebold (Automatic Teller Machine) . Work shown there on to be performed by Owner or Contractor shall be included in bid. END OF SECTION t 1 1 1 16745 2 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP TIGARD BRANCH SECTION 16745 BANK SECURITY --------------- PART 1 - GENERAL 1. 1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Provide all materials, e supplies necessary for the complete racewaypandtcableosysand tems as shown on the drawings and specified herein. The system consists of raceway, outlet and junction boxes, conductors, cables, and plates only. Terminations, connections equipment will be provided at a later date b and y others. B. System - Components: Provide for comr-,unication, signalling, data transfer, and power to the following: I . Vault monitoring and power. 2. Automatic Teller Machine (ATM) . 3 • Drive Up pneumatic tube and communications. 4• Drive up lane control signs. 5. Miscellaneous monitoring and alarm raceway and cabling n g 1.2 RELATED WORK A. See Specification Section 16700, Communications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2. 1 RACEWAYS A. Raceways shall be 3/4-inch EMT, unless noted otherwise on the drawings. 2 . 2 OUTLETS A. (If not specified otherwise on drawings. ) Outlets shallbe minimum 4-S box with single gang ring and blank plate. B. Refer to Specification Section 16130, Boxes, 2. 3 PLATES A. (If not specified otherwise on drawings. ) Plates shall be flush mounted of the type and finish specified for wiring devices. Re.fe.r. to Specification Section 16144 . 16745 - 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16950 TIGARD BRANCH TESTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 DESCRIPTION A. Perform test of the electrical installation to assure compliance with code and proper system operation. 1. 2 DIVISION OF WORK A. The following shall be performed under this division of the work.. 1 . Circuit Tests - Low Voltage 2. . Motor Tests 3 . Grounding 4 . Emergency Battery Test 5. Test Fire Alarm System in Fire Marshal 's presence and obtain his approval for Owner occupancy. 6. Other systems as specified in the pertinent section. 7 . Submit these reports as required by Section 16010 1. 3 TEST REPORTS A. Submit four copies of certified test reports for all tests listed in this and other Division 16 sections. Insert copy into O&M Manual . 1.4 SCHEDULE A. Notify Engineer 10 working days prior to performance of any test. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 MATERIALS AND INSTRUME11TATION A. All shall be provided by and remain the property of the Contractor or Testing Agency . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 CIRCUIT TES'T'S - LOW VOLTAGE A. Test all new feeders shown on schematic electrical schematic. drawings. Test all wiring and �onnecti.ons for continuity and ground before any fixtures or other loads are connected. Tests shall be made with a 500 . minimum DC "Megger" type tester. If tests indicate faulty insulation (less than 2 megohms) such defects shall be corrected and tested again. Contractor shall provide all apparatus and material required to make test and shall bear all expenses of required testing. .16950 - 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16950 TIGARD BRANCH — TESTING B. Tabulate test values on electrical. distribution system meq tests and submit. 3. 2 MOTOR TESTS A. Check all motors for proper rotation and for actual load current. Submit: tabulation of motor currents (operating under available load) for all motors 1/2 HP or large after the HVAC system has been balanced. 3. 3 TRANSFORMER AND POWER LIME CONDITIONER TAPS A. After facility is fully operational and all systems are on line, change taps or coordinate with utility for rated volt output. 3 .4 FIRE ALARM (PINELAKE BRANCH ONLY. ) A. Refer to Section 16721. �l 3 . 5 SCHEDULE J A. Notify Engineer 10 working days prior to performance of any test. END OF SECTION IJ (l El �J �I �1 �l 16950 - Form 2a SUMMARY Project 1. Protect name__ SAWAV_WGS &VJK S /NGN Mu AL For building agency use only 2. Protect address ((�/l�fjW t7��f Budding permit number 3. City/town 7,1614105 , ORE60k, Plan checked by A. Building area (sf) _ 3J �Q F( Approved by New construction — Notes and comments. �— New addition Interior remodel Attached Compliance paths for new or alterations to Compliance path for new or alterations to lighting Forms exterior building envelope. Check only one: systems: Form 3aForm Sa Check boxes to X Prescriptive Path � Interior Liehting Power r.dreatedff�� Form 3b �, Form 5b arached forms lJ Component Perforr•ance Path I!`- Interior Switching and Luminaire Count Compliance path for new or alterations to HVAC Form 5c and plumbing systems: ® Exterior Lighting Form »a Systems Doeu- # of Pages i Description of Document merits Enter all supoorr,no calculations. lest ~— — reoors and catalog cuts —---- --- I Applicant M 1C HA Z �BAtu S 5. Name of applicant i u�alCO�I 8. Firm , company _.— C""NSU L T 4-A-1 r s 6. Representing MECN./ELEC . 9. Telephone number i��g 7. Sianatured/ J�' to. Date Form :3a PRESCRIPTIVE PATH .ulding 4. wall area(s1) 1. Root area (sf) Areas 2. Skylight area (sf) 5. Glazing area(st) 3. Divide line 2 by line 1. Use this 6. Divide line 5 by line 4 Use this r (value for your Actual Percent Skylight I value for your Actual Percent Glazing I f O (� — E F I G Compliance Criteria A B C Actual Climate — values Zone 1 _Minimum Single Double I Single U•Valuel Double !U•Value.iU-Value �7 See figure 3a for Glazing Type I Glazed Glazed I Glazed 0.5 1 Glazed I 0.6 ! 0.5 _ armare zones. Glazing Maximum SC NIA l N/A I 0.6 0.5 N A 0.6 0.4 e`] (cooled buildings) ^ I! SC= Shading Maximum / tr0efLCienf_ 9°'io 17% 18% 21°0 l 27°° 37°'° 46% � � A Percent Glazing P.- Total Ewall I Minimum Ri 5 5 10 5 I 10 i 10 i 10 Thermal -- Resisrahce The I Minimum Rt I 13 13 13 I 13 I 13 13 13 sum of the Roof/ iwithout skvliaht) resistance for all Ceiling Minimum Rt -� of the individual 17 1 7 17 17 1 17 I 1 comoonents of lup to 3%skylight) the assembly Slab on- Minimum R ValueI . 4.5' 4.5' a.5' �4.5i �) Grade I (unheated slab) _ '5 8 for heated s,ac Floor Minimum R. 13 I 13 13 I 13 13 13 13 I7. Does design meet target? Enter one of the package letter (A G) if all the comoonents meet the I C criteria. Otherwise try Form 3b ClimateG Actual Compliance Criteria I A B I C D i E F �— Values Zone 2 1 . . _ 1--�— 1 Minimum Single Double SingleIU-Value! Doubie U-Value U-Value l See figure 3a fpr Glaz na Type I Glazed Glazed Glazed I 0.5 Glazed 0.6 0 5 c mate zones I Maximum SC I N!A� N!A I 0.6 0.5 I N A 0.6 04 Glazing ! 'cooled buildinas) i I _ SC Shad nq l Maximum 5'/° y°i, t5°o 21% i 219 29'� I 36% l Coefficiei r Percent Glazing R•= Tota! Thermal wall I Minimum R, -; 5 5 I 10 5 i 10 10 10 Resistance The ----+ m of the Minimum R. I I 16 su16 I 16716 I 16 16 16 resistance for all of Root ! (without skylight) the individual 24 comconenrs of the Ceiling Minimum Ri I 24 I 24 24 24 24 24 (up to 30b skylight) assembly -i Slab-on- Minimum R-Value 5.8' 5.8' I 5.8' i 5.8' i 5 6' S.6' 58, 3 2 for heated Grade (unheated slab) , slap Floor Minimum Ri t 3 I 13 13 I 13 13 13 13 l l a 8. Does design meet target? Enter one of the package letter(A-G)if all the comoonents meet the f Criteria. Otherwise. try Foirn 3b Envelope Slab-on-Grade I Perimeter insulation installed with minimum total distance No /1 1, I Floor of 24 inches per the Code. Section 5303(d) I �� _ ter rhe Manufactured doors and windows are certified and building O � D�O Air Leaka e reference to plans g l lo.nts are sealed per the Code. Section 5303(e) and specifications --� VaDor barrier material is rated at one perm or less. and L� Moisture Cornrol Insl3lled per the the Code. Section 5303(f) *6r, ' I 1 Worksheet 3d AVERAGE THERMAL VALUES Gazing (°) (b) 1a (C) Multiply Shading Multiply Values s ft. U-Value (b) by (c) Coefficient' (b)by (e)' Glazing Type ( Q ) 'For wrNpo L 5 L378 p 71 2h� 0. 73 z76 mechanical ENTRY °W-E cooled budding only FiTotal columns (b). (d) 8 (1) I ?,7g f �I L7Averageermal transmittance. Drvide� (d)by/(b) , 71 Check box to hading coefficient. Divide)t7(f)by/(b) - —I 732 ,how j;how source for U From test reports U-value and SC � L�From Table 3d L From ASHRAE tables Wall (a) (b) (C) (d) Area Divide Values Wall Type (sp n l R1 Value (b)by(c) _ -- - Total Therma' A- Reslsrance(Rt) OPAQUE ExT WALL- NeICK BENE 161 � s rhe sum of the resistance for ari pPA UE X TUJAL L - E I F S (OR Y V i T 18o of(he individual .p components of UE !ne assembly 4 OPA EXT, POO/e � I ___i '-"— 4. Total columns (b) & (d) Check box to 5. AN,erage RL Divide 4(b) by 4 (d) _ — show source for r_I From test reports From ASHRAE methods Rt v-31ue. L From worksheets 3a i (b) (c) I - (d) -- Roof (°) Area Divide Values Rool Type I ISq I' t �� R:Value (bl by Ic1 13 INsvLATEd GGbop DEc K 6. Total columns (b) & (d) ?J 3 qV Y I 7. Average Rt Divide 6(b) by 6 (d) I 24-, „heck box t0 - snow source From worksheets 3b �� From test reports _ From ASHRAE methods of Rr value Worksheets 3-15, 001991 O1991 Form 4a - Page 1 SYSTEMS Holing (a) (b) (c) (d)' .00l — Exceptions: (from the Code. Section 5304 (a) 1) witOutdoor Cooling with Less than Less than Heat Fan System Fan System Outdoor Air? 5,000 cfm? 134 Mbh^ Recovery? Others Air I,p Description I (Y/N) (Y/N) (Y!N) !O'/N) - Each ran system ROOFTOP A C n ' ,Hall be designed 1I v` 7- to use outdoor air /�Cu I N !or cooling __ --- --- see instructions ror, Abu_ N sysrems exempt ----- i om these - ,epuuernenrs 1NP01 ---- - -- - �,r?orn DEsr�N- � I e, 01j_V 60N71Pi CACA Simultane- Requirements Reference to Plans ous Type of System (from the Code. Section 5304 (a) 4) and Specifications Heating - -- and Multiple Zone with Supplied air is automatically reset to the warmest temperature i NOT IT Reheat' possible 1 -'poling _ I -- — Single Zone Reheat and cooling is automatically sequenced See instruc;ron5 with Reheat for systems exempt_ --- Cold(and hot)deck supply air is automatically reset to the rom mese Dual-duct & Multizone I warmest (and coolest)temperature possible requ.rements I -- `-` All Systems j Supplied air is automatically reset to the coolest temperature with Recool' I possible Concurrent Heat and For concurrent operation to a space heating and cooling is Cooling automatically sequenced and heating is limited Reference to Plans Equipment Reauireents l m Perform- Type of Equipment (from the Code. Section 5304) I and SpecdreaUons anr_eMechanical Ventilation i Provided with a readily accessable shutoff to each System i mechanical ventilation systom Unitary AC and Efficiency rating in accordance with the Code Table 53-E Heat Pump — Water Chilling Efficiency rating in accordance with the Code. Table 53-F Pachages _ - Water Cooled Efficiency rating in accordance with the Code. Table 53-G Heat Pump Package Terminal ACI Efficiency rating in accordance with the Code. Table 53-H I N and Heat Pump J ---� Heat Operated53-1I N I Cooling Equipment Efficiency rating m accordance with the Code. Table Boilers Efficierr.y rating in accordance with the Code. Table 53-Lthe N Furnaces. Unit ; Efficiency rating in accordance with the Code. Table 53- Heaters. Duct Heaters I All Heat Pumps Equipped with controls to prevent heater to operate whe healing load can be met by the compressor only Form 4a - Page 2 SYSTEMS J u c t � — ------ Insulation Duct System Duct Locabon Regwrements Reference to Plans (from the Code, Section 5304(c)) and Specifications Heating Zone in On roof or '— heating degree I on exterior of bldg R-6.3 with a vapor and weatherproof barrier NIA nays rHD01 EAsgarages,t =below 4500 R 4.2 with a vapor aad;vetkhrerry1 barner2-4501 to 8000 Cooling crawl space 3.over 8001 System In walls, within floor-ceiling spaces R 4.2 with a vapor a+,o waatbec�ea4 barrier J� / See Table 53-K• Concrete slab or I 'v from the Code, for under ground R-4 or better other acceptable rnsulat,on types, On roof or Zone 1 R-2.1, Zone 2: R-4.2. / on exterior of bldg Zone 3' R-6.3 Vapor barrier Attics,garages. `— Mater al with a Heating and crawl space I Zone 1: R-2.1, Zones 2 and 3 R-4.2 perm rating not System exceeding 0.5 In walls. within perm Allfornts to floor-ceiling spaces Zone 1 R-2.1, Zones 2 and 3: R 4 2 J/ be sealed. Concrete slab or� I — under ground R-4 or better —� System ------ — --. Control Type Requirements Reference to Plans (from the Code, Section 5306) and Specifications Thermostatic I Temperature range: heating (55.75), cooling (70-85), and bath heating Control and cooling (55.85)with up to 10 degrees between full heating!cooling Humidifier & Provided with controls to prevent new energy to be used between 30 to L—nehumidifier 60 percent relative humidity Temperature --— -- Zoning I Thermostat for each HVAC system and floor Setback and Setback and shutolf controls for each HVAC system Dead band IL Shutoff —thermostat for boln heating and cooling system (68-75) Misc. — Piping andEMe�c e RequirementsReference to Plans (from the Code. Section 530- - 5308) at, Plumbing ' d Specifications nical g Thermally insulated in accordance with the Code. Section 5307 Showers Provided with a flow-r;ontrol device to prevent flow over 3 gpmd Lavatory I Provided with dev ces to prevent Ilow over 0.5 gpm and outlet /1 _ temperature of 1 10 degrees Circulanon I — System Thermaliy insulated in accordance with the Code. Section 5308(c) N A Heating Piping Thermally insulated in accordance with the Code. Section 5308(c) I NI 1A T HOI Water —— Controls Hot waler temperature is adjustable and automatically regulated Hot Water I Provided with a shut-off devise to each hot water supply system: System —electric . swilrh, gas or oil - valve omments I l.�Ta3+ ' LI19 CONSUCTAIITS;;P.s., PROJECT_. T'/GARP fd6lttsi.0-vje.South;;.Suite.200 PROD NO:.2038- I�gt 98104 - L' . DATE:.10-01-9(1 G� BY: MAQ w r r:•nu= 1: _ PAGE: 1 ..?�I!-VALUE,CALCULATONS - PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY NAME AND DESCRIPTION: OPAQUE EXTERIOR WALL - BRICK VENEER - REFERENCE/TYPE. NO.: LIST OF CONSTRUCTION R-VALUE 9-VALUE SECTION NENTS ____ COMPO _ BETWEEN FRAMING AT FRAMING 1. OUISIDE AIR, FILM 0.17 0.17 2. 3.5" BRICK VENEER 0.39 0.39 (R=.11 PER INCH) 3. 2" AIR SPACE. 0.90 0.90 4. 2 X 6 WOOD STUDS 5.50 5. R-19 BATTS INSUI 19.00 6. 5/8" GWB 0.56 0.56 7. 8. 9. 10. INSIDE AIR FILM 0.68 0.68 insulated Fraction: 0.8 TOTAL RESISTANCE (R): 21.70 A.20 Framed Fraction: 0.2 U-VALUE (1/R): 0.046 0.122 U (avg) =(Insulated Fraction-Insulated U-Value) • (Framed Fraction"Framed U U-Value) U (avg) _ 0.061 1._ PROJECT: `IABACUS CONSULTANTS, P-S_ PROJ N0: 2038-018 ;i316'Oca dentaC:Av_e^ve Souttr, Suite 200 DATE 6-7.1-90 SeaLtC^; Vashin4ton-..981G4 BY: MAO PAGE: 1 U-VALUE CALLULATONS - PROPOSED-CONSTRUCTION ASSEMBLY ASSEMB Y NAME AND DESCRIPTION: OPAQUE EXTERIOR WALL E.I.F.S. (DRYVIT) I REFERE CE/TYPE NO.: LIST OF CONSTRUCffON R.-VALUE R-VALUE COMPONENTS BETWEEN FRAMING AT FRAMING --. SECTION --_.. _______ 1. OUTSIDE AIR FILM 0.17 0.17 2. F_.l.f.s. - 1.5.. 6.50 6.50 (DRYVIT) 0.45 3. .5" GYP SHEATHING 0.45 4. 9" AIR SPACE 0.91 0.01 5.50 5. 2 X 6 WOOD STUDS 6, R-19 BATTS INSUL 19.00 7 5/8" GWB 0.56 0.56 8. 9. 10. INSIDE AIR FILM 0.68 0.68 ............. ........ Insula ed Fraction: 0.8 TOTAL. RESISTANCE (R): 28.27 14.77 0.2 U-VALUE (1/R): 0.035 0.068 Framed Fraction: U (avg' =(Insulated Fraction•InsuLated U-Value) + (Framed Fraction'Framed U U-Value) U (avg' = 0.042 w"ww w ti;. ABACUS CONSULTANTS, P.S. PROJECT: �(�AICIJ 316 Occidertal Avenue South Suite 200 PROD NO: 2038-918 _Seattic,-Washington 98104 DATE: 5-14-90 BY: MAO PACE: U-VALU. CALCULAIONS - PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION ASSEMBLY ---------------------------------------------------- ASSEMB_Y NAME AND DESCRIPTION: ROOF REFERE,CF./TYPE NO.: LIST OF CONSTRUCTION R-VALUE R-VALUE SECTION COMPONENTS BETWEEN FRAMING AT FRAMING 1. OUTSIDE. AIR FILM 0.17 0.17 2. BUILT-UP ROOFING 0.33 0.33 3. R-30 RIGID INSULATION 30.00 4. 5/8" PLYWOOD 0.77 0.77 5. DEAD AIR SPACE 0.84 0.84 6. .5" ACCOST TILE CEILING 1.19 1.19 7. 8. 9. 10. INSIDE AIR FILM 0.61 0.61 Insulated Fraction: 0.95 TOTAL. RESISTANCF (R): 33.91 3.91 Framed Fraction: 0.05 U-VALUE (1/R): 0.029 0.256 U (avcl =(Insulnted Frection•Insulated U-Value) + (Framed Fraction•Framed U U-Value) U (Svc) = 0.041 "FRAMED FRACTION" OCCURS AT ROOF DRAINS AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CURBS. +tet t■! w � wi qtr � Form 5a INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER (c) (d) (e) 'Interior (a) (b) Multiply Power Density Floor Area AAghtingSpace Type (W/si) (sf) (c)by(d) PowerOccupancy Group BuagetB_2 Uffice 1 •7 3 391 5765 _ 1. Total Interior Lighting Power Budget(W). Add amounts in column(e) _ ��' Optional Control Credits' Interior ( (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) T (t) — I,ighting L�.minaire oescrption. Lumin- From Quantity (g) (h) Quantity (j) wire Tab. of Power. Fixture Lum. Lar—rips-- Power 5a? Lumi- Multiply Control PAF with Multiply (W) (Y/N) nacres (c)by(e) Code Value Controls (c)x(h)x � � MCI l I.D. Ballasts - 'Columns(g) through U!are Recessed Trof -er yUll' r'>,ll�b � ,kgs optional. If A 3-F32T8 107 Y 26 2782 controls are used, __ Ener S a v i n enter the PAF Recessed Trof el i: value from Control 2-F 4 U U 72 Y 14 1008 Code Table below B Energy Savin ow If you have more Recessed own- Iuminave 1 ig h t 1 5 R 16 65 N 6 390 typesrconrrols or C N,A,_ 1 Homs than can lit -- Recessed Wall this form, We �— two or more forms D LNI h 1 R 1 6 5 N 1 8 1 170 together as Shown . a ` ' _ ( � (1 �' 18 nr r• 4} , W below. identfy Fuor. DOWn- each page by E light 2-1355 34 Y 2 68 circling the Cf t^ -- aocrooreateNo Standard Wall Fluor. 105 F 1 -F20 35 N 3 Standard _ Undercabinet 2 G Fluor. 1 -F40 54, Y 2 108 Standard _ L3 a �- 5 `— 2. Total columns(t) 3 Q) 5631 3. Total Adjusted Lighting Power A. Subtract 2(j) from 211]1 15631 8 Y 4. Does design meet target'? Enter"Y"it line 3 is less th, line 1. Othew�ise,redesign. _ Code PAF Other Control)Types r Code PA� 'ontrol ---^- neyiight Sensing_ —On/Ulf p 0.15 O 0.10 Programmable Timing ,ode M 0,20 Lumen Maintenance L 0.10 Table Multi-Stepped Dimm,ng C 0.30 Occupa icy Sensor g 0.30 Continuous Dimming 101991 Forth 5b INTERIOR SWITCHING & LUMINAIRE COUNT Note 1: Check it (a) (b) (c I (d) Count of Interior Non exempted Luminaires and Control Type space is under 400stand has o N 3 j;" 1.D. 1.D. 1.D. 1.D. 1.D, 1.D. 1.D. I.D. 1.D. I.D., 1.D, I.U. I.D. individual local v0o0 � 0 ( If If 1 ( I controls. y c d c c c c w > w w Code Code Code Code Code Code Code Cade Code,Code Code Code Code Note 2: Check Room Number � .� o " space is over 400 or Description (✓) (✓) (✓) sr and has controls to decrease lighting 10 1 10 2 _ X X 18 1 6 power by one-half, white l 1 0 3 X 3 6 marnantng partial —— lighting thoughcut 1 0 4 X 3 6 6 the space. — I Note d: Check d 1 0 5 X space has windows and has 1 0 7 X 4 __ controls to turn off fixtures nearest to 108 X 1 windows _ -- Column(e),enter 1 1 0 X the luminaire identification 111 X 1 number. If -- lighting control is used.enter rhe 1 1 3 X 2 control code fro Control Codem Table below. 1 If you have more 1 1 5 X 1 luminaire typesicontrols or 1 16 X rooms than can!it on this form, rile 1 17 X 2 two or more forms — together as shown below. 1 1 8 X 2. 2 _ Identify each page by circling _ the approoreate — -- tile. 1A 18 1C - 2A 28 2C 3A 38 3C 4A 48 4C I 1. Total luminaires 26 L14 6 18 2 3 2 �1 :ontrol Daylight Sensing Code Other Control Types Code Code On/Off 0 Programmabie Timing P Table Multi-Stepped Dimming M Lumen Maintenance L Continuous Dimming C Occupancy Sensor S 1107591 Form 5c EXTERIOR LIGHTING Lighting f 1. Length of building perimeter(ft) __237 Power F2. Budget Total Exterior Lighting Flower Budget(W). Multiply fne 1 by 7.5 1 775 b — (C) Exterior (a) - O Count of Exterior Non exempted Luminaires Luminaire Automatic Lum. Lum. Lum. Lum. Lum. Lum. Lum. Lum. Count Type of Controls? I.D. 1.D. 1.D. I I.D. I.D. i.D. 1.D. 1.D. Exterior Lighting (Y/N)' All exterior - — — iuminaires must have auromatic Drive — Thru Y -- cortrols Entrance Y - — S igns —.� N �- 3. Total luminaires Exterior (a) (b) Luminaire Descnpuan: (c) (d) (e) () Fixture Luminaire From T--- Multiply Lighting Power Table Sa? Number Py PL%Wer Luminaire Lamps — (W) (YM) of Luminaires (c)by(e) LD. Y- Ballasts _-- I __-- ---- --S1ara.L 142 4 5 6 8 — _—_ N 2 Exempt I — 100 J _ 142 Y 2 284 _.-F1,aa.rLs'14h_t 2 284 K — 14"l �- Y na► - pQn Q ii rtn � 500 N 4 Exempt Signs -� — -� - i 4. Total Exterior Lighting Power(W)• Total amounts in column(0 redesign. 5. Does design meet target^ Y Enter' 'if line 4 is less than line Z. Otherwise, t�oreo� 5303 UNIronm nimmmn cone 19e8 EDITION IJ 4.Slob-Anil-grnde flonls.I.a vinl,..Ifµrmlr Ilooty,fill-Is 111114.1"1 ill lilt,Ill1ul shall be IIIAlrrinled will)n 111niviIIII bovillp II a111•IIm1111•x11a111,1'1.1:11111'(itI full ll•xs 1. IICa,Ilsg rrlrerip rill-flrrllrAl over IIIIIII'll(1'll span•+.1'hc flour of n hcmcd r than those speclfied lu'lllhlr No.51.A. spnce lurnted liver nn unhenard spnce shall hnve a thernmi tlansmisaanre value 1'lie Insulation shall extend dnwnwn,d Irma tilt-In• (U.)not exceeding 0.09. l n(do.Inb nn n 11111111110 .1lentig rrla for Binh-nn-grade floors,For Blah-nn-prude rlonrs,,he dlslnnce of 24 inches lir downanul In the bolhnn of the slab.111,-1)hm0nnnnlly 4 beneath the slnb fur n minimum inial Ilklulce ill 2q ill,loci, perinuler ofnIhcrlleflax shall be insulated with n Im etial hnving a Ihennnl resis- EAC1SMON:I unu......111hic ANN.file Insuhahal%111111curuddalvrrlcnlll hum lance value(R)not less Ihnn(hose specif ied in Uble No.31-A. r-4S ,j [/ the 1np o(Ihc xlnh m Ihr Ie,umu of Ihr thlckrnnl cdpr The Insulation shall extend downward from the top or the Allah far a minimum d)Usher tlulldings,l'he fallowing pnlvhluns shall apply In all hullhn!v and distance of 24 Inches or downward,n the txlttmn or the Allah.Ihrn horbonlnily slruclures,urporllons thereof,except those covrn'd willdn Suhseclioll Icl pi111ve. beneath the AlInM rot,n minimum Intal distance of 24 incites, E%CEI'ilONt IIulldhyN 1hn1 rumply Ivllh the runUt,elliu nnJ Ihvu nn uirr- EXCEPT ION:ror mnnolllhic AllOhs,lite iaaulnllun shall afend dnwnwnnl from p I the II.p of Ihr.Inh m Inc hill Into or file IhlrMcncd wipe. I meals In 11h1e No.11 II and with one of u1c nhrnmfive exlydnr'A'111 pnrhnprs In 5 Cooling crilerla file walls.All buildings and struclures,lir pntlions Ihcmur, lhble Nn!]-C xhnll he drcuwd m u1rc1 Ihr lcquhcnlrnls ul fi1k snba•rtinn CunlponeN tr.lulrenlnus apply In the rnUrr IndldinR.Whole p:n Is All Ihr lvuf, ahnl are mechanically cooled shall have an overall thermal atanafer value for the wall or floor it r.ui R-value diffcrnfi front olh'll pat Is,nn ole[ASIA hunt 11 r•11uc gross arca of exterior walls nal excerdinp Ihnse specified in Ilible No.51-A.The shall he determined using the welglued avcrape Icehnique shwa n In IignntJl,II overall thermal transfer value,O1 rV,far fine Rnns limn of exlerinr walls is to he 51.1, computed using Equnainn 53-4. A (U..II x A.,a x TbpQIU 1 I (At x Sp x SC) 4 ,x A,x eT) R. "--- — (51 1) p'r•)'V (AIIRI)+ (A,111t) I . . .rlc. A. 11 IIrRV: ................... ..(51-4) R. weirOren ed nvrrnµc rand if value of entire wail,roof fir fhnlr arca, NOTR:Where more than tine lypeorwait nnd/orfcneatrnlion 1%used,fife lams A. - the gals,nteu of cnHlc wall,loaf Air I brut, shall be expanded into subelemen,s,ns: AI,Aj,elc. area of each purl. R 1•R„elc. - maul R-vnluc drench pnrl. (U.,I, x A..0 x TbpQ) + (U..0 x A..,,, x TbpQI),enc. 1vfIERM I,IlealingcrllerlarorwollsAll bulldingsnndslrut,,mrs,nlpurlinnxahrrcul OTTV overall lhrrmnllronsrervalue. r• ,het are heated shall have a co,mbined dlrnnnl Ir msmhhmlc vuhle(U.)for fine U.,II - the thermal anmsndllance of all eicnlrms of the opaque wnll Oren. gross area ortxlerlor walla nal rxceediag Ihoac specified In 1rlhle Nn.53-A.The 0mfh.11t.;rr combined ihermnl Imnsnnillnnce value(Un)Is In he cmnpolyd using 53.1. IiqunN,l,t A.,II - opnqur wall arca,ra.r A, - fenestrollon nren,ft.1 Wftne walls of mnsnnry(or cnncrele ennslrucllun(ns defined in Chnpler 14 or TbpQ -, value g ven In'I'able No.51•b. 26),having a Will greater Ilinn 25 puundAl persqunre foul are a part of the huiiding SC = shading emmclena or the renes,rnlllnn. tnvtlope,the thermal modslance vnlur of the Innsunry 11,11,shall he doubled ill account for The thermal cnpnelly of Ihr wail. A. = gross arra of exterior walls,n.I Therhlal rosl�tance rrqultenncnN of wails may Ire funhcr nducrd if analysis AT - lentperalure diffemnce between exlerior and Interior design condi autlmrired In Seellon 5101(c)shows lower mmmlnl enerpy com,ungllinn. sonar,ac 2.Ilealhlg t•rllrrin rot-error/celling,All huildhtgs and u,t.L1,11",lir pouians Sr - solar factor value given Mu/h./n.t(Sec Ihble Nn.33-A,) thereof,Ihnl etc healed shall lin ve n cmnhiord thernml Irnnsminmlee vnine(U,,, 'rot MOIJ111ng assemhlles not exceedhng 111-c-(bellied ln'thhir N.1 31-A 'a he R.Cading erheria for rnnUcrllinga.All hullding.e lain structures,or portions �;; @nfnblhbd IhertMll hnnanllamrer value(U„)Is to he cnntpuled usinp Itqunllon 1herenf,that are mcchnnlcally colored shall Itnv^n combined thermal Iranamla- i' �J-1• lance value(U.)for mnrlcelling alormhlics rts specified in Seclion 5.103 for)2 for a r' heating. °` Tee.tl rt, Alp, 6303 j I1NIr Unm NI IH DING CODE toes rrolrloN (e)Alr'.paling%.'I hr rcyu."InvHls ,I filer ruler,l;"n,hall , $303 ingA end slrucnRc,1 find apply nary Ill Ihnac Iur:n illus scpnuuinp Inn,lnnr 1nHlNcnl cnndltlole fmm Inlerlilt spares Ih"1 me heole'l,n nuv honicnlly t (I and life 11nI 2.1?xterlor wnlb of new hutidings xhnH hnvc n vapr,1 harslet inMnllyd when applicnhle In sepnrnliun of Inertial spnecs InuI.cm h arbor.C'ungdinnrc with the Ihrl mal insulation Is Installed.The wnrnl side v"I'm barrier shall llnve a I perm criteria for file IenknpC shall he dch rmiucd by Irrly based un app ltlifl c cn„inoer dry cup raring or Iesa. Ing principles. proved vapor borderhavingg, in All xatLlrpctf�oprnfl"Iornil 111(hntlphc nabovelled nlfile forinl exttrrlor wlminlwsl swi Iginp 11 Nll.aele llll II AII,NI pI 1(a IIIIN/rIa aI1nIjr 1I I1['ecrlificd ll warm(in winter)side of the irsulalion. rhe vapor harrier need nal be an integral using ASTM 13 2RJ "Slmtdard'icxl Mrlhnds lar time of Air Leakage Ihrnuplt Part of the in.adnfinn nmlcrial, in the ceiling. fhmges shall he lapped at the Gxtcrlor Windows,Curinln Walls and Dnolr"'Ices+shall i c c,1nducicli fir n framing mnnhcr,1.See Section 32(11(c)for requited ventilation. diffelenllAl ptrnn11re"f 1.17 plulluk pct AyIImC fIN11(egIllValCIll Ill 11 I"pIl tlof t VX(,EP I'I(1N:When insuinfion Is In+failed in reilinps In an exisllnp atuclurc Contrition). and venrilrolon ie provided As specified in Rerllnn t1H1 tel.a vnp barrier nerd nal he Installed. Resldtstflnl Oulldhlgxl 4,floors nlIwlh new find existing huildinps shall have 6tsanllcd an approved Windows-0.1,full PCI Inns„I sash un[k"aril I)CCCI111N•I 11, 19HN.mal vnporhnrritrhnvinga I pc��dryrupraringotICAIof)the warm(in winter)Weof 0.37 efnt per font of sash UNI'k thrlcallcr life Insulation.Tine vnpor harrier need not he nn integral part of the Insulation Swinging doors-1.11 cfnt per s,llulre,Idol of ill"r area Infill I Ierr llher 11, mnlerlal. 1488,and n.37 cfm per sgmhc foul of(1411,1 n"•u Ihrrcallet. FUTTI HON:Slnh.un pradr Ihsas nrcd nal have n warm side vapor bottler Sliding 0.37doorcr l perj(j iquicill,per s,pmfa fool of dour"tell"Hill 1lecrmbcr•11, 1.(1mund cover,1111111Ile inslnlled on the grnuall bt rrnwl apace for both new And 1988,end 0.37 cfm per syunrc tout"fill area thereafter c%Isfing buildings when lnalllntion Is Inslalled.01"Ould cover shall he h-nil Mark Other flulidlnpsf pldyelhylcne or other approved maerinf of equiv"Icnl perm filling.Ground cover Indow".l,fill per lent of%41111 crock 1111111 UenndN'I 11, 14Np,find fullllwidth andl12 inches at length of the c alwl space find hlfll 1!2 iurh¢s 11p rim foundation rea ding 0.37 cfm pet Gxll of sneh[lock Iheroafler' (;found cover or53-pound roll roofing n nu approved equal(that Is as durable) nall Swinging,rdvnlving or siltNnp d,mn%11111111,11 eAcccd I I elm per lineal tout of door creek. shall be Installed on the ground henenlh concrelc Door slabs. 2.Veen well"evil erelned wlndniw o rllloh hmr frnnnd willefvttnl1,111 dotir wall nml foilumt Winn, Warm-ah, Occu Heating Except Ventilating and Alr-condl(loning Systems ha wrtn wall and M"f,Ilclwecn wall panels,fit prncnnllnns or utility service+ (All Occupartclee Except Orou 'rlNltugh walls floefs nnJ mots find nil"Iher openings in the tateflnr ruvcl,1pt P A,01"1910113 Occupancies) Ser, 5304. (n)Scope. This"',tion nppiics to air duct systems cmpinyinp t mechanical means for the movement of flit used fur warns-air heating,cowling '11111166 AeRferai ih i manner nppmved by the lIvror 1p offlclnl, ventilation,air•cnnditfonin s stems,cahnusl nyslenls and romhinaflon heating f�1+161e1utl6f�nrllnd.'ib rneurt the cfkrllvnless of hrsuhnhm nlnlcrinls anti and air-conditionin s stem,except Ihnr this AcclIc n ahnll nm l 1 In,1 satins d,4e uet!UW haxafd of decoy find#filter degradation dile In crnldensnti41n within fife R Y apply Y r Yltuclurt,Iia!•'Inwing nudslurac"mtt'1 nlenautrs shall he Includedo oft build. for theremoval offiomnlnhte vapors or residuesor mAyA1emAforconvtying dust, Inge end structures`In or , stock or refuse by means of nir currents. 1 Noes:hen„r rciollarrierlod sAllbythiseloper Eor special npplicall"ns such as hmpilnls, I11hurnlnrles,thermally sensitive • WIM0 hId ill gf:riot noNn snpnr barriers Ahall1w htAlnlled on the worm Ride equ(prnent,cmnpurer rooms and manul"c1u1ing processes,the design centile (I�l WI�IIar)Id ill lSft!rint flnnrA,wnitp find rcilings#ff ht"Intl hulldings. mud paraontttn shail conform to rile rcquirenlrnw of the nppllenfiun fit min6num LXCkMf�llVbt I.51nb or prod%nrolrs nrcd nal hove a wnrnl•ddc vnpnr Man energy levels. °:Net I Design parameters.See Section 530.1 in). 1. The building, swift fully requite designed 41418+her control systems foil 2.Conlhtg wild(hlfdoor Air.Each fan system shall he designed to use tip In refrigerated huildinps,Awlnnulnp pIwIA or sindlar b ifldhopA will,anus,") Icnliui (fir The buoistureilding lamaclantoe M' and including"t percent of the fan,1yArem capacity for calling with outdoor air 3. The hullJinp"fflrinl may aoa rpt dcslpnc,Nnul+ulre rnnnnr sysrrn,s whir h Hwy automatically whenever its use will renull In Iowcr usngC of energy than would be Include 6apoi blotters,ventilation,delHnniditirefir'n"r rnnohlmdh,m thread. required under its normal operation. healderillal holldhtgAling with � I,VA11"f hefflers Alinll be IH11"lletl un rile wnI ut sfdc(In wlnlrr)of all blsulntilm F.gCEPmh1N:Coaling with In11dIN+r air is not miuired under any of the follow. Ing candillum: Of Illleifled In Ihit auhstcdoll I. pan system capaclly less than 1,fxxt Y�•f>bb,1! espaeuy. txt0 nor �y• cfm fir 111, h fatal erobnp i, 5�+ 1%9.13 ANDERSEN•BJORNSTAD•KANE•JACOBS,INC. PROJECT DATE coNwlTING FNri1NFFF3 BY SEATTIF..WA ANCHORAGE,AK SUBJECT SHT NO. i PRQ� IN I V ANDERSEN•BJORNSTAD•KANE•JACOBS,INC. PROJECT AT CONSUtTINO ENOINHiE SEATTLE wn ANIJI'IPA,l ,,N SUBJECT /I {r. OC;L M C SHT NO. I /is uL - ) C z �J ANDERSEN•SJORNSTAD• -- KANE•JAC08S,INC, s'EIo Ircr --- SEATTLE,WA CONSULTING ENGINEERS SUB,ICCT ANCH(JFIAGE,AK D --- SHr NO Z FL 7-wP z b` J c�fSr' I z '' T� ( 3 �O e)r'c' IoL— Cie 60 �a /c"e it Tj / z.7 k Q,. CCN.' G�1 V-�X Il �` LMIKMLMRKM �PROJECT ANDERSEN•BJORNSTAD•KANE• CGNSUlTING ENGINEgas P-,P AT T I I WA Jl SUBJECT Z L s w = 2 Y�Y�� LL C�r L--= 53Z Y LF 2JaL (,> f 2 3rf 2.4 f.�'S pry C.E,, = Cam 73Z o-r� DAf� ANDERSEN•SJORNSTAD•KANE•JACOBS,INC. PR(.)IECTW CONSULTING ENGINEEIIS SEAT it E.WA ANia a IHO d At SN NO SUBJECT fC 11 N\� o,c'Z(<c)'_ - .71 IS Z'� �Z c 2�'`{ c) s7(�I r�, ` I, �� t mer' alf a1 wR lw a qm M SIR a+1A QW WIF MW PROJECT D All Y/Lz ANDERSEN•BJORNSTAD•KANE•JACOBS,INC. Z ni III� Wn CONSULTING FNGINR#S I ANCHORAGE,AP 1_.[�+f'T•�" �__ SIIB IF-C-T /� SHT_ NO. - -� rhM, I zi Sb� �_ -6 �f3k ANDERSEN•SJORNSTAD•KANE JACOBS,INC. PROJECT CONSULTING FHOINURS �/ !•7 i,1 WA ANCHORAGE.AK " "I SH NO SUL7JECT VV �C� •• Z.Cn.� ��F- 4j iv\ �tz IU�U -SLS►�tom.. v Lvo(6q) � — PL tj iji 05iy% c rn .91 I ANDERSEN•SJORNSTAD.KANE•JACOBS,INC. Paa�ET 1 LIMlIf Wt. CONMITING ENGINEERS ANCHORAGE, / . r - ANCNORAGE,AK �\��)J� .(., V SU FIJECT — E J - ` SHT No a-Y\ C�•� f PROJECT ANDERSEN•BJORNSTAD•KANE•JACOBS,INC. CONwU1N0 ENOINEHS 1� Jf ��A C�' � ' SEA f WA ANCNORAfiF.AM. SUBJECT 50NO r 41 CST + (c.)(z2 C)6(t] YF jc,�,%77 cep Washington lip Mutual - _ l u.-lel. M 13JAC7 ca1�.?� ism I � �. JVh n c..11..JT"_ r�=-��� .� iA�� 1-012510 ' i7 � fit, � � � � 11 i" /�� ��—•�� �. s" !C`���._..r f r 1 -i----,�� -11 ► rC `� �' - .1�•►j,.. 1�"�- � �..�L,a tQ 'J N + OIL i N 2No RFs G� L.. 'F' Washington Mutual r I AN top A T7 I e9 Imo ! e, it ,4 �✓' ' ELECTRO D e- r + I + 714 RU-V1/A LL + �..., r'ri;•rte: t M GT/�t<V�TTf=t2 t� FLGMOTQ. -T-It^P1�FOfRMlS1°C "r. T11� " DVSHINO, PVC oR MLT'A4. CONDUIT WI•�"'H ( � ` `� � -�.----..••.•.�....-.--...�-.- � SKmLrsr�N NeDN 6LA99 9L'1_"QVQ OVCR cLGCTtIODI!' 90Q-31(d) � ��•' MAINTAIN 1/a." 9PACt�-- 60o-3�f i Washington ^� �s — 'SOLDER CHIGHVOLTAGE oVaOLTTAElG2ME INCOAN1._OsOPCUTGOII?RMutualWashington ORjoIN WmI,4 or-vICr R,y-, NK FOR VOLTAGE_ Ilo-►4(b) "'���' tyaiukNl1�w o►i ��Il�r�v (loov-�(�)(f) TVS� �TAhID SE�u1�R --==- n r..- `J� J11VST [',SIG 15L4L PiftL 11000-�2!!-)�t.`� WMATH1_RPROOP F I ex vp s e v -tom ms2A"r'41• GIItLI/ITGf�N Dt�Urvt+-S J 1 L__J�L�ISl.O�1/VOGT IOOD-2- � I SZ -TZ:D(J )V_J 10, _. { (p� � ��.. This original artwork is protected under T Design No: Date: r Z ) C? Z" Revision: Designer: Federal Comright Laws.Make No "' 1� ) �� reproductions of this aesi n concept. _ �� c.� I a � _ =:.�c�t�.•1 Sheet ( of .�-- �.��C_� , � 1 �� -= t -- o Salesperson: �J g I. �.'. ':,la.! 1='°(1 C: 1= f.... I' 1. (. .a l...l 1,+,I�'.) ,� p ALS' -' Q 1l�bie�Art L+���`�{::�i�l .l. !�•�.!(_;..I..�..�f��� 1�11._!1� 1..►fel.... .I c)I_ , 1 THIS DOCUMENT IS LESS Ll--- IIIIII � ' lllIII IIIII , +I _ 'LEGIBLE THAN THIS NO TATION I i I 2 4 4 � 97 8 1� 11, 1T ISDUE TO THE QUALITY OF — - ---- — _ —_--- _-- No.38 ��.�. :.., �� THE ORIGINAL DOCUMENT . IIII till I.lil 1111 1111 11111111 1111 1111 1111 1111 11111111 1111 il!I IIII IG � IL' T ST I � I I £ T IZT Tt I �� I III 1. II £ lZ TaE Z Z RI IIIIIIILII99II IIIII t lll��rl li � lll�l,ll w� / 0 l! Y WEST OPE -- NEW WANTON k A A/ R 0 A 0 BANK / MUTUAL SAWN[Oo _ d u • .� • a�_ a f ( y IT �+ Ik00NAlD S / i / jay 1 Y • - /. � � � ,i Com? '� i' �� �Y/ � Y ,Q �U ♦ � 1-OGi•C7 G�I_.11L. 'r'M•� O'7 Z GE wN cry ' yam/ v/ ✓rte �/' �_IMI✓ PM5 3408 TYPICAL FLUSH MOUNT INO SCALLI `�•' b�c�Js� � � � +�J � +ems! +v+�J �J � I � DK. Gizt.�►�•) i'r`AS 3�•F"y SIDE SECTION o W a 4d d da a Too 44 - n: — ,� �'1 i ► � �� FACIA- IWO ,L� ` Alne°'erAngss DRUG I A �V�1�J d a DAY CAAE 39 GAS STATION/ ® - -Q �-1.J C PA(I.JT SE-CD1JL7 5(�tR.�-f�G� 1 STAIJDA(Z� :��O ��� SIGN CABINET � CAR WASH SHOPS-Ir rzszs sp. 40m 1 1c, I F'Z.�,t�. �-�c.>:�.rt-• 1 t.1.,u nn i 1.)f�'L1�1�1 W� i--1 �- �f F S ►.� �GQYc_Ic. �( ALUM ANGLE '���. III AT $�"R'»M OG' `Jl�i•, CAE�W�'� FC7iG .G�?t�f..J yG�}-�T IIJ�• I t SHOPS•A• FRAME ON A'CTR.S .000 SF. 1/x 3 1 'LAO _ /2 2 25M OP. .00_ _ OTIGARD 3 l kiy#- _01d E31rBT 1 �•A• I` .�. • ooac �� �•.O YIti M O�.Y.1/ •�Y�• �.� � . R In— r7 - j 4 —1 "(� I . SO 7#j -nlixv>`' Up n �' I z ( F) /.t/G•��` �oLS ►.1 ECJ C4•A L.*, e P1.4 WMIN111111 4 2',S -O • L Ste. tkrph) C7f�LtJ—GLODI SIii1J�a. - r'� � F,�es�. M�-rz+.,,_ C:A�IF.3L�'C� r�K•, 13i�1--�L� /� � I � tR � ' �A - i I V Q V. _ I cin��v -ta r�Eoh.a �► 4 N � �..�L3► 4�.• b 0 6dL VV IL ► i 11 /All . PLbAjn 10 VIC t^ 1 I I , Q go 21.0 cx:) Ljcrr Ek� r-r & I. – -7/L I, 3 - 4 0 Wbb,,-J0 7206%vf__. 9::4 k.,,c,.)*4 � %J ITS APPROVED Ao�D N �' x 21-011 nc=&M ichw-f—,, CITY QF. 'rIGARD — C�C�ST'11.l� C.iJ � �C --- itle }I ' This original artwork is protected untie_r- Design No: Date: �'_/��� Revision: Designer: /�� Federal Copyright Laws.Make No ,/f�' �� /yam/ yam.. -1/ +� •r.r.'-'r,l f, .. �;` . .r 'µ. , r� �. r '/d+�/'`_ ��.- �4 iC�-./`,-•�, '/�r�, (.� � Sheet P•-- of �� Salesperson: �e�r�uchons of this design conce�t. © t I"Il.)JJ..I(-�IL IF THIS DOCUMENT IS LESS t i I l p l l l I I I 1 1 1 I'I I l i I� 1 ) i t 11 111 I 1 I III I i i III III III I I I I I I I I I I I I III ► 1 1 1 1 ? ? I 11.. I I r 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 l T 1 1 I I S Ill { I I l i � ! 111111 II III ! III I LEGIBLE THAN THIS NOTATION , I � I I I � ( 1 2 3 I I I 1 I `� 7 8, I 10 11. 1OCTOBER 93 I'.r IS DUE TO THE QU�',L:IT�C OF, ---- --- THE ORIGINAL DOCUMENT . _ _ — No.38 E 6Z 9Z LZ 9Z Z fiZ EZ IZ OZ 6T gT AT �' i � T ET ZT TT T 6 FIIIIIIIII L9Z 1 l l lIII�IIII IIIIIII IIII IIII II I .11111! I III I III III I III Iit 11111111 III IIII II 1,1111illlillll IIIll1 ..III 11111 I III 111111111 1 , Ll Illll,lil. 3 FOUIPMENT SCHEDULE MacDonald Miller Company, Inc. AC-I RC1pFTOP 6,A5/r.LFCTRIC A/C UNIT 7717 Detroit Ave. S.W. MAKE ' MODEL CARRIER 48 D,:., 012 Se2ttle. W2 98106-1903 EER, 8.6 Phone: (206) '763-9400 NOMINAL COOLING ; 117.5 ,k-I1311 T07AL Fax: (206) 767-6773 HEATING 12-5 MBH OUTPUT W,.sh LiC No 223--01—MA—CD-0M-248J9 - ELECTRICAL ; ZOS/Z30 - 30 -(.U, 5t . 1 MLA 53 UFLA BLOWER ;4600 CFM, 6" ESP , '962 RPM, .3.Ok P, - - -- - - CONr2OL 5Y ALERTON --------- ----- I . T wT CAN FAB FbwER E><HAuST ECONOMIlER ( r CF4850 DTWB- 12 ) MASON SPRING ISOLATION CURB , TYPE RSC DUIZADYNE F,EXIf3LL DUCT CONNECTIONS YAA I ' --- - - _._ N -10110 --- ___. �_r -- R AAAA 11'S�10•_._i _ .�_-. A --. _-- -- - -- ' - EF- I UUFToP BELT DRIVEN CENTRIFUGAL EXNAUST FAN i A 304) UTI _ I DO CFM A I -- - - -- - 3 U CFM R I /ID �.- - I 21 0 - rpt j MAKE ; MODEL JENN FAN N13CR SERIES 120 A I • -- _... — - tD CFM SLOWER 'il, H P , H ® '/4" ESP, 520 RPM ELECTRICAL I ZO V/ 1 0 Y ALERTON) I ' (i �C-ti I ,, � � I� -- -- - _— -- -. CONTROL. � TIME CLJCh. ( i3 - - --- _�_ _ ( /10 - __.._. ._.�,. OPERATING WT. 70 IB, I Z S " M ACCkSSORIES BACKDRAFT- DAMPER BIRDSCREEN -� - IE')�. __- P 07017 ROOF LURE SECUKk.J AREA ROOFTOP BELT DRIVEN CENTRIFUGAL EXHAUST FAN l1 � zD_ Zo- I� L$ G ROOF) � �' � � � J ENN FAN NP,CR SERIES IZO A Zy/Zy Lg/Ily I I BLOWERI/(, I/(, H,P , HOD CFM V I/,a" ESP , 750 RPM E�, 2 I ! Z4/Zy (� T - I _ _.. ELECTRICAL IZO V/ 10 I 0-30 MIN, A 6„1 'h ,. __. - _I L- _.. ( � CONTROL MARK TIME SWITCH f F3Y LERTgN) n�j 1 h f - OPERATING WT 7015 y I EC ACCESSORIES BACKPgAFr DAMPER T-71117-7. M10 ) I FACTORY ROOF CUKF✓ I 1 ' —, TYP T LSC I - --- - _-- _.___ ---I - - -r-- (3D-I 13YPA55 DAMPER �I-tT I N6 JIR, 10/10 UP s I --- - _ __ I 24II I MAKE MODEL RUSKIN CP- F0 CONTROL BY hLERTOKI ROOF) I TO EF-1 - WOM A /10 II �\ I A lu✓10 �� - - /12 EC'C - y , �� Z s cFr� , ' 5 cFri �A�i5 CFM' I FITT r,I A I IZ I DIFFUSER GRILLE SCHEDULE ___ .. _...- __. ! 0315 CFM I , - ---�- SYMr�vLMANUFACTURER MODELNOTES 7 N TOIZS CLOSE I �_ __ .r.- -- -.... _ i RUEGER IZyO, K ?IFF E___,__,_-- SQ NEC FRAME Z3 TBA US � 'R EF..ZLAILi ' I 1 I r U KRUEGER 1240, SQ. NECK , FRAME ZZ SURF MT CEIL. DIFFUSER - j I � (O►J ROJF) -_�_� IN"� -_ . IZ/Ly i - - _.. --..�._ ..._.... _..._ --- --- -_ _. _. _. _ ---..- KKIZUEGER 5- 80H, FRAME IZS SURF MT ExH GRILLE -I M/M METAL EuGCRATE r BAR GRILLE TIO E Z F` 24/Z4 M /M METAL rG T I GCRA E T-13AR GRILLE PLAT M w � i � � � .r - \ P IZ1Z LATE 6 /4P M I F I I , NOTE) 1) ALL SIZES ARE NOTED, - t j 406. M , � A 3 o cFM I I I i I I ,p-� f.. --t._. .I. _... . _._. --_-- ._ ._- -----•-.�...�._ .—___ __ �.- --._... .__ - ---�---------t•— I - _ 14 2 � ; .I � i 1 - - zlzq I ZONE DAMF EK SCHEDULE GRM / I MAKE j MODEL SIZ E NOTES !EI-ECT AT I ' I /10 ! / O -- ---- ----- I I 12/12 I - a„ - A r. Z D GF Z 0 CFI1 \ ►1 1 �l 1....1��� - _ 5. _.._. ..-_ ZD- I RUSKIN CPRS 25 I(. 0 - _,.� L I Z D- Z I LP- L4 I7/2q I I _ I SIONS DATE J I I 'EL A I /12. _Ii - -- --- __ _ - - _ _ - ZD-5 ly.0 WASHINGTON NUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP 3A�K BRANCH GENERAL NOTES. TIGARD, OREGON I ) ALL DUCTWORI-, TO 9E DUCT130AR0 CONSTRUCT!ON, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED L) ALL CONTROLS IN(11 ()I')ING Z01JC 17ANA I--EF< / BY' AQ D[.NAPI R BY ALERT�,k 3) ELECTRICAL TO PROVIDE. A 120V RECEVTICAL h/ITHIN 2S FT, OF ROGF TOP CQL11UMENT , AS PER UMC.:, 41 GENERAL TO LDORDINATE THE INSTALLATION OF A DEVILATEV PHONE LINE AT ( I' MASTER Cl)NTPOL PANEL AS REQUESTER f3Y AVAC. - - — -- N I- - HVAC PLAN c OF TIOARD Approved............... ........................................y� ENGINEERS LAST REVISED Conditionally Approved .......................... For n ily I.'A work a P, rl In: PERMIT NO. .............................. rC CI-IECKED BYE PATE PLOTTED, See letter to:Follow............. .. . I 1 'VfI r-,h ....................... .. . ..................I I. Jo ddress:,/GM0 .SI(�!/a 1 DRAFTERS CAD REFERENCE PK� i" 1621:0 SW PACIFIC HIGHWAY ISSUE DATES DRAWING N�.IMBER: WASHINGTON MUTUAL _ NOT - -- SHEET NUMBEk ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION IF THIS DOCUMENT IS LESS ) 1JIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIA Ill l Ilil � III III III III III ill ��i T�T�i�I ill IIIIIII III !II I I III Ill I �I�1�1 I�I(lll Illllll III III III I M LEGIBLE THAN TRIS NO'T'ATION, L- I 1 I I I + I 4 I ( �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Ou"�` y IT IS DC ---_� _ __ __ `-'1.- -- 6 --- 7 g �I I 1 I 11, I �� ��I� � JE TO 7HE QUALITY OF _toz _ No.38 THE ORIGINAL DOCUMENT. -1117118171111-11, — --- ------ --- ------ - - _ � 8Z TIL111 9Z �Z bZ E�� ��Z 8i BTLT 9t 4I bt 111 T T19111I -T,'I ',, ig _ L9[11t,111-11-11211 `11jljll �jllIIIIII�IIIIIIII I I IIIIIIIIIIIIIII���IIIII �III I ' I I I l I I II� I I llllll d IIIIIIIIIIIII I IIIIIII.IIIIIilll�lI IIIII�III.IIIII"III III. IIIIIIIIII III I �I TIII��II�II I►��II►I�lIl►11� II��N�, r w,